<PAGE>
AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON FEBRUARY 29, 1996
1933 Act Registration No. 33-83020
1940 Act Registration No. 811-8714
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON D.C. 20549
FORM N-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 /X/
PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO.
POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 4 /X/
and
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940 /X/
AMENDMENT NO. 5 /X/
CG VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT II
(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT)
CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
(NAME OF DEPOSITOR)
900 Cottage Grove Road, Hartford, Connecticut 06152
(ADDRESS OF DEPOSITOR'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
DEPOSITOR'S TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE
(860) 726-6000
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
COPY TO:
Robert A. Picarello, Esquire George N. Gingold, Esquire
Connecticut General Life Insurance
Company 197 King Philip Drive
900 Cottage Grove Road West Hartford, CT 06117-1409
Hartford, Connecticut 06152
(NAME AND ADDRESS OF
AGENT FOR SERVICE)
</TABLE>
Approximate date of proposed public offering: Continuous
It is proposed that this filing will become effective:
_________ immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b)
of Rule 485
_______ on September 22, 1995 pursuant to paragraph (b) of
Rule 485
_________ 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a) of
Rule 485
___X___ on May 1, 1996, pursuant to paragraph (a) of Rule
485
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
CROSS REFERENCE SHEET
PURSUANT TO RULE 495
SHOWING LOCATION IN PART A (PROSPECTUS) AND
PART B (STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION)
OF REGISTRATION STATEMENT OF INFORMATION REQUIRED BY FORM N-4
PART A
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ITEM OF FORM N-4 PROSPECTUS CAPTION
- ----------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------
<C> <S> <C>
1. Cover Page...................................... Cover Page
2. Definitions..................................... Definitions
3. Synopsis........................................ Highlights; Fees and Expenses
4. Condensed Financial Information................. Condensed Financial Information
5. General.........................................
(a) Depositor................................... The Company, the Variable Account and the Fixed Account
(b) Registrant.................................. The Company, the Variable Account and the Fixed Account
(c) Portfolio Company........................... The Funds
(d) Fund Prospectus............................. The Funds
(e) Voting Rights............................... The Funds -- Voting Rights
6. Deductions and Expenses
(a) General..................................... Charges and Deductions
(b) Sales Load %................................ Charges and Deductions -- Deduction for Contingent
Deferred Sales Charge (Sales Load)
(c) Special Purchase Plan....................... N/A
(d) Commissions................................. Distribution of the Contracts
(e) Fund Expenses............................... Fees and Expenses -- Fund Annual Expenses
(f) Organizational Expenses..................... N/A
7. Contracts
(a) Persons with Rights......................... Other Contract Features (Ownership, Assignment,
Beneficiary, Change of Beneficiary, Annuitant,
Surrenders, Death of Owner, Death of Annuitant);
Annuity Provisions; Voting Rights
(b) (i) Allocation of Premium Payments.......... Premium Payments and Contract Value -- Allocation of
Premium Payments
(ii) Transfers.................................. Transfer of Contract Values Between Sub-Accounts
(iii) Exchanges................................. N/A
(c) Changes..................................... Modification; Substitution of Securities; Change in
Operation of Variable Account
(d) Inquiries................................... Cover Page; Highlights
8. Annuity Period.................................. Annuity Provisions
9. Death Benefit................................... Death of the Owner; Death of the Annuitant;
10. Purchase and Contract Values
(a) Purchases................................... Premium Payments
(b) Valuation................................... Contract Value; Accumulation Unit;
(c) Daily Calculation........................... Accumulation Unit; Allocation of Premium Payments
(d) Underwriter................................. Distribution of the Contracts
11. Redemptions
(a) By Owners................................... Surrenders
By Annuitant.................................... Annuity Provisions -- Variable Options
(b) Texas ORP................................... N/A
(c) Check Delay................................. Delay of Payments
(d) Lapse....................................... N/A
(e) Free Look................................... Highlights
12. Taxes........................................... Tax Status
13. Legal Proceedings............................... Legal Proceedings
</TABLE>
i
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ITEM OF FORM N-4 PROSPECTUS CAPTION
- ----------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------
<C> <S> <C>
14. Table of Contents for the Statement of
Additional Information......................... Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional
Information
</TABLE>
PART B
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ITEM OF FORM N-4 STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CAPTION
- ----------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------
<C> <S> <C>
15. Cover Page...................................... Cover Page
16. Table of Contents............................... Table of Contents
17. General Information and History................. a) N/A
b) N/A
c) (Prospectus) The Company, the Variable Account, and
the Fixed Account
18. Services
(a) Fees and Expenses of Registrant............. N/A
(b) Management Contracts........................ N/A
(c) Custodian................................... Custody of Assets
Independent Accountant.......................... Experts
(d) Assets of Registrant........................ N/A
(e) Affiliated Person........................... N/A
(f) Principal Underwriter....................... N/A
19. Purchase of Securities Being Offered............ Distribution of the Contracts
Offering Sales Load............................. Distribution of the Contracts; (Prospectus) Deductions
and Charges -- Deduction for Contingent Deferred Sales
Charge (Sales Load)
20. Underwriters.................................... Distribution of the Contracts; (Prospectus) Distribution
of the Contracts
21. Calculation of Performance Data................. Investment Experience; Historical Performance Data
22. Annuity Payments................................ (Prospectus) Annuity Provisions
23. Financial Statements............................ Financial Statements
</TABLE>
PART C -- OTHER INFORMATION
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ITEM OF FORM N-4 PART C CAPTION
- ----------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------
<C> <S> <C>
24. Financial Statements and Exhibits............... Financial Statements and Exhibits
(a) Financial Statements........................ Financial Statements
(b) Exhibits.................................... Exhibits
25. Directors and Officers of the Depositor......... Directors and Officers of the Depositor
26. Persons Controlled By or Under Common Control
with the Depositor or Registrant............... Persons Controlled By or Under Common Control with the
Depositor or Registrant
27. Number of Owners................................ Number of Owners
28. Indemnification................................. Indemnification
29. Principal Underwriters.......................... Principal Underwriter
30. Location of Accounts and Records................ Location of Accounts and Records
31. Management Services............................. Management Services
32. Undertakings.................................... Undertakings
Signature Page.................................. Signatures
</TABLE>
ii
<PAGE>
PART A. PROSPECTUS
<PAGE>
CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
[LOGO]
CG VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT II
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
HOME OFFICE LOCATION: MAILING ADDRESS:
900 COTTAGE GROVE ROAD CIGNA INDIVIDUAL INSURANCE
HARTFORD, CT 06152 VARIABLE PRODUCTS SERVICE CENTER: ROUTING S-249
HARTFORD, CT 06152 - 2249
(800) (552-9898)
</TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FLEXIBLE PAYMENT DEFERRED VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Flexible Payment Deferred Variable Annuity Contracts (the "Contracts")
described in this prospectus provide for accumulation of Contract Values and
eventual payment of monthly annuity payments on a fixed or variable basis. The
Contracts are designed to aid individuals in long term planning for retirement
or other long term purposes. The Contracts are available for retirement plans
which do not qualify for the special federal tax advantages available under the
Internal Revenue Code ("Non-Qualified Plans") and for retirement plans which do
qualify for the federal tax advantages available under the Internal Revenue Code
("Qualified Plans"). (See "Tax Status -- Qualified Plans.") Premium payments for
the Contracts will be allocated to a segregated investment account of
Connecticut General Life Insurance Company (the "Company"), designated CG
Variable Annuity Separate Account II (the "Variable Account"), or to the Fixed
Account, or some combination of them, as selected by the owner of the Contract.
The following funding options are available under a Contract: Through the
Variable Account, the Company offers seventeen diversified open-end management
investment companies (commonly called mutual funds), each with a different
investment objective: Alger American Fund -- Alger American Small Capitalization
Portfolio, Alger American Leveraged AllCap Portfolio, Alger American MidCap
Growth Portfolio and Alger American Growth Portfolio; Fidelity Variable
Insurance Products Fund -- Equity-Income Portfolio and Money Market Portfolio;
Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Fund II -- Investment Grade Bond Portfolio
and Asset Manager Portfolio; MFS Variable Insurance Trust -- MFS Total Return
Series, MFS Utilities Series and MFS World Governments Series; Neuberger &
Berman Advisers Management Trust -- Balanced Portfolio, Limited Maturity Bond
Portfolio and Partners Portfolio; Quest for Value Accumulation Trust -- Global
Equity Portfolio, Managed Portfolio and Small Cap Portfolio. The fixed interest
option offered under a Contract is the Fixed Account. Premium payments or
transfers allocated to the Fixed Account, and 3% interest per year thereon, are
guaranteed, and additional interest may be credited, with certain withdrawals
subject to a market value adjustment and withdrawal charges. Unless specifically
mentioned, this prospectus only describes the variable investment options.
This entire prospectus, and those of the Funds, should be read carefully
before investing to understand the Contracts being offered. The "Statement of
Additional Information" dated May 1, 1996, available at no charge by calling or
writing the Company's Variable Products Service Center as shown above, provides
further information. Its table of contents is at the end of this prospectus.
THIS PROSPECTUS IS VALID ONLY WHEN ACCOMPANIED BY THE CURRENT PROSPECTUSES
OF THE MUTUAL FUNDS AVAILABLE AS FUNDING OPTIONS FOR THE CONTRACTS OFFERED BY
THIS PROSPECTUS. ALL PROSPECTUSES SHOULD BE RETAINED FOR FUTURE REFERENCE.
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION, NOR HAS THE COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY
OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
PROSPECTUS DATED: MAY 1, 1996
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CONTENTS PAGE
<S> <C>
DEFINITIONS.................................... 3
HIGHLIGHTS..................................... 6
FEES AND EXPENSES.............................. 8
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION................ 11
THE COMPANY AND THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT........... 11
THE FUNDS...................................... 12
General...................................... 14
Substitution of Securities................... 14
Voting Rights................................ 15
PREMIUM PAYMENTS AND
CONTRACT VALUE................................ 15
Premium Payments............................. 15
Allocation of Premium Payments............... 15
Dollar Cost Averaging........................ 16
Automatic Rebalancing........................ 17
Contract Value............................... 17
Accumulation Unit............................ 17
CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS......................... 18
Deduction for Contingent Deferred Sales
Charge (Sales Load)......................... 18
Deduction for Mortality and Expense Risk
Charge...................................... 19
Deduction for Administrative Expense Charge.. 19
Deduction for Annuity Account Fee............ 20
Deduction for Premium Tax Equivalents........ 20
Deduction for Income Taxes................... 20
Deduction for Fund Expenses.................. 20
Deduction for Transfer Fee................... 20
Deduction for Optional Death Benefit......... 21
OTHER CONTRACT FEATURES........................ 22
Ownership.................................... 22
Assignment................................... 23
Beneficiary.................................. 23
Change of Beneficiary........................ 23
Annuitant.................................... 23
Transfer of Contract Values between
Sub-Accounts................................ 23
Procedures for Telephone Transfers........... 24
Surrenders and Partial Withdrawals........... 25
Delay of Payments and Transfers.............. 25
Death of the Contract Owner before the
Annuity Date................................ 26
Death of the Annuitant before the Annuity
Date........................................ 26
<CAPTION>
CONTENTS PAGE
<S> <C>
Death of the Annuitant after the
Annuity Date................................ 26
Change in Operation of Variable Account...... 26
Modification................................. 27
Discontinuance............................... 27
ANNUITY PROVISIONS............................. 27
Annuity Date; Change in Annuity Date and
Annuity Option.............................. 27
Annuity Options.............................. 28
Fixed Options................................ 28
Variable Options............................. 28
Evidence of Survival......................... 29
Endorsement of Annuity Payments.............. 29
THE FIXED ACCOUNT.............................. 29
Market Value Adjustment...................... 32
DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS.................. 33
PERFORMANCE DATA............................... 33
Money Market Sub-Account..................... 33
Other Variable Account Sub-Accounts.......... 33
Performance Ranking or Rating................ 34
TAX STATUS..................................... 34
General...................................... 34
Diversification.............................. 35
Distribution Requirements.................... 36
Multiple Contracts........................... 36
Tax Treatment of Assignments................. 36
Withholding.................................. 36
Section 1035 Exchanges....................... 37
Tax Treatment of Withdrawals -- Non-Qualified
Contracts................................... 37
Qualified Plans.............................. 37
Section 403(b) Plans......................... 38
Individual Retirement Annuities.............. 38
Corporate Pension and Profit-Sharing Plans
and H.R. 10 Plans........................... 38
Deferred Compensation Plans.................. 38
Tax Treatment of Withdrawals -- Qualified
Contracts................................... 39
APPENDIX I..................................... 40
Illustration of the Cost of Optional Death
Benefits.................................... 40
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS........................... 41
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.............................. 41
TABLE OF CONTENTS OF THE STATEMENT OF
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION........................ 41
</TABLE>
2
<PAGE>
DEFINITIONS
ACCUMULATION PERIOD: The period from the Effective Date to
the Annuity Date, the date on which the Death Benefit
becomes payable or the date on which the Contract is
surrendered or annuitized, whichever is earliest.
ACCUMULATION UNIT: A measuring unit used to calculate the
value of the Owner's interest in each funding option used in
the variable portion of the Contract prior to the Annuity
Date.
ANNUITANT: A person designated by the Owner in writing upon
whose continuation of life any series of payments for a
definite period or involving life contingencies depends. If
the Annuitant dies before the Annuity Date, the Owner
becomes the Annuitant until naming a new Annuitant.
ANNUITY ACCOUNT VALUE: The value of the Contract at any
point in time.
ANNUITY DATE: The date on which annuity payments commence.
ANNUITY OPTION: The arrangement under which annuity payments
are made.
ANNUITY PERIOD: The period starting on the Annuity Date.
ANNUITY UNIT: A measuring unit used to calculate the portion
of annuity payments attributable to each funding option used
in the variable portion of the Contract on and after the
Annuity Date.
BENEFICIARY: The person entitled to the Death Benefit, who
must also be the "Designated Beneficiary", for purposes of
Section 72(s) of the Code, upon the Owner's death.
CODE: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
COMPANY: Connecticut General Life Insurance Company.
CONTRACT: The Variable Annuity Contract described in this
prospectus.
CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY, CONTRACT YEAR, EFFECTIVE DATE: The
Contract's Effective Date is the date it is issued. It is
also the date on which the first Contract Year, a 12-month
period, begins. Subsequent Contract Years begin on each
Contract Anniversary, which is the anniversary of the
Effective Date.
CONTRACT MONTH: The period from one Monthly Anniversary Date
to the next.
CONTRACT OWNER (OR OWNER): The person(s) initially
designated in the application or otherwise, unless later
changed, as having all ownership rights under the Contract.
FIXED ACCOUNT: The portion of the Contract under which
principal is guaranteed and interest is credited. Fixed
Account Assets are maintained in the Company's General
Account and not allocated to the Variable Account.
FIXED ANNUITY: An annuity with payments which do not vary as
to dollar amount.
FUND(S): One or more of Alger American Fund -- Alger
American Small Capitalization Portfolio, Alger American
Leveraged AllCap Portfolio, Alger American MidCap Growth
Portfolio and Alger American Growth Portfolio; Fidelity
Variable Insurance Products Fund -- VIP Equity-Income
Portfolio and VIP Money Market Portfolio; Fidelity Variable
Insurance Products Fund II -- VIP II Investment Grade Bond
Portfolio and VIP II Asset Manager Portfolio; MFS Variable
Insurance Trust -- MFS Total Return Series, MFS Utilities
Series and MFS World Governments Series; Neuberger & Berman
Advisers Management Trust -- Balanced Portfolio, Limited
Maturity Bond Portfolio and Partners Portfolio; Quest for
Value Accumulation Trust -- Quest Global Equity Portfolio,
Quest
3
<PAGE>
Managed Portfolio and Quest Small Cap Portfolio. Each is an
open-end management investment company (mutual fund) whose
shares are available to fund the benefits provided by the
Contract.
GUARANTEED INTEREST RATE: The rate of interest credited by
the Company on a compound annual basis during a Guaranteed
Period.
GUARANTEED PERIOD: The period for which interest, at either
an initial or subsequent Guaranteed Interest Rate, will be
credited to any amounts which an Owner allocates to a Fixed
Account Sub-Account. In most states in which these Contracts
are issued, this period may be one, three, five, seven or
ten years, as elected by the Owner.
GUARANTEED PERIOD AMOUNT: Any portion of a Purchaser's
Annuity Account Value allocated to a specific Guaranteed
Period with a specified Expiration Date (including credited
interest thereon).
INDEX RATE: An index rate based on the Treasury Constant
Maturity Series published by the Federal Reserve Board.
IN WRITING: In a written form satisfactory to the Company
and received by the Company at its Variable Products Service
Center.
MONTHLY ANNIVERSARY DATE: The monthly anniversary of the
Effective Date, as shown on the specifications page of the
Contract, when the Company makes the monthly calculation of
any charge for the Optional Death Benefit.
NON-QUALIFIED CONTRACTS: A Contract used in connection with
a retirement plan which does not receive favorable federal
income tax treatment under Code Section 401, 403, 408, or
457. The owner of a Non-Qualified Contract must be a natural
person or an agent for a natural person in order for the
Contract to receive favorable income tax treatment as an
annuity.
PAYEE: A recipient of payments under the Contract. The term
includes an Annuitant, a Beneficiary who becomes entitled to
benefits upon the death of the Annuitant, and the Owner's
estate.
PREMIUM PAYMENT: Any amount paid to the Company cleared in
good funds as consideration for the benefits provided by the
Contract. Premium Payment includes the initial Premium
Payment and subsequent Premium Payments.
QUALIFIED CONTRACT: A Contract used in connection with a
retirement plan which receives favorable federal income tax
treatment under Code Section 401, 403, 408 or 457.
SEVEN YEAR ANNIVERSARY: The seventh Contract Anniversary and
each succeeding Contract Anniversary occurring at any seven
year interval thereafter, for example, the 7th, 14th, 21st
and 28th Contract Anniversaries.
SHARES: Shares of a Fund.
SUB-ACCOUNT: That portion of the Fixed Account associated
with specific Guaranteed Period(s) and Guaranteed Interest
Rate(s) and that portion of the Variable Account which
invests in shares of a specific Fund.
SURRENDER (OR WITHDRAWAL): When a lump sum amount
representing all or part of the Annuity Account Value (minus
any applicable withdrawal charges, market value adjustment,
contract fees, or premium tax equivalents) is paid to the
Owner. After a full surrender, all of the Owner's rights
under the Contract are terminated. In this prospectus, the
terms "surrender" and "withdrawal" are used interchangeably.
SURRENDER DATE: The date the Company processes the Owner's
election to surrender the Contract.
4
<PAGE>
VALUATION DATE: Every day on which Accumulation Units are
valued, which is each day on which the New York Stock
Exchange ("NYSE") is open for business, except any day on
which trading on the NYSE is restricted, or on which an
emergency exists, as determined by the Securities and
Exchange Commission ("Commission"), so that valuation or
disposal of securities is not practicable.
VALUATION PERIOD: The period of time beginning on the day
following the Valuation Date and ending on the next
Valuation Date. A Valuation Period may be more than one day
in length.
VARIABLE ACCOUNT: CG Variable Annuity Separate Account II, a
separate account of the Company under Connecticut law, in
which the assets of the Sub-Account(s) funded through shares
of one or more of the Funds are maintained. Assets of the
Variable Account attributable to the Contracts are not
chargeable with the general liabilities of the Company.
VARIABLE ACCUMULATION UNIT: A unit of measure used in the
calculation of the value of each variable portion of the
Owner's Annuity Account during the Accumulation Period.
VARIABLE ANNUITY UNIT: A unit of measure used in the
calculation of the value of each variable portion of the
Owner's Annuity Account during the Annuity Period, to
determine the amount of each variable annuity payment.
VARIABLE PRODUCTS SERVICE CENTER: The office of the Company
to which Premium Payments should be sent, notices given and
any customer service requests made. Mailing address: CIGNA
Individual Insurance, Variable Products Service Center,
Routing S-249, Hartford, CT 06152-2249.
5
<PAGE>
HIGHLIGHTS
Premium Payments attributable to the variable portion of the
Contracts will be allocated to a segregated asset account of
Connecticut General Life Insurance Company (the "Company")
which has been designated CG Variable Annuity Separate
Account II (the "Variable Account"). The Variable Account
invests in shares of one or more of the Funds available to
fund the Contract as selected by the Owner. Contract Owners
bear the investment risk for all amounts allocated to the
Variable Account. The Contract's provisions may vary in some
states. Inquiries about the Contracts may be made to the
Company's Variable Products Service Center.
The Contract may be returned within 10 days after it is
received. It can be mailed or delivered to either the
Company or the agent who sold it. Return of the Contract by
mail is effective on being postmarked, properly addressed
and postage prepaid. The Company will promptly refund the
Contract Value in states where permitted. This may be more
or less than the Premium Payment. In states where required,
the Company will promptly refund the Premium Payment, less
any partial surrenders. The Company has the right to
allocate initial Premium Payments to the Money Market
Sub-Account until the expiration of the right-to-examine
period. If the Company does so allocate an initial Premium
Payment, it will refund the greater of the Premium Payment,
less any partial surrenders, or the Contract Value. It is
the Company's current practice to directly allocate the
initial Premium Payment to the Fund(s) designated in the
application, unless state law requires a refund of Premium
Payments rather than of Annuity Account Value.
A Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (sales load) may be
deducted in the event of a full surrender or partial
withdrawal. The Contingent Deferred Sales Charge is imposed
on Premium Payments within seven (7) years after their being
made. Contract Owners may, not more frequently than once
each Contract Year, make a withdrawal of up to fifteen
percent (15%) of Premium Payments made, or any remaining
portion thereof, ("the Fifteen Percent Free") without
incurring a Contingent Deferred Sales Charge. The Contingent
Deferred Sales Charge will vary in amount, depending upon
the Contract Year in which the Premium Payment being
surrendered or withdrawn was made. For purposes of
determining the applicability of the Contingent Deferred
Sales Charge, surrenders and withdrawals are deemed to be on
a first-in, first-out basis.
The Contingent Deferred Sales Charge is found in the fee
table (See "Charges and Deductions -- Deduction for
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (Sales Load)"). The maximum
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge is 7% of Premium Payments.
There may also be a Market Value Adjustment on the Fixed
Account portion of the Contract.
There is a Mortality and Expense Risk Charge which is equal,
on an annual basis, to 1.20% of the average daily net assets
of the Variable Account. This Charge compensates the Company
for assuming the mortality and expense risks under the
Contract (See "Charges and Deductions -- Deduction for
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge"), other than the Optional
Death Benefit risk (See "Charges and Deductions -- Deduction
for Optional Death Benefit").
There is an Administrative Expense Charge which is equal, on
an annual basis, to 0.10% of the average daily net assets of
the Variable Account (See "Charges and Deductions --
Deduction for Administrative Expense Charge").
There is an annual Annuity Account Fee of $35 unless the
Annuity Account Value equals or exceeds $100,000 at the end
of the Contract Year (See "Charges and Deductions --
Deduction for Annuity Account Fee").
There is a charge for any Optional Death Benefit Risk(s)
elected (See "Charges and Deductions -- Deduction for
Optional Death Benefit").
6
<PAGE>
Premium tax equivalents or other taxes payable to a state or
other governmental entity will be charged against Annuity
Account Value (See "Charges and Deductions -- Deduction for
Premium Taxes").
Under certain circumstances there may be assessed a $10
transfer fee when a Contract Owner transfers Annuity Account
Values from one Sub-Account to another (See "Charges and
Deductions -- Deduction for Transfer Fee").
There is a ten percent (10%) federal income tax penalty
applied to the income portion of any premature distribution
from Non-Qualified Contracts. However, the penalty is not
imposed on amounts distributed:
(a) after the Payee reaches age 59 1/2; (b) after the death
of the Contract Owner (or, if the Contract Owner is not a
natural person, the Annuitant); (c) if the Payee is totally
disabled (for this purpose, disability is as defined in
Section 72(m)(7) of the Code); (d) in a series of
substantially equal periodic payments made not less
frequently than annually for the life (or life expectancy)
of the Payee or for the joint lives (or joint life
expectancies) of the Payee and his or her beneficiary; (e)
under an immediate annuity; or (f) which are allocable to
Premium Payments made prior to August 14, 1982. For federal
income tax purposes, distributions are deemed to be on a
last-in, first-out basis. Different tax withdrawal penalties
and restrictions apply to Qualified Contracts issued
pursuant to plans qualified under Code Section 401, 403(b),
408 or 457. (See "Tax Status -- Tax Treatment of Withdrawals
-- Qualified Contracts.") For a further discussion of the
taxation of the Contracts, see "Tax Status."
MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT. In certain situations, a surrender
or transfer of amounts from the Fixed Account will be
subject to a Market Value Adjustment. The Market Value
Adjustment will reflect the relationship between a rate
based on an index published by the Federal Reserve Board as
to current yields on U.S. government securities of various
maturities at the time a surrender or transfer is made
("Index Rate"), and the Index Rate at the time that the
Premium Payments being surrendered or transferred were made.
Generally, if the Index Rate at the time of surrender or
transfer is lower than the Index Rate at the time the
Premium Payment was allocated, then the application of the
Market Value Adjustment will result in a higher payment upon
surrender or transfer. Similarly, if the Index Rate at the
time of surrender or transfer is higher than the Index Rate
at the time the Premium Payment was allocated, the
application of the Market Value Adjustment will generally
result in a lower payment upon surrender or transfer. It is
not applied against a surrender or transfer taking place at
the end of the Guaranteed Period.
7
<PAGE>
FEES AND EXPENSES
CONTRACT OWNER TRANSACTION FEES
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (as a percentage of Premium
Payments):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS SINCE
PAYMENT CHARGE
------------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
0-1 7%
1-2 6%
A Contract Owner may, not more frequently than once each
2-3 5% Contract Year, make a withdrawal of up to 15% of Premium
3-4 4% Payments made, or the remaining portion thereof, without
4-5 3% incurring a Contingent Deferred Sales Charge.
5-6 2%
6-7 1%
7+ 0
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Transfer Fee........ $10
- Not imposed on the first three transfers during a Contract Year
or, if the Annuity Account Value is at least $5,000 at the time of
a transfer, on the fourth through twelfth transfers during a
Contract Year. Pre-scheduled automatic dollar cost averaging or
automatic rebalancing transfers are not counted.
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Annuity Account $35 per Contract Year
Fee.................
- Waived if Annuity Account Value at the end of the Contract Year is $100,000 or
more.
</TABLE>
A Contract Owner may also elect the Optional Death Benefit(s) for which there is
a charge, prorated among the Sub-Accounts, which depends on the age and gender
classification (in accordance with state law) of the Owner (or the Annuitant, if
the Owner is a non-natural person) and on the dollar amount which is at risk.
(See "Deductions -- Optional Death Benefit.")
VARIABLE ACCOUNT ANNUAL EXPENSES
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
(as a percentage of average account
value)
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge....... 1.20%
Administrative Expense Charge........... 0.10%
---
Total Variable Account Annual 1.30%
Expenses................................
</TABLE>
8
<PAGE>
FUND ANNUAL EXPENSES (as a percentage of Fund average net
assets).
The management fees for each Fund are based on a percentage
of that Fund's assets under management. The fees below
represent the amounts payable to the investment adviser of
each of the Funds on an annual basis as of the date of this
Prospectus, plus estimated other expenses. See "The Funds"
in this Prospectus and the discussion in each Fund's
prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TOTAL
MANAGEMENT OTHER ANNUAL
FEES EXPENSES EXPENSES
----------- --------- -----------
<C> <S> <C> <C> <C>
ALGER AMERICAN Alger American Growth 0.75% 0.11% 0.86%
Portfolio....................
FUNDS Alger American Leveraged 0.85% 0.94%* 1.79%
AllCap Portfolio.............
0.80% 0.17% 0.97%
Alger American MidCap Growth
Portfolio....................
0.85% 0.11% 0.96%
Alger American Small
Capitalization Portfolio.....
FIDELITY FUNDS Asset Manager Portfolio....... 0.72% 0.08% 0.80%(3)
0.52% 0.06% 0.58%(3)
Equity-Income Portfolio.......
0.46% 0.21% 0.67%
Investment Grade Bond
Portfolio....................
0.20% 0.07% 0.27%
Money Market Portfolio........
MFS FUNDS(4) MFS Total Return Series....... 0.75% 0.25%(4) 1.00%(4)
0.75% 0.25%(4) 1.00%(4)
MFS Utilities Series..........
0.75% 0.25%(4) 1.00%(4)
MFS World Governments
Series.......................
NEUBERGER & BERMAN AMT Balanced Portfolio........ 0.80% 0.17% 0.97%
FUNDS(1) AMT Limited Maturity Bond 0.60% 0.13% 0.73%
Portfolio....................
0.80% 0.50% 1.30%
AMT Partners Portfolio(2).....
QUEST FOR VALUE Quest Global Equity 0.75% 0.50% 1.25%
Portfolio....................
FUNDS** Quest Managed Portfolio....... 0.60% 0.06% 0.66%
0.60% 0.14% 0.74%
Quest Small Cap Portfolio.....
<FN>
* Includes 0.75% estimated Interest Expense.
** The expenses for the Quest Managed, Small Cap and
Global Equity Portfolios will be voluntarily limited
by Quest for Value Advisors so that annualized
operating fund expenses do not exceed 0.66%, 0.74%,
and 1.25% for the Quest Managed, Small Cap and Global
Equity Portfolios, respectively, through December 31,
1995. Variations in the actual amount of average
assets in any of these Portfolios during 1995 can
cause significant variations in expenses expressed as
a percentage of that Portfolio's average net assets.
It is estimated by Quest management that by the end
of 1995, the net assets of each of these Portfolios
will be sufficient such that the total annual
expenses of each Portfolio will, on an annualized
basis, be approximately equal to, if not less than,
the voluntary limits.
(1) Until May 1, 1995, all of these Portfolios had a
Distribution Plan ("Plan") pursuant to Rule 12b-1
which provided for the reimbursement of N&B
Management for certain Trust distribution expenses
up to a maximum of 0.25% on an annual basis of each
Portfolio's average daily net assets. The "Total
Annual Expenses" shown here for each AMT Portfolio
would be increased by 0.02% if the 12b-1 fees for
the months of January through April, 1995 were
taken into account.
(2) Other Expenses, and therefore Total Annual
Expenses, have been estimated and are annualized
for the Partners Portfolio.
(3) A portion of the brokerage commissions the Porfolio
paid was used to reduce its expenses. Without this
reduction, "Total Annual Expenses" would have been
0.81% for Asset Manager Portfolio and 0.60% for
Equity-Income Portfolio.
(4) The Funds' Adviser has agreed to bear, subject to
reimbursement, expenses for each of the Total
Return Series and Utilities Series, such that each
Series' aggregate operating expense shall not
exceed, on an annualized basis, 1.00% of the
average daily net assets of the Series from
November 2, 1994 through December 31, 1998, 1.25%
of the average daily net assets of the Series from
January 1, 1997 through December 31, 1998, and
1.50% of the average daily net assets of the Series
from January 1, 1999 through December 31, 2004;
provided however, that this obligation may be
terminated or revised at any time. Absent this
expense arrangement, "Other Expenses" and "Total
Annual Expenses" would be 0.62% and 1.37%,
respectively, for the Total Return Series, and
0.93% and 1.58%, respectively, for the Utilities
Series, based upon estimated expenses for the
Series' current fiscal year. The Adviser has agreed
to bear, subject to reimbursement, until December
31, 2004, expenses of the World Governments Series
such that the Series' aggregate operating expenses
do not exceed 1.00%, on an annualized basis, of its
average daily net assets. Absent this expense
arrangement, "Other Expenses" and "Total Annual
Expenses" for the World Governments Series would be
0.63% and 1.38%, respectively.
</TABLE>
9
<PAGE>
The purpose of the foregoing Table on page 9 of this
Prospectus is to assist the Contract Owner in understanding
the various costs and expenses that a Contract Owner will
incur, directly or indirectly. For additional information,
see the discussion in each Fund's prospectus. Premium tax
equivalents and charges for the Optional Death Benefit(s),
if elected, are not reflected in the Table, though they may
apply.
EXAMPLES
The Contract Owner would pay the following expenses on a
$1,000 investment, assuming a 5% annual return on assets,
and assuming all Premium Payments are allocated to the
Variable Account:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1 YEAR 3 YEARS 5 YEARS 10 YEARS
----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1. IF THE CONTRACT IS SURRENDERED AT THE END OF THE APPLICABLE TIME
PERIOD:
Alger Small Capitalization Portfolio..................... $ 84 $ 117 $ 154 $ 274
Alger Leveraged AllCap Portfolio......................... $ 92 $ 142 $ 194 $ 353
Alger MidCap Growth Portfolio............................ $ 84 $ 118 $ 154 $ 275
Alger Growth Portfolio................................... $ 83 $ 114 $ 149 $ 264
Fidelity VIP Equity-Income Portfolio..................... $ 80 $ 106 $ 134 $ 235
Fidelity VIP Money Market Portfolio...................... $ 77 $ 96 $ 118 $ 202
Fidelity VIP II Investment Grade Bond Portfolio.......... $ 81 $ 109 $ 139 $ 244
Fidelity VIP II Asset Manager Portfolio.................. $ 82 $ 113 $ 145 $ 257
MFS Total Return Series.................................. $ 84 $ 119 $ 156 $ 278
MFS Utilities Series..................................... $ 84 $ 119 $ 156 $ 278
MFS World Governments Series............................. $ 84 $ 119 $ 156 $ 278
AMT Balanced Portfolio................................... $ 84 $ 118 $ 154 $ 275
AMT Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio...................... $ 82 $ 110 $ 142 $ 250
AMT Partners Portfolio................................... $ 87 $ 128 $ 170 $ 307
Quest For Value Global Equity Portfolio.................. $ 87 $ 126 $ 168 $ 302
Quest For Value Managed Portfolio........................ $ 81 $ 108 $ 138 $ 243
Quest For Value Small Cap Portfolio...................... $ 82 $ 111 $ 142 $ 251
</TABLE>
2. IF THE CONTRACT IS NOT SURRENDERED OR IF IT IS
ANNUITIZED:
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Alger Small Capitalization Portfolio..... $ 24 $ 75 $ 128 $ 274
Alger Leveraged AllCap Portfolio......... $ 33 $ 99 $ 169 $ 353
Alger MidCap Growth Portfolio............ $ 24 $ 75 $ 129 $ 275
Alger Growth Portfolio................... $ 23 $ 72 $ 123 $ 264
Fidelity VIP Equity-Income Portfolio..... $ 21 $ 63 $ 109 $ 235
Fidelity VIP Money Market Portfolio...... $ 17 $ 54 $ 93 $ 202
Fidelity VIP II Investment Grade Bond
Portfolio............................... $ 21 $ 66 $ 113 $ 244
Fidelity VIP II Asset Manager
Portfolio............................... $ 23 $ 70 $ 120 $ 257
MFS Total Return Series.................. $ 25 $ 76 $ 130 $ 278
MFS Utilities Series..................... $ 25 $ 76 $ 130 $ 278
MFS World Governments Series............. $ 25 $ 76 $ 130 $ 278
AMT Balanced Portfolio................... $ 24 $ 75 $ 129 $ 275
AMT Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio...... $ 22 $ 68 $ 116 $ 250
AMT Partners Portfolio................... $ 28 $ 85 $ 145 $ 307
Quest For Value Global Equity
Portfolio............................... $ 27 $ 84 $ 142 $ 302
Quest For Value Managed Portfolio........ $ 21 $ 66 $ 113 $ 243
Quest For Value Small Cap Portfolio...... $ 22 $ 68 $ 117 $ 251
</TABLE>
The preceding tables are intended to assist the Owner in
understanding the costs and expenses borne, directly or
indirectly, by Premium Payments allocated to the Variable
Account. These include the expenses of the Funds, certain of
which are subject to expense reimbursement arrangements
which may be subject to change. See the Funds' Prospectuses.
In addition to the expenses listed above, charges for
premium tax equivalents and charges for any Optional Death
Benefit(s) selected may be applicable.
10
<PAGE>
These examples reflect the annual $35 Annuity Account Fee as
an annual charge of .14% of assets, based upon an
anticipated average Annuity Account Value of $25,000.
THESE EXAMPLES SHOULD NOT BE CONSIDERED A REPRESENTATION OF
PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES, AND ACTUAL EXPENSES MAY BE GREATER
OR LESS THAN THOSE SHOWN.
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The Variable Account commenced operations on April 10, 1995.
There follows, for each of the seventeen Variable Account
Sub-Accounts available under the Contracts, information
regarding the changes in the Accumulation Unit values from
date of inception through December 31, 1995 and the number
of Accumulation Units outstanding at December 31, 1995:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF
ACCUMULATION
ACCUMULATION ACCUMULATION UNITS
UNIT BEGINNING UNIT VALUE OUTSTANDING
SUB-ACCOUNT VALUE AT 12/31/95 12/31/95
------------------------------------------- --------------- --------------- -----------
<C> <S> <C> <C> <C>
Alger American Growth Portfolio 10.00 12.385784 311,649
Alger American Leveraged AllCap Portfolio 10.00 13.895178 87,024
Alger American MidCap Growth Portfolio 10.00 13.106537 155,535
Alger American Small Cap Portfolio 10.00 13.092181 249,882
Fidelity VIP Equity-Income Portfolio 10.00 12.128673 539,741
Fidelity VIP Money Market Portfolio 10.00 10.245402 680,856
Fidelity VIP II: Asset Manager Portfolio 10.00 11.280365 62,375
Fidelity VIP II: Invest Grade Bond
Portfolio 10.00 10.541110 144,347
MFS Total Return Series 10.00 11.003903 148,985
MFS Utilities Series 10.00 11.365171 45,129
MFS World Governments Series 10.00 10.277969 33,344
AMT Balanced Portfolio 10.00 10.269633 85,477
AMT Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio 10.00 10.547360 106,840
AMT Partners Portfolio 10.00 12.122020 125,694
Quest for Value Global Equity Portfolio 10.00 11.758951 139,287
Quest for Value Managed Portfolio 10.00 11.143831 486,528
Quest for Value Small Cap Portfolio 10.00 10.855343 58,004
<FN>
</TABLE>
THE COMPANY AND THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT
THE COMPANY. The Company is a stock life insurance company
incorporated under the laws of Connecticut by special act of
the Connecticut General Assembly in 1865. Its Home Office
mailing address is Hartford, Connecticut 06152, Telephone
(203) 726-6000. It has obtained authorization to do business
in fifty states, the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico.
The Company issues group and individual life and health
insurance policies and annuities. The Company has various
wholly-owned subsidiaries which are generally engaged in the
insurance business. The Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary
of Connecticut General Corporation, Bloomfield, Connecticut.
Connecticut General Corporation is wholly-owned by CIGNA
Holdings Inc., Philadelphia, Pennsylvania which is in turn
wholly-owned by CIGNA Corporation, Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania. Connecticut General Corporation is the holding
company of various insurance companies, one of which is
Connecticut General Life Insurance Company.
THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT. The Variable Account was established
by the Company as a separate account on January 25, 1994
pursuant to a resolution of its Board of Directors. Under
Connecticut insurance law, the income, gains or losses of
the Variable Account are credited to or charged against the
assets of the Variable Account without regard to the other
income, gains, or losses of the Company. These assets are
held in relation to the Contracts described in this
Prospectus, to the extent necessary to meet the Company's
obligations thereunder. Although that portion of the assets
maintained in the Variable Account equal to the reserves and
other contract liabilities with respect to the Variable
Account will not be charged with any liabilities arising out
of any other
11
<PAGE>
business conducted by the Company, all obligations arising
under the Contracts, including the promise to make annuity
payments, are general corporate obligations of the Company.
The Variable Account is registered with the Securities and
Exchange Commission ("Commission") as a unit investment
trust under the 1940 Act and meets the definition of a
separate account under the federal securities laws.
Registration with the Commission does not involve
supervision of the management or investment practices or
policies of the Variable Account or of the Company by the
Commission.
The assets of the Variable Account are divided into
Sub-Accounts. Each Sub-Account invests exclusively in shares
of a specific Fund. All amounts allocated to the Variable
Account will be used to purchase Fund shares as designated
by the Owner at their net asset value. Any and all
distributions made by the Fund with respect to the shares
held by the Variable Account will be reinvested to purchase
additional shares at their net asset value. Deductions from
the Variable Account for cash withdrawals, annuity payments,
death benefits, annuity account fees, mortality and expense
risk charges, administrative expense charges, the cost of
any Optional Death Benefit(s) and any applicable taxes will,
in effect, be made by redeeming the number of Fund shares at
their net asset value equal in total value to the amount to
be deducted. The Variable Account will purchase and redeem
Fund shares on an aggregate basis and will be fully invested
in Fund shares at all times.
THE FUNDS
Each of the seventeen Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account
is invested solely in shares of one of the seventeen Funds
available as funding vehicles under the Contracts. Each of
the Funds is a series of one of six Massachusetts or
Delaware business trusts, collectively referred to herein as
the "Trusts", each of which is registered as an open-end,
diversified management investment company under the 1940
Act.
The Trusts and their investment advisers and distributors
are:
Alger American Fund ("Alger Trust"), managed by Fred
Alger Management, Inc., 75 Maiden Lane, New York, NY
10038; and distributed by Fred Alger & Company,
Incorporated, 30 Montgomery Street, Jersey City, NJ
07302;
Variable Insurance Products Fund I ("Fidelity Trust I"),
and Variable Insurance Products Fund II ("Fidelity Trust
II"), managed by Fidelity Management & Research Company
and distributed by Fidelity Distribution Corporation, 82
Devonshire Street, Boston, MA 02103;
MFS Variable Insurance Trust ("MFS Trust"), managed by
Massachusetts Financial Services Company and distributed
by MFS Investor Services, Inc., 500 Boylston Street,
Boston, MA 02116;
Neuberger & Berman Advisers Management Trust ("Neuberger
& Berman AMT Trust"), managed and distributed by
Neuberger & Berman Management Incorporated, 605 Third
Avenue, New York, NY 10158-0006;
Quest for Value Accumulation Trust ("Quest for Value
Trust"), managed by Quest for Value Advisors and
distributed by Quest for Value Distributors, One World
Financial Center, New York, NY 10281.
Four Funds of ALGER Trust are available under the Contracts:
Alger American Growth Portfolio;
Alger American Leveraged AllCap Portfolio;
Alger American MidCap Growth Portfolio;
Alger American Small Capitalization Portfolio.
12
<PAGE>
Two Funds of FIDELITY Trust I are available under the
Contracts:
Equity-Income Portfolio ("Fidelity Equity-Income
Portfolio").
Money Market Portfolio ("Fidelity Money Market Fund").
Two Funds of FIDELITY Trust II are available under the
Contracts:
Asset Manager Portfolio ("Fidelity Asset Manager
Portfolio");
Investment Grade Bond Portfolio ("Fidelity Bond
Portfolio").
Three Funds of MFS Trust are available under the Contracts:
MFS Total Return Series;
MFS Utilities Series;
MFS World Governments Series.
Three Funds of NEUBERGER & BERMAN AMT Trust are available
under the Contracts:
AMT Balanced Portfolio;
AMT Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio;
AMT Partners Portfolio.
Three Funds of QUEST FOR VALUE Trust are available under the
Contracts:
Quest Global Equity Portfolio;
Quest Managed Portfolio;
Quest Small Cap Portfolio.
The investment advisory fees charged the Funds by their
advisers are shown in the Fee Table at page 9 of this
Prospectus.
There follows a brief description of the investment
objective of each Fund. There can be no assurance that any
of the stated investment objectives will be achieved.
ALGER AMERICAN GROWTH PORTFOLIO: Seeks long-term capital
appreciation by investing in a diversified, actively managed
portfolio of equity securities, primarily of companies with
total market capitalization of $1 billion or greater.
ALGER AMERICAN LEVERAGED ALLCAP PORTFOLIO: Seeks long-term
capital appreciation by investing in a diversified, actively
managed portfolio of equity securities, with the ability to
engage in leveraging (up to one-third of assets) and options
and futures transactions.
ALGER AMERICAN MIDCAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO: Seeks long-term
capital appreciation by investing in a diversified, actively
managed portfolio of equity securities, primarily of
companies with total market capitalization between $750
million and $3.5 billion.
ALGER AMERICAN SMALL CAP PORTFOLIO: Seeks long-term capital
appreciation by investing in a diversified, actively managed
portfolio of equity securities, primarily of companies with
total market capitalization of less than $1 billion.
FIDELITY ASSET MANAGER PORTFOLIO: Seeks high total return
with reduced risk over the long-term by allocating its
assets among domestic and foreign stocks, bonds and short-
term fixed-income instruments.
FIDELITY BOND PORTFOLIO: Seeks as high a level of current
income as is consistent with the preservation of capital by
investing in a broad range of investment-grade fixed-income
securities, with a dollar-weighted average portfolio
maturity of ten years or less.
FIDELITY EQUITY-INCOME PORTFOLIO: Seeks reasonable income by
investing primarily in income-producing equity securities,
with some potential for capital appreciation, seeking to
exceed the composite yield on the securities comprising the
Standard and Poor's 500 Composite Stock Price Index.
FIDELITY MONEY MARKET FUND: Seeks as high a level of current
income as is consistent with preserving capital and
providing liquidity, through investment in high quality U.S.
dollar denominated money market securities of domestic and
foreign issuers.
13
<PAGE>
MFS TOTAL RETURN SERIES: Seeks primarily to obtain
above-average income, (compared to a portfolio entirely
invested in equity securities) consistent with the prudent
employment of capital, and secondarily to provide a
reasonable opportunity for growth of capital and income.
MFS UTILITIES SERIES: Seeks capital growth and current
income (income above that obtainable from a portfolio
invested entirely in equity securities).
MFS WORLD GOVERNMENTS SERIES: Seeks not only preservation,
but also growth, of capital together with moderate current
income.
AMT BALANCED PORTFOLIO: Seeks long-term capital growth and
reasonable current income without undue risk to principal.
AMT LIMITED MATURITY BOND PORTFOLIO: Seeks the highest
current income consistent with low risk to principal and
liquidity; and secondarily, enhanced total return through
capital appreciation when market factors, such as falling
interest rates and rising bond prices, indicate that capital
appreciation may be available without significant risk to
principal.
AMT PARTNERS PORTFOLIO: Seeks capital growth.
QUEST GLOBAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO: Seeks long-term capital
appreciation through a global investment strategy primarily
involving equity securities.
QUEST MANAGED PORTFOLIO: Seeks growth of capital over time
through investment in a portfolio of common stocks, bonds
and cash equivalents, the percentage of which will vary
based on management's assessments of relative investment
values.
QUEST SMALL CAP PORTFOLIO: Seeks capital appreciation
through investments in a diversified portfolio of equity
securities of companies with market capitalizations of under
$1 billion.
The AMT Partners Portfolio, Fidelity Equity-Income
Portfolio, Fidelity Asset Manager Portfolio, MFS Total
Return Series, MFS Utilities Series, MFS World Governments
Series, Quest for Value Global Equity Portfolio, Quest for
Value Managed Portfolio, and the Quest for Value Small Cap
Portfolio funds may invest in non-investment grade, high
yield, high-risk debt securities (commonly referred to as
"junk bonds"), as detailed in the individual fund
prospectuses.
GENERAL
There is no assurance that the investment objective of any
of the Funds will be met. Contract Owners bear the complete
investment risk for Annuity Account Values allocated to a
Variable Account Sub-Account. Each such Sub-Account involves
inherent investment risk, and such risk varies significantly
among the Sub-Accounts. Contract Owners should read each
Fund's prospectus carefully and understand the Funds'
relative degrees of risk before making or changing
investment choices. Additional Funds may, from time to time,
be made available as investments to underlie the Contracts.
However, the right to make such selections will be limited
by the terms and conditions imposed on such transactions by
the Company (See "Premium Payments and Contract Value --
Allocation of Premium Payments").
SUBSTITUTION OF SECURITIES
If the shares of any Fund should no longer be available for
investment by the Variable Account or if, in the judgment of
the Company, further investment in such shares should become
inappropriate in view of the purpose of the Contracts, the
Company may substitute shares of another Fund. No
substitution of securities in any Sub-Account may take place
without prior approval of the Commission and under such
requirements as it may impose.
14
<PAGE>
VOTING RIGHTS
In accordance with its view of present applicable law, the
Company will vote the shares of each Fund held in the
Variable Account at special meetings of the shareholders of
the particular Trust in accordance with written instructions
received from persons having the voting interest in the
Variable Account. The Company will vote shares for which it
has not received instructions, as well as shares
attributable to it, in the same proportion as it votes
shares for which it has received instructions. The Trusts do
not hold regular meetings of shareholders.
The number of shares which a person has a right to vote will
be determined as of a date to be chosen by the Company not
more than sixty (60) days prior to the meeting of the
particular Trust. Voting instructions will be solicited by
written communication at least fourteen (14) days prior to
the meeting.
The Funds' shares are issued and redeemed only in connection
with variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance
policies issued through separate accounts of the Company and
other life insurance companies. The Trusts do not foresee
any disadvantage to Contract Owners arising out of the fact
that shares may be made available to separate accounts which
are used in connection with both variable annuity and
variable life insurance products. Nevertheless, the Trusts'
Boards intend to monitor events in order to identify any
material irreconcilable conflicts which may possibly arise
and to determine what action, if any, should be taken in
response thereto. If such a conflict were to occur, one of
the separate accounts might withdraw its investment in a
Fund. This might force a Fund to sell portfolio securities
at disadvantageous prices.
PREMIUM PAYMENTS AND CONTRACT VALUE
PREMIUM PAYMENTS
The Contracts may be purchased under a flexible premium
payment plan. Premium Payments are payable in the frequency
and in the amount selected by the Contract Owner. The
initial Premium Payment is due on the Effective Date. It
must be at least $2,500 ($2,000 for an Individual Retirement
Annuity under Section 408 of the Code). Subsequent Premium
Payments must be at least $100. These minimum amounts are
not waived for Qualified Plans. The Company reserves the
right to decline any application or Premium Payment. A
Premium Payment in excess of $1 million requires preapproval
by the Company.
The Company may, at its sole discretion, waive the minimum
payment requirements.
The Contract Owner may elect to increase, decrease or change
the frequency of Premium Payments.
ALLOCATION OF PREMIUM PAYMENTS
Premium Payments are allocated to one or more of the
appropriate Sub-Accounts within the Variable Account and
Fixed Account as selected by the Contract Owner. For each
Variable Account Sub-Account, the Premium Payments are
converted into Accumulation Units. The number of
Accumulation Units credited to the Contract is determined by
dividing the Premium Payment allocated to the Sub-Account by
the value of the Accumulation Unit for the Sub-Account.
The Company will allocate the initial Premium Payment
directly to the Sub-Account(s) selected by the Owner unless
state law requires, during the right-to-examine period, a
refund of Premium Payments rather than Annuity Account
Value.
Transfers do not necessarily affect the allocation
instructions for payments. Subsequent payments will be
allocated as directed by the Owner; if no direction is
given, the
15
<PAGE>
allocation will be that which has been most recently
directed for payments by the Owner. The Owner may change the
allocation of future payments without fee, penalty or other
charge upon written notice to the Variable Products Service
Center. A change will be effective for payments received on
or after receipt of the written notice of change.
Not less than 10% of any Premium Payment at the time of any
allocation may be allocated to a single Sub-Account, and no
allocation can be made which would result in a Variable
Account Sub-Account value of less than $500 or a Fixed
Account Sub-Account value of less than $2,500. The Company
may, at its sole discretion, waive minimum premium
allocation or minimum Variable Account Sub-Account
requirements.
For initial Premium Payments, if the application for a
Contract is in good order, the Company will apply the
Premium Payment to the Variable Account and credit the
Contract with Accumulation Units within two business days of
receipt at the Accumulation Unit Value for the Valuation
Period during which the Premium Payment is accepted unless
state law requires, during the right-to-examine period, a
refund of Premium Payments rather than Annuity Account
Value.
If the application for a Contract is not in good order, the
Company will attempt to get it in good order or the Company
will return the application and the Premium Payment within
five business days. The Company will not retain a Premium
Payment for more than five business days while processing an
incomplete application unless it has been so authorized by
the purchaser.
For each subsequent Premium Payment, the Company will apply
such payment to the Variable Account and credit the Contract
with Accumulation Units at the Accumulation Unit Value for
the Valuation Period during which each such payment was
received in good order.
DOLLAR COST AVERAGING
Dollar Cost Averaging is a program which, if elected,
enables a Contract Owner to systematically allocate
specified dollar amounts from the Money Market Sub-Account
or the One-Year Fixed Sub-Account to the Contract's other
Sub-Accounts at regular intervals. By allocating on a
regularly scheduled basis as opposed to allocating the total
amount at one particular time, a Contract Owner may be less
susceptible to the impact of market fluctuations.
Dollar Cost Averaging may be selected by establishing a
Money Market Sub-Account or the One-Year Fixed Sub-Account
value of at least $12,000. The minimum amount per month to
allocate is $1,000. All Dollar Cost Averaging transfers will
be made effective the twentieth of the month (or the next
Valuation Date if the twentieth of the month is not a
Valuation Date). Election into this program may occur at any
time by properly completing the Dollar Cost Averaging
election form, returning it to the Company so it is received
by the tenth of the month, to be effective that month, and
insuring that sufficient value is in the Money Market
Sub-Account or the One-Year Fixed Sub-Account. Transfers to
the Fixed Account or from other than the One-Year Fixed
Sub-Account are not permitted under Dollar Cost Averaging.
The Company may at its sole discretion waive Dollar Cost
Averaging minimum deposit and transfer requirements.
Dollar Cost Averaging will terminate when any of the
following occurs: (1) the number of designated transfers has
been completed; (2) the value of the Money Market Sub-
Account or the One-Year Fixed Sub-Account is insufficient to
complete the next transfer; (3) the Owner requests
termination in writing and such writing is received by the
tenth of the month in order to cancel the transfer scheduled
to take effect that month; or (4) the Contract is
surrendered.
16
<PAGE>
The Dollar Cost Averaging program may not be active
following the Annuity Date. There is no current charge for
Dollar Cost Averaging but the Company reserves the right to
charge for this program. In the event there are additional
transfers, the transfer fee may be charged. The Company does
not intend to profit from any such charge.
AUTOMATIC REBALANCING
Automatic Rebalancing is an option that allows a Contract
Owner periodically to restore to a pre-determined level the
percentage of Contract Value allocated to each Variable
Account Sub-Account (e.g. 20% Money Market, 50%
Equity-Income, 30% Utilities). This pre-determined
allocation will be the allocation initially selected on the
application, unless subsequently changed. An allocation may
be changed at any time by submitting a request in writing to
the Company. If Automatic Rebalancing is elected, all Net
Premium Payments allocated to the Variable Account
Sub-Accounts must be included in the Automatic Rebalancing
option. The Fixed Account Sub-Account is not available for
Rebalancing.
Automatic Rebalancing may take place on either a quarterly,
semi-annual or annual basis, as selected by the Contract
Owner. Once the Rebalancing option is activated, any
Sub-Account transfers executed outside of the Rebalancing
option will terminate the Automatic Rebalancing feature. The
Contract Owner may terminate the Automatic Rebalancing
option at any time by submitting a request in writing to the
Company.
A Contract Owner may not have both the Dollar Cost Averaging
option and the Automatic Rebalancing option in effect at the
same time.
The Automatic Rebalancing program may not be active
following the Annuity Date. There is no current charge for
Automatic Rebalancing but the Company reserves the right to
charge for this program. In the event there are additional
transfers, the transfer fee may be charged. The Company does
not intend to profit from any such charge.
CONTRACT VALUE
The value of the Contract is the sum of the values
attributable to the Contract for each Fixed and Variable
Sub-Account. The value of each Variable Sub-Account is
determined by multiplying the number of Accumulation Units
attributable to the Contract in the Sub-Account by the value
of an Accumulation Unit for the Sub-Account.
ACCUMULATION UNIT
Premium Payments allocated to the Variable Account are
converted into Accumulation Units. This is done by dividing
each Premium Payment by the value of an Accumulation Unit
for the Valuation Period during which the Premium Payment is
allocated to the Variable Account. The Accumulation Unit
value for each Sub-Account was or will be set initially at
$10. It may increase or decrease from Valuation Period to
Valuation Period. The Accumulation Unit value for any later
Valuation Period is determined by multiplying the
Accumulation Unit Value for that Sub-Account for the
preceding Valuation Period by the Net Investment Factor for
the current Valuation Period. The Net Investment Factor is
calculated as follows:
The Net Investment Factor for any Variable Account
Sub-Account for any Valuation Period is determined by
dividing (a) by (b) and then subtracting (c) from the
result, where:
17
<PAGE>
(A) Is the net result of:
(1)the net asset value (as described in the prospectus
for the Fund) of a Fund share held in the Variable
Account Sub-Account determined as of the end of the
Valuation Period, plus
(2)the per share amount of any dividend or other
distribution declared by the Fund on the shares held
in the Variable Account Sub-Account if the
"ex-dividend" date occurs during the Valuation Period,
plus or minus
(3)a per share credit or charge with respect to any taxes
paid or reserved for by the Company during the
Valuation Period which are determined by the Company
to be attributable to the operation of the Variable
Account Sub-Account;
(B) is the net asset value of a Fund share held in the
Variable Account Sub-Account determined as of the end of
the preceding Valuation Period; and
(C) is the asset charge factor determined by the Company for
the Valuation Period to reflect the charges for assuming
the mortality and expense risks and for administrative
expenses.
The asset charge factor for any Valuation Period is equal to
the daily asset charge factor multiplied by the number of
24-hour periods in the Valuation Period.
CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS
Various charges and deductions are made from Annuity Account
Values and the Variable Account. These charges and
deductions are:
DEDUCTION FOR CONTINGENT DEFERRED SALES CHARGE (SALES LOAD)
Upon a partial withdrawal or full surrender, a Contingent
Deferred Sales Charge (sales load) will be calculated and
will be deducted from the Annuity Account Value. This Charge
reimburses the Company for expenses incurred in connection
with the promotion, sale and distribution of the Contracts.
The Contingent Deferred Sales Charge applies only to those
Premium Payments received within seven (7) years of the date
of partial withdrawal or full surrender. In calculating the
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge, Premium Payments are
allocated to the amount surrendered or withdrawn on a
first-in, first-out basis. The amount of the Contingent
Deferred Sales Charge is calculated by: (a) allocating
Premium Payments to the amount surrendered; (b) multiplying
each allocated Premium Payment that has been held under the
Contract for the period shown below by the charge shown
below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS SINCE
PAYMENT CHARGE
- ------------------ ------
<S> <C>
0-1 7%
1-2 6%
2-3 5%
3-4 4%
4-5 3%
5-6 2%
6-7 1%
7+ 0
</TABLE>
and (c) adding the products of each multiplication in (b)
above. The charge will not exceed 7% of the Premium
Payments. Any applicable negative Market Value Adjustment
and Annuity Account Fee will be deducted before application
of the Contingent Deferred Sales Charge. The charge is not
imposed on any death benefit paid or upon amounts applied to
an annuity option.
A Contract Owner may, not more frequently than once each
Contract Year, make a withdrawal of up to fifteen percent
(15%) of Premium Payments, or any remaining portion thereof,
without incurring a Contingent Deferred Sales Charge. The
earliest
18
<PAGE>
Premium Payments remaining in the Contract will be deemed
withdrawn first under this Fifteen Percent Free, even if no
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge would have been assessed on
such a withdrawal. No Contingent Deferred Sales Charge will
be deducted from Premium Payments which have been held under
the Contract for more than seven (7) Contract Years or as
annuity payments. The Company may also eliminate or reduce
the Contingent Deferred Sales Charge under the Company
procedures then in effect.
For a partial withdrawal, unless the Owner designates
otherwise, the Contingent Deferred Sales Charge will be
deducted proportionately from the Sub-Account(s) from which
the withdrawal is to be made by cancelling Accumulation
Units from each applicable Sub-Account in the ratio that the
value of each Sub-Account bears to the total of the values
of the Sub-Accounts from which the partial withdrawal is
made. If the value(s) of such Sub-Account(s) are
insufficient, the amount payable on the withdrawal will be
net of any remaining Contingent Deferred Sales Charges
unless the Owner and the Company agree otherwise.
Commissions will be paid to broker-dealers who sell the
Contracts. Broker-dealers will be paid commissions, up to an
amount equal to 6.50% of Premium Payments, for promotional
or distribution expenses associated with the marketing of
the Contracts. To the extent that the Contingent Deferred
Sales Charge is insufficient to cover the actual cost of
distribution, the Company may use any of its corporate
assets, including potential profit which may arise from the
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge, to make up any
difference.
DEDUCTION FOR MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGE
The Company deducts on each Valuation Date a Mortality and
Expense Risk Charge which is equal, on an annual basis, to
1.20% of the average daily net assets of the Variable
Account (consisting of approximately .70% for mortality
risks and approximately .50% for expense risks). The
mortality risks assumed by the Company arise from its
contractual obligation to make annuity payments after the
Annuity Date for the life of the Annuitant in accordance
with annuity rates guaranteed in the Contracts. The expense
risk assumed by the Company is that all actual expenses
involved in administering the Contracts, including Contract
maintenance costs, administrative costs, mailing costs, data
processing costs, legal fees, accounting fees, filing fees,
and the costs of other services may exceed the amount
recovered from the Annuity Account Fee and the
Administrative Expense Charge.
If the Mortality and Expense Risk Charge is insufficient to
cover the actual costs, the loss will be borne by the
Company. Conversely, if the amount deducted proves more than
sufficient, the excess will be a profit to the Company. The
Company expects to profit from this charge.
The Mortality and Expense Risk Charge is guaranteed by the
Company and cannot be increased.
DEDUCTION FOR ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE CHARGE
The Company deducts on each Valuation Date an Administrative
Expense Charge which is equal, on an annual basis, to 0.10%
of the average daily net assets of the Variable Account.
This charge is to reimburse the Company for a portion of its
expenses in administering the Contracts. This charge is
guaranteed by the Company and cannot be increased, and the
Company will not derive a profit from this charge.
19
<PAGE>
DEDUCTION FOR ANNUITY ACCOUNT FEE
The Company deducts an annual Annuity Account Fee of $35
from the Annuity Account Value on the last Valuation Date of
each Contract Year. This charge is to reimburse the Company
for a portion of its administrative expenses (see above).
Prior to the Annuity Date, this charge is deducted by
cancelling Accumulation Units from each applicable
Sub-Account in the ratio that the value of each Sub-Account
bears to the total Annuity Account Value. When the Contract
is annuitized or surrendered for its full Surrender Value on
other than a Contract Anniversary, the Annuity Account Fee
will be prorated at the time of surrender. On and after the
Annuity Date, the Annuity Account Fee will be collected
proportionately from the Sub-Account(s) on which the
Variable Annuity payment is based, prorated on a monthly
basis and will result in a reduction of the annuity
payments. The Annuity Account Fee will be waived for any
Contract Year in which the Annuity Account Value equals or
exceeds $100,000 as of the last Valuation Date of the
Contract Year.
DEDUCTION FOR PREMIUM TAX EQUIVALENTS
Premium tax equivalents or other taxes payable to a state,
municipality or other governmental entity will be charged
against Annuity Account Value. Premium taxes currently
imposed by certain states on the Contracts offered hereby
range from 0% to 3.5% of Premiums paid. Some states assess
premium taxes at the time Premium Payments are made; others
assess premium taxes at the time annuity payments begin. The
Company will, in its sole discretion, determine when taxes
have resulted from: the investment experience of the
Variable Account; receipt by the Company of the Premium
Payment(s); or commencement of annuity payments. The Company
may, at its sole discretion, pay taxes when due and deduct
an equivalent amount reflecting investment experience from
the Annuity Account Value at a later date. Payment at an
earlier date does not waive any right the Company may have
to deduct amounts at a later date.
DEDUCTION FOR INCOME TAXES
While the Company is not currently maintaining a provision
for federal income taxes, the Company has reserved the right
to establish a provision for income taxes if it determines,
in its sole discretion, that it will incur a tax as a result
of the operation of the Variable Account. The Company will
deduct for any income taxes incurred by it as a result of
the operation of the Variable Account whether or not there
was a provision for taxes and whether or not it was
sufficient.
DEDUCTION FOR FUND EXPENSES
There are other deductions from, and expenses paid out of,
the assets of the Funds which are described in the
accompanying Funds' prospectuses.
DEDUCTION FOR TRANSFER FEE
Prior to the Annuity Date, a Contract Owner may transfer all
or a part of the Annuity Account Value in a Sub-Account to
another Sub-Account without the imposition of any transfer
fee or charge if there have been no more than three
transfers made in the Contract Year (twelve if the Annuity
Account Value is at least $5000 at the time of a transfer.)
For additional transfers, the Company reserves the right to
deduct a transfer fee of up to $10 per transfer.
Prescheduled automatic dollar cost averaging transfers or
automatic rebalancing are not counted toward the twelve (or
three) transfer limit. The Company reserves the right to
charge a fee of up to $10 for each transfer after the
Annuity Date. The transfer fee at any given time will not be
set at a level greater than its cost and will contain no
element of profit.
20
<PAGE>
DEDUCTION FOR OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT
If no Optional Death Benefit is selected, the death benefit
under the Contract will be the Annuity Account Value as of
the date of payment of the death benefit. No additional
charge is imposed for that death benefit.
For an additional charge, as described below, an Optional
Death Benefit can be selected at the time the Contract is
applied for. Under each form of Optional Death Benefit, the
death benefit payable will be the greater of the Annuity
Account Value or if before the Contract Owner's 90th
birthday, or some other amount as of the date of payment of
the death benefit. That other amount can be one or more of
Option A. Premium Payments made, less partial withdrawals.
Option B. Premium Payments made, less partial withdrawals,
with interest compounded daily at a rate equivalent to 5%
per year during the first seven Contract Years. As of the
beginning of the eighth Contract Year, the amount of death
benefit will decrease and thereafter be equal to total
Premium Payments made, less partial withdrawals. Only
available if the Owner (or the Annuitant, if the Owner is a
non-natural person) has not reached his or her 72nd birthday
at the Effective Date.
Option C. The Annuity Account Value on the seven-year
Contract Anniversary immediately preceding the date the
death benefit election is effective or is deemed to become
effective, adjusted for any subsequent Premium Payments and
partial withdrawals and charges made between the immediate
preceding seven-year Contract Anniversary and the date and
death benefit election is effective or is deemed to become
effective (as referenced herein, seven-year Contract
Anniversary means the seventh Contract Anniversary and each
succeeding Contract Anniversary occurring at any seven-year
interval thereafter, for example, the 7th, 14th and 21st
Contract Anniversaries).
Option D. The highest Annuity Account Value ever attained on
a Contract Anniversary date, with adjustments for any
subsequent Premium Payments and partial withdrawals made
since the last determination of such highest value.
Once an election of one or more of these Optional Death
Benefits has been made, it will remain in effect for the
life of the Contract or the Owner's 90th birthday, whichever
comes first, unless the Owner chooses, by written notice to
the Variable Products Service Center, to discontinue such
election. The Owner can only give one notice of
discontinuance; such notice must address the discontinuance
of one or more of the Optional Death Benefit(s) previously
chosen. If no Optional Death Benefit(s) are selected
initially, they cannot be added later, nor can the Owner
change an initial selection to add Optional Death Benefit(s)
after the Contract is issued.
At each Contract Anniversary, a charge may be made against
Annuity Account Value (prorated among the Sub-Accounts used
in the Contract, if more than one be used) for any Optional
Death Benefit in effect for all or a portion of the Contract
Year then ended. Such charge will be computed in the
following manner, assuming for the sake of illustration that
the Optional Death Benefit is in effect for the entire
Contract Year.
On the last business day of each Contract Month during the
Contract Year, the Company will calculate whether the amount
payable under any of the Optional Death Benefits in effect
on that date would exceed the Annuity Account Value on that
date. If it would not exceed the Annuity Account Value on
that date, then no charge for the Optional Death Benefit is
accrued as of that date. If it would exceed the Annuity
Account Value on that date, then a charge for the Optional
Death Benefit is accrued as of that date. That charge is
computed in accordance with mortality tables which are made
a part of the Contract reflecting the Owner's age and gender
classification (in accordance with state law) is computed on
the Amount at Risk, which is the excess of the Optional
Death
21
<PAGE>
Benefit over the Annuity Account Value on the last business
day of the Contract Month. If the Owner is a corporation,
partnership or other non-natural person, the measuring life
will be the Annuitant's. No deduction is actually made from
Annuity Account Value for the Optional Death Benefit until
the Contract Anniversary except upon a full surrender or
Annuitization of the Contract or upon the payment of a Death
Benefit, when the sum of any charges accrued at the end of
each Contract Month during the Contract Year is deducted.
The annual rate per $1,000 of Amount at Risk charged for the
Optional Death Benefit(s) is set forth in the following
table:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
COST OF OPTIONAL DEATH
BENEFIT(S)
ANNUAL RATE PER $1,000
OF AMOUNT AT RISK
-------------------------------
ATTAINED AGE MALE FEMALE UNISEX
- ------------------------------------------------------------- --------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
less than 40............................ $ 2.40 $ 1.99 $ 2.20
40-45................................... 3.02 2.54 2.78
46-50................................... 4.92 4.02 4.47
51-55................................... 7.30 5.70 6.50
56-60................................... 11.46 8.34 9.90
61-65................................... 17.54 11.55 14.55
66-70................................... 27.85 18.19 23.02
71-75................................... 43.30 27.57 35.44
76-80................................... 70.53 47.33 58.93
81-85................................... 117.25 87.04 102.15
86-90................................... 179.55 147.37 163.46
</TABLE>
If, for example, at the end of a Contract Month the Optional
Death Benefit (assuming payment of a death benefit on that
date) were $40,000 and the Annuity Account Value were
$30,000, the Amount at Risk would be $10,000. Suppose the
Owner (or, if applicable, the Annuitant) were a female age
60. The charge accrued for the Optional Death Benefit that
month would be 10 X $8.34, divided by 12 (reflecting
one-twelfth of a year), or $6.95. If that proved to be the
only Contract Month end during the Contract Year at which
there were an Amount at Risk, that would be the only
Optional Death Benefit charge accrued during the Contract
Year. There is no daily deduction of a percentage of
Contract Values for any Optional Death Benefit.
OTHER CONTRACT FEATURES
OWNERSHIP
The Contract Owner has all rights and may receive all
benefits under the Contract. The Contract Owner may change
the Contract Owner at any time. If the Contract Owner dies,
a death benefit will be paid to the Beneficiary upon proof
of the Contract Owner's death. If the Owner is a
corporation, partnership or other non-natural person, the
death benefit is paid upon receipt of due proof of the
Annuitant's death. A change of Contract Owner will
automatically revoke any prior designation of Contract
Owner. A request for change must be: (1) made in writing;
and (2) received by the Company at its Variable Products
Service Center. The change will become effective as of the
date the written request is signed. A new designation of
Contract Owner will not apply to any payment made or action
taken by the Company prior to the time it was received. Any
Optional Death Benefit in effect at the time of a change of
ownership will remain in effect. The cost of the Optional
Death Benefit(s) will be based on the attained age of the
new Owner (or the Annuitant, if the new Owner is a
non-natural person).
For non-qualified contracts, in accordance with Code Section
72(u), a deferred annuity contract held by a corporation or
other entity that is not a natural person is not treated as
an annuity contract for tax purposes. Income on the contract
is treated as ordinary
22
<PAGE>
income received by the owner during the taxable year. But in
accordance with Code Section 72(u), an annuity contract held
by a trust or other entity as agent for a natural person is
considered held by a natural person.
ASSIGNMENT
The Contract Owner may assign the Contract at any time
during his or her lifetime. Unless provided otherwise, an
assignment will not affect the interest of any previously
indicated Beneficiary. The Company will not be bound by any
assignment until written notice is received by the Company
at its Variable Products Service Center. The Company is not
responsible for the validity of any assignment. The Company
will not be liable as to any payment or other settlement
made by the Company before such assignment has been recorded
at the Company's Variable Products Service Center.
If the Contract is issued pursuant to a Qualified Plan, it
may not be assigned, pledged or otherwise transferred except
as may be allowed under applicable law.
BENEFICIARY
The Beneficiary is named when the Contract is applied for
and, unless changed, is entitled to receive any death
benefits to be paid. Prior to the Annuity Date, death
benefits are paid to the Beneficiary on the death of the
Owner.
CHANGE OF BENEFICIARY
The Contract Owner may change a Beneficiary by filing a
written request with the Company at its Variable Products
Service Center unless an irrevocable Beneficiary designation
was previously filed. After the change is recorded, it will
take effect as of the date the request was signed. If the
request reaches the Variable Products Service Center after
the Annuitant or Contract Owner, as applicable, dies but
before any payment is made, the change will be valid. The
Company will not be liable for any payment made or action
taken before it records the change.
ANNUITANT
The Annuitant must be a natural person. The maximum age of
the Annuitant on the Effective Date is 85 years old. The
Annuitant may be changed at any time prior to the Annuity
Date. Joint Annuitants are allowed at the time of
annuitization only, if the Company chooses to make a joint
and survivor annuity payment option available in addition to
the options provided in the Contract. The Annuitant has no
rights or privileges prior to the Annuity Date. When an
Annuity Option is elected, the amount payable as of the
Annuity Date is based on the age and gender classification
(in accordance with state law) of the Annuitant, as well as
the Option selected and the Annuity Account Value.
TRANSFER OF CONTRACT VALUES BETWEEN SUB-ACCOUNTS
Prior to the Annuity Date, the Contract Owner may transfer
all or part of the Annuity Account Value in a Sub-Account to
another Sub-Account without the imposition of any fee or
charge if there have been no more than three transfers made
in the Contract Year (twelve if the Contract Value is at
least $5000 at the time of transfer). For additional
transfers, the Company reserves the right to deduct a
transfer fee of up to $10 (See "Charges and Deductions --
Deduction for Transfer Fee"). This Contract is not designed
for professional market timing organizations or other
entities using programmed and frequent transfers.
23
<PAGE>
After the Annuity Date, provided a variable annuity option
was selected, the Contract Owner may make up to three
transfers between Variable Sub-Accounts in any Contract
Year.
All transfers are subject to the following:
A. The deduction of any transfer fee that may be imposed.
The transfer fee will be deducted from the amount which
is transferred if the entire amount in the Sub-Account is
being transferred, otherwise from the Sub-Account from
which the transfer is made.
B. The minimum amount which may be transferred is the lesser
of (i) $2,500 per Fixed Account Sub-Account or $500 per
Variable Account Sub-Account; or (ii) the Contract
Owner's entire interest in the Sub-Account. The Company,
at its sole discretion may waive these minimum
requirements.
C. No partial transfer will be made if the Contract Owner's
remaining Contract Value in the Sub-Account will be less
than $500.
D. Transfers will be effected during the Valuation Period
next following receipt by the Company of a written
transfer request (or by telephone, if authorized)
containing all required information. However, no transfer
may be made effective within seven calendar days of the
date on which the first annuity payment is due. Transfers
may not be permitted during the right-to-examine period.
E. Any transfer request must clearly specify the amount
which is to be transferred and the Sub-Accounts which are
to be affected.
F. Transfers of all or a portion of any Fixed Account
Sub-Account values are subject to any applicable Market
Value Adjustment;
G. The Company reserves the right to defer transfers from
any Fixed Account Sub-Account for up to six months after
date of receipt of the transfer request;
H. Transfers involving the Variable Account Sub-Accounts are
subject to such restrictions as may be imposed by the
Funds;
I. The Company reserves the right at any time and without
prior notice to any party to terminate, suspend or modify
the transfer privileges described above.
J. After the Annuity Date, transfers may not take place
between a Fixed Annuity Option and a Variable Annuity
Option.
K. At no time may the total premium allocated among the
Fixed Sub-Accounts exceed $500,000.
Transfer requests must be received at the Variable Products
Service Center prior to 4:00 ET in order to be effective
that day.
PROCEDURES FOR TELEPHONE TRANSFERS
Owners may effect telephone transfers in two ways. All
Owners may directly contact a service representative. Owners
may in the future also request access to an electronic
service known as a Voice Response Unit (VRU). The VRU will
permit the transfer of monies among the Sub-Accounts and
changes in the allocation of future payments. All Owners who
do not wish to have the right to conduct telephone transfers
must so indicate on the Contract application by checking the
appropriate box.
The Company will undertake reasonable procedures to confirm
that instructions communicated by telephone are genuine.
Before a service representative accepts any request, the
caller will be asked for his or her social security number
and Contract number. All calls will be recorded. A Personal
Identification Number (PIN) will be assigned to all Owners
who select VRU access. The PIN is selected by and known only
to the Owner. Proper entry of the PIN is required before any
transactions will be allowed through VRU. Furthermore, all
transactions performed over the VRU, as well as with a
service representative, will be confirmed by the Company
through a written letter.
24
<PAGE>
Moreover, all VRU transactions will be assigned a unique
confirmation number which will become part of the Contract's
history. The Company is not liable for any loss, cost or
expense for action on telephone instructions which are
believed to be genuine in accordance with these procedures.
SURRENDERS AND PARTIAL WITHDRAWALS
While the Contract is in force and before the Annuity Date,
the Company will, upon written request to the Company by the
Contract Owner, allow the surrender or Partial Withdrawal of
all or a portion of the Contract for its Surrender Value.
Such request may also be made by telephone if telephone
transfers have been previously authorized in writing.
Surrenders or Partial Withdrawals will result in the
cancellation of Accumulation Units from each applicable
Sub-Account in the ratio that the value of each Sub-Account
bears to the total Annuity Account Value, unless the
Contract Owner specifies in writing in advance which units
are to be cancelled. The Company will pay the amount of any
surrender or Partial Withdrawal within seven (7) days of
receipt of a valid request, unless the "Delay of Payments"
provision is in effect. (See "Delay of Payments and
Transfers")
Certain tax withdrawal penalties and restrictions may apply
to surrenders and partial withdrawal from Contracts. (See
"Tax Status.") Contract Owners should consult their own tax
counsel or other tax adviser regarding any surrenders and
partial withdrawals.
The Surrender Value is the Annuity Account Value for the
Valuation Period next following the Valuation Period during
which the written request to the Company for surrender is
received, reduced, in the case of full surrender, by the sum
of:
A. any applicable premium tax equivalents not previously
deducted;
B. any applicable Annuity Account Fee;
C. any applicable Contingent Deferred Sales Charge; and
D. any applicable accrued charges for the Optional Death
Benefit(s) risk
and for partial withdrawals by A and C above.
DELAY OF PAYMENTS AND TRANSFERS
The Company reserves the right to suspend or postpone
payments or transfers for any period when:
1. the New York Stock Exchange is closed (other than
customary weekend and holiday closings);
2. trading on the New York Stock Exchange is restricted;
3. an emergency exists as a result of which disposal of
securities held in the Variable Account is not reasonably
practicable or it is not reasonably practicable to
determine the value of the Variable Account's net assets;
or
4. during any other period when the Commission, by order, so
permits for the protection of Contract Owners.
The applicable rules and regulations of the Commission will
govern as to whether the conditions described in 2. and 3.
exist.
The Company reserves the right to defer the payment or
transfer of amounts withdrawn from any Fixed Account
Sub-Account for a period not to exceed six months from the
date written request for such withdrawal or transfer is
received by the Company. If payment or transfer is deferred
beyond thirty (30) days, the Company will pay interest of
not less than 3% per year on amounts so deferred.
In addition, payment of the amount of any withdrawal
derived, all or in part, from any Premium Payment paid to
the Company by check or draft may be postponed until the
Company determines the check or draft has been honored.
25
<PAGE>
DEATH OF THE CONTRACT OWNER BEFORE THE ANNUITY DATE
In the event of death of the Contract Owner (or the
Annuitant, if the Owner is a non-natural person) prior to
the Annuity Date, a death benefit is payable to the
Beneficiary designated by the Owner. The value of the death
benefit will be determined as of the Valuation Period next
following the date both due proof of death (a certified copy
of the Death Certificate) and a payment election are
received by the Company. Unless the Optional Death Benefit
is selected and the Contract Owner has not reached their
90th Birthday, the value of the death benefit is equal to
the Annuity Account Value. The Beneficiary may, at any time
before the end of the sixty (60) day period immediately
following receipt of due proof of death by the Company,
elect the death benefit to be paid as follows:
1. the payment of the entire death benefit within five years
of the date of the death of the Owner or Annuitant,
whichever is applicable; or
2. payment over the lifetime of the designated Beneficiary
or over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy
of the Beneficiary, with distribution beginning within
one year of the date of death of the Owner or Annuitant,
whichever is applicable (see "Annuity Provisions --
Annuity Options"); or
3. payment in accordance with one of the settlement options
under the Contract (see "Annuity Provisions -- Annuity
Options"); or
4. if the designated Beneficiary is the Owner's spouse,
he/she can continue the Contract in his/her own name.
Payment amounts may vary with their frequency and duration
(see "Annuity Provisions -- Annuity Options").
To the extent that the Beneficiary elects a variable payment
option, the Beneficiary will bear the investment risk
associated with the performance of the underlying Fund(s) in
which relevant Variable Sub-Account invest(s).
If no payment option is elected, a single sum settlement
will be made by the Company within seven (7) days of the end
of the sixty (60) day period following receipt of due proof
of death of the Owner or Annuitant as applicable.
If the Owner is a non-natural person, then for purposes of
the death benefit, the Annuitant shall be treated as the
Owner.
DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT BEFORE THE ANNUITY DATE
If the Annuitant dies prior to the Annuity Date and the
Annuitant is different from the Contract Owner, the Contract
Owner, if a natural person, may designate a new Annuitant.
Unless and until one is designated, the Contract Owner will
be the Annuitant. If the Contract Owner is not a natural
person, then the death benefit is paid on the Annuitant's
death.
DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT AFTER THE ANNUITY DATE
If the Annuitant dies after the Annuity Date, the death
benefit, if any, will be as specified in the Annuity Option
elected. The Company will require due proof of the
Annuitant's death. Death benefits will be paid at least as
rapidly as under the method of distribution in effect at the
Annuitant's death.
CHANGE IN OPERATION OF VARIABLE ACCOUNT
At the Company's election and if deemed in the best
interests of persons having voting rights under the
Contracts, the Variable Account may be operated as a
management company under the 1940 Act or any other form
permitted by law; de-registered under
26
<PAGE>
the 1940 Act in the event registration is no longer required
(deregistration of the Variable Account requires an order by
the Commission); or combined with one or more other separate
accounts. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the
Company also may transfer the assets of the Variable Account
associated with the Contracts to another account or
accounts. In the event of any change in the operation of the
Variable Account pursuant to this provision, the Company may
make appropriate endorsement to the Contracts to reflect the
change and take such other action as may be necessary and
appropriate to effect the change.
MODIFICATION
Upon notice to the Owner (or the Payee(s) during the Annuity
Period), the Contracts may be modified by the Company if
such modification: (i) is necessary to make the Contracts or
the Variable Account comply with, or take advantage of, any
law or regulation issued by a governmental agency to which
the Company or the Variable Account is subject; or (ii) is
necessary to attempt to assure continued qualification of
the Contracts under the Code or other federal or state laws
relating to retirement annuities or annuity contracts; or
(iii) is necessary to reflect a change in the operation of
the Variable Account or its Sub-Account(s) (See "Change in
Operation of Variable Account"); or (iv) provides additional
Variable Account and/or fixed accumulation options. In the
event of any such modification, the Company may make
appropriate endorsement to the Contracts to reflect such
modification.
In addition, upon notice to the Owner, the Contracts may be
modified by the Company to change the withdrawal charges,
Annuity Account Fees, mortality and expense risk charges,
administrative expense charges, the tables used in
determining the amount of the first monthly fixed annuity
payment, and the formula used to calculate the Market Value
Adjustment, provided that such modification shall apply only
to Contracts established after the effective date of such
modification. In order to exercise its modification rights
in these particular instances, the Company must notify the
Owner of such modification in writing. All of the charges
and the annuity tables which are provided in the Contracts
prior to any such modification will remain in effect
permanently, unless improved by the Company, with respect to
Contracts established prior to the effective date of such
modification.
DISCONTINUANCE
The Company reserves the right to limit or discontinue the
offer and issuance of new Contracts. Such limitation or
discontinuance shall have no effect on rights or benefits
with respect to any Contracts issued prior to the effective
date of such limitation or discontinuance.
ANNUITY PROVISIONS
ANNUITY DATE; CHANGE IN ANNUITY DATE AND ANNUITY OPTION
The Contract Owner selects an Annuity Date at the time of
application. The Contract Owner may, upon at least thirty
(30) days prior written notice to the Company, at any time
prior to the Annuity Date, change the Annuity Date. The
Annuity Date must always be the first day of a calendar
month. The Annuity Date may not be later than the month
following the Annuitant's 90th birthday.
The Contract Owner may, upon at least (30) days prior
written notice to the Company, at any time prior to the
Annuity Date, select and/or change the Annuity Option.
27
<PAGE>
ANNUITY OPTIONS
Instead of having the proceeds paid in one sum, the Contract
Owner may select one of the Annuity Options. These may be on
a fixed or variable basis, or a combination thereof. The
Annuity Option must be selected at least 30 days prior to
the Annuity Date. The Company may, at the time of election
of an Annuity Option, offer more favorable rates in lieu of
those guaranteed. The Company also may make available other
settlement options. The Company uses sex distinct or unisex
annuity rate tables when determining appropriate annuity
payments.
FIXED OPTIONS
Under a fixed option, once the selection has been made and
payments have begun, the amount of the payments will not
vary. The fixed options currently available are:
FIRST OPTION -- LIFE ANNUITY. The Company will make equal
monthly payments during the life of the Annuitant, ceasing
with the last payment due prior to the death of the
Annuitant.
SECOND OPTION -- LIFE ANNUITY WITH CERTAIN PERIOD. The
Company will make equal monthly payments during the life of
the Annuitant, but at least for the minimum period shown in
the annuity tables contained in the Contract. The amount of
each monthly payment per $1,000 of proceeds is based on the
age and gender classification (in accordance with state law)
of the Annuitant when the first payment is made and on the
minimum period chosen.
THIRD OPTION -- LIFE ANNUITY WITH CASH REFUND. The Company
will make equal monthly payments during the life of the
Annuitant. Upon the death of the Annuitant, after payments
have started, the Company will pay in one sum any excess of
the amount of the proceeds applied under this Option over
the total of all payments made under this Option. The amount
of each monthly payment per $1,000 of proceeds is based on
the age and gender (in accordance with state law) of the
Annuitant when the first payment is made.
FOURTH OPTION -- ANNUITY CERTAIN. The Company will make
equal monthly payments for a number of years selected, not
less than five or more than thirty years.
VARIABLE OPTIONS
The actual dollar amount of variable annuity payments is
dependent upon (i) the Annuity Account Value at the time of
annuitization, (ii) the annuity table specified in the
Contract, (iii) the Annuity Option selected, and (iv) the
investment performance of the Sub-Account selected. Each
annuity payment will be less if payments are to be made more
frequently or for longer periods of time.
The dollar amount of the first monthly variable annuity
payment is determined by applying the available value (after
deduction of any premium tax equivalents not previously
deducted) to the table using the age and gender (in
accordance with state law) of the Annuitant. The number of
Annuity Units is then determined by dividing this dollar
amount by the then current Annuity Unit value. Thereafter,
the number of Annuity Units remains unchanged during the
period of annuity payments. This determination is made
separately for each Sub-Account of the Variable Account. The
number of Annuity Units is determined for each Sub-Account
and is based upon the available value in each Sub-Account as
of the date annuity payments are to begin.
The dollar amount determined for each Sub-Account will then
be aggregated for purposes of making payments.
28
<PAGE>
The dollar amount of the second and later variable annuity
payments is equal to the number of Annuity Units determined
for each Sub-Account times the Annuity Unit value for that
Sub-Account as of the due date of the payment. This amount
may increase or decrease from month to month.
The annuity tables contained in the Contract are based on a
three percent (3%) assumed net investment rate. If the
actual net investment rate exceeds three percent (3%),
payments will increase. Conversely, if the actual rate is
less than three percent (3%), annuity payments will
decrease.
The Annuitant receives the value of a fixed number of
Annuity Units each month. The value of a fixed number of
Annuity Units will reflect the investment performance of the
Sub-Account selected and the amount of each annuity payment
will vary accordingly.
The Annuity Unit Value for a Sub-Account is determined by
multiplying the Annuity Unit Value for that Sub-Account for
the preceding Valuation Period by the Net Investment Factor
for the current Valuation Period (calculated as described on
pages 17 and 18 of this Prospectus) and multiplying the
result by 0.999919020, the daily factor to neutralize the
assumed net investment rate, discussed above, of 3% per
annum which is built into the annuity rate table. It may
increase or decrease from Valuation Period to Valuation
Period.
The variable options currently available are:
OPTION I -- VARIABLE LIFE ANNUITY. Monthly annuity payments
are paid during the life of an Annuitant, ceasing with the
last annuity payment due prior to the Annuitant's death.
OPTION II -- VARIABLE LIFE ANNUITY WITH CERTAIN
PERIOD. Monthly annuity payments are paid during the life of
an Annuitant, but at least for the minimum period selected,
which may be five, ten, fifteen or twenty years;
OPTION III -- VARIABLE ANNUITY CERTAIN. Monthly annuity
payments are paid for a number of years selected, not less
than five or more than thirty years. Under this Option III,
the Annuitant may elect at any time during the period that
all or a portion of future payments be commuted and paid in
a lump sum or applied under Option I or Option II, subject
to the Company's rules about minimum payment amounts.
After the Annuity Date, the payee may, by written request to
the Variable Products Service Center, exchange Annuity Units
of one Variable Sub-Account for Annuity Units of equivalent
value in another Variable Sub-Account up to three times each
Contract Year.
EVIDENCE OF SURVIVAL
The Company reserves the right to require evidence of the
survival of any Payee at the time any payment payable to
such Payee is due under the following Annuity Options: Life
Annuity (fixed), Life Annuity with Certain Period (fixed),
Cash Refund Life Annuity (fixed), Variable Life Annuity, and
Variable Life Annuity with Certain Period.
ENDORSEMENT OF ANNUITY PAYMENTS
The Company will make each annuity payment at its Home
Office by check. Each check must be personally endorsed by
the Payee or the Company may require that proof of the
Annuitant's survival be furnished.
THE FIXED ACCOUNT
THE FIXED ACCOUNT IS MADE UP OF THE GENERAL ASSETS OF THE
COMPANY OTHER THAN THOSE ALLOCATED TO ANY SEPARATE ACCOUNT.
THE FIXED ACCOUNT IS PART OF THE COMPANY'S GENERAL ACCOUNT.
BECAUSE OF APPLICABLE EXEMPTIVE AND EXCLUSIONARY PROVISIONS,
INTERESTS IN THE
29
<PAGE>
FIXED ACCOUNT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT OF 1933 (THE "1933 ACT"), AND NEITHER THE FIXED ACCOUNT
NOR THE COMPANY'S GENERAL ACCOUNT HAS BEEN REGISTERED UNDER
THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940 (THE "1940 ACT").
THEREFORE, NEITHER THE FIXED ACCOUNT NOR ANY INTEREST
THEREIN IS GENERALLY SUBJECT TO REGULATION UNDER THE
PROVISIONS OF THE 1933 ACT OR THE 1940 ACT. ACCORDINGLY, THE
COMPANY HAS BEEN ADVISED THAT THE STAFF OF THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION HAS NOT REVIEWED THE DISCLOSURE IN
THIS PROSPECTUS RELATING TO THE FIXED ACCOUNT.
The initial Premium Payment and any subsequent Premium
Payment(s) will be allocated to Sub-Accounts available in
connection with the Fixed Account to the extent elected by
the Owner at the time such payment is made. In addition, all
or part of the Owner's Annuity Account Value may be
transferred among Sub-Accounts available under the Contract
as described under "Transfer of Contract Values between
Sub-Accounts." Instead of the Owner's assuming all of the
investment risk as is the case for Premium Payments
allocated to the Variable Account, the Company guarantees it
will credit interest of at least 3% per year to amounts
allocated to the Fixed Account.
Assets supporting amounts allocated to Sub-Accounts within
the Fixed Account become part of the Company's general
account assets and are available to fund the claims of all
creditors of the Company. All of the Company's general
account assets will be available to fund benefits under the
Contracts. The Owner does not participate in the investment
performance of the assets of the Fixed Account or the
Company's general account.
The Company will invest the assets of the general account in
those assets chosen by the Company and allowed by applicable
state laws regarding the nature and quality of investments
that may be made by life insurance companies and the
percentage of their assets that may be committed to any
particular type of investment. In general, these laws permit
investments, within specified limits and subject to certain
qualifications, in federal, state and municipal obligations,
corporate bonds, preferred and common stocks, real estate
mortgages, real estate and certain other investments.
If the Account Value within a Fixed Account Sub-Account is
maintained for the duration of the Sub-Account's Guaranteed
Period, the Company guarantees that it will credit interest
to that amount at the guaranteed rate specified for the
Sub-Account which may but need not be more than 3% per year.
Any amount withdrawn from the Sub-Account prior to the
expiration of the Sub-Account's Guaranteed Period is subject
to a Market Value Adjustment (see "Market Value Adjustment")
and a Deferred Sales Charge, if applicable. The Company
guarantees, however, that a Contract will be credited with
interest at a rate of not less than 3% per year, compounded
annually, on amounts allocated to any Fixed Account
Sub-Account, regardless of any application of the Market
Value Adjustment (that is, the Market Value Adjustment will
not reduce the amount available for surrender, withdrawal or
transfer to an amount less than the initial amount allocated
or transferred to the Fixed Account Sub-Account plus
interest of 3% per year). The Company reserves the right to
defer the payment or transfer of amounts withdrawn from the
Fixed Account for a period not to exceed six (6) months from
the date a proper request for surrender, withdrawal or
transfer is received by the Company.
FIXED ACCUMULATION VALUE. The fixed accumulation value of an
Annuity Account, if any, for any Valuation Period is equal
to the sum of the values of all Fixed Account Sub-Accounts
which are part of the Annuity Account for such Valuation
Period.
GUARANTEED PERIODS. The Owner may elect to allocate Premium
Payments to one or more Sub-Accounts within the Fixed
Account. Each Sub-Account will maintain a Guaranteed Period
with a duration of one, three, five, seven or ten years.
Every Premium Payment allocated to a Fixed Account
Sub-Account starts a new Sub-Account with its own duration
and Guaranteed Interest Rate. The duration of the Guaranteed
Period will affect the Guaranteed Interest Rate of the
Sub-Account. Initial Premium
30
<PAGE>
Payments and subsequent Premium Payments, or portions
thereof, and transferred amounts allocated to a Fixed
Account Sub-Account, less any amounts subsequently
withdrawn, will earn interest at the Guaranteed Interest
Rate during the particular Sub-Account's Guaranteed Period
unless prematurely withdrawn prior to the end of the
Guaranteed Period. Initial Sub-Account Guaranteed Periods
begin on the date a Premium Payment is accepted or, in the
case of a transfer, on the effective date of the transfer,
and end on the date after the number of calendar years in
the Sub-Account's Guaranteed Period elected from the date on
which the amount was allocated to the Sub-Account (the
"Expiration Date"). Any portion of Annuity Account Value
allocated to a specific Sub-Account with a specified
Expiration Date (including interest earned thereon) will be
referred to herein as a "Guaranteed Period Amount." Interest
will be credited daily at a rate equivalent to the compound
annual rate. As a result of renewals and transfers of
portions of the Annuity Account Value described under
"Transfer of Contract Values between Sub-Accounts" below,
which will begin new Sub-Account Guaranteed Periods, amounts
allocated to Sub-Accounts of the same duration may have
different Expiration Dates. Thus each Guaranteed Period
Amount will be treated separately for purposes of
determining any applicable Market Value Adjustment (see
"Market Value Adjustment").
The Company will notify the Owner in writing at least 60
days prior to the Expiration Date for any Guaranteed Period
Amount. A new Sub-Account Guaranteed Period of the same
duration as the previous Sub-Account Guaranteed Period will
commence automatically at the end of the previous Guaranteed
Period unless the Company receives, following such
notification but prior to the end of such Guaranteed Period,
a written election by the Owner to transfer the Guaranteed
Period Amount to a different Fixed Account Sub-Account or to
a Variable Account Sub-Account from among those being
offered by the Company at such time. Transfers of any
Guaranteed Period Amount which become effective upon the
expiration of the applicable Guaranteed Period are not
subject to the twelve (or three) transfers per Contract Year
limitations or the additional Fixed Sub-Account transfer
restrictions (see "Transfer of Contract Values between Sub-
Accounts").
GUARANTEED INTEREST RATES. The Company periodically will
establish an applicable Guaranteed Interest Rate for each of
the Sub-Account Guaranteed Periods within the Fixed Account.
Current Guaranteed Interest Rates may be changed by the
Company frequently or infrequently depending on interest
rates on investments available to the Company and other
factors as described below, but once established, rates will
be guaranteed for the entire duration of the respective
Sub-Account's Guaranteed Period. However, any amount
withdrawn from the Sub-Account may be subject to any
applicable withdrawal charges, Annuity Account Fees, Market
Value Adjustment, premium taxes or other fees. Amounts
transferred out of a Fixed Account Sub-Account prior to the
end of the Guaranteed Period will be subject to the Market
Value Adjustment.
The Guaranteed Interest Rate will not be less than 3% per
year compounded annually, regardless of any application of
the Market Value Adjustment. The Company has no specific
formula for determining the rate of interest that it will
declare as a Guaranteed Interest Rate, as these rates will
be reflective of interest rates available on the types of
debt instruments in which the Company intends to invest
amounts allocated to the Fixed Account (see "The Fixed
Account"). In addition, the Company's management may
consider other factors in determining Guaranteed Interest
Rates for a particular Sub-Account including: regulatory and
tax requirements; sales commissions and administrative
expenses borne by the Company; general economic trends; and
competitive factors.
31
<PAGE>
THERE IS NO OBLIGATION TO DECLARE A RATE IN EXCESS OF 3% PER
YEAR; THE OWNER ASSUMES THE RISK THAT DECLARED RATES WILL
NOT EXCEED 3% PER YEAR. THE COMPANY HAS COMPLETE DISCRETION
TO DECLARE ANY RATE, SO LONG AS THAT RATE IS AT LEAST 3% PER
YEAR.
MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT
Any surrender or transfer of a Fixed Account Guaranteed
Period Amount, other than a surrender or transfer pursuant
to an election which becomes effective upon the Expiration
Date of the Guaranteed Period, will be subject to a Market
Value Adjustment ("MVA"). The MVA will be applied to the
amount being surrendered or transferred after deduction of
any applicable Annuity Account Fee and before deduction of
any applicable surrender charge.
The MVA generally reflects the relationship between the
Index Rate (based upon the Treasury Constant Maturity Series
published by the Federal Reserve) in effect at the time a
Premium Payment is allocated to a Sub-Account's Guaranteed
Period under the Contract and the Index Rate in effect at
the time of the Premium Payment's surrender or transfer. It
also reflects the time remaining in the Sub-Account's
Guaranteed Period. Generally, if the Index Rate at the time
of surrender or transfer is lower than the Index Rate at the
time the Premium Payment was allocated, then the application
of the MVA will result in a higher payment upon surrender or
transfer. Similarly, if the Index Rate at the time of
surrender or transfer is higher than the Index Rate at the
time the Premium Payment was allocated, the application of
the MVA will generally result in a lower payment upon
surrender or transfer.
The MVA is computed by applying the following formula:
(1+A)N
(1+B)N
where:
A = an Index Rate (based on the Treasury Constant Maturity
Series published by the Federal Reserve) for a security with
time to maturity equal to the Sub-Account's Guaranteed
Period, determined at the beginning of the Guaranteed
Period.
B = an Index Rate (based on the Treasury Constant Maturity
Series published by the Federal Reserve) for a security with
time to maturity equal to the Sub-Account's Guaranteed
Period, determined at the time of surrender or transfer,
plus a 0.50% adjustment (unless otherwise limited by
applicable state law). If Index Rates "A" and "B" are within
.25% of each other when the index rate factor is determined,
no such percentage adjustment to "B" will be made, unless
otherwise required by state law. This adjustment builds into
the formula a factor representing direct and indirect costs
to the Company associated with liquidating general account
assets in order to satisfy surrender requests. This
adjustment of 0.50% has been added to the denominator of the
formula because it is anticipated that a substantial portion
of applicable general account portfolio assets will be in
relatively illiquid securities. Thus, in addition to direct
transaction costs, if such securities must be sold (E.G.,
because of surrenders), the market price may be lower.
Accordingly, even if interest rates decline, there will not
be a positive adjustment until this factor is overcome, and
then any adjustment will be lower than otherwise, to
compensate for this factor. Similarly, if interest rates
rise, any negative adjustment will be greater than
otherwise, to compensate for this factor. If interest rates
stay the same, this factor will result in a small but
negative Market Value Adjustment.
N = The number of years remaining in the Guaranteed Period
(E.G. 1 year and 73 days = 1 + (73 divided by 365) = 1.2
years)
32
<PAGE>
See the Statement of Additional information for examples of
the application of the Market Value Adjustment.
DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS
CIGNA Financial Advisors, Inc. ("CFA"), located at 900
Cottage Grove Road, Hartford, CT 06152, acts as the
principal underwriter and the distributor of the Contracts
as well as of variable life insurance policies and other
variable annuity contracts issued by the Company. CFA, a
registered broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Connecticut General
Corporation. The Contracts are offered on a continuous
basis. CFA and the Company may enter into agreements to sell
the Contracts through various broker-dealers whose agents
are licensed to sell the Contracts.
PERFORMANCE DATA
MONEY MARKET SUB-ACCOUNT
From time to time, the Money Market Sub-Account may
advertise its "yield" and "effective yield." Both yield
figures will be based on historical earnings and are not
intended to indicate future performance. The "yield" of the
Money Market Sub-Account refers to the income generated by
Annuity Account Values in the Money Market Sub-Account over
a seven-day period (which period will be stated in the
advertisement). This income is then "annualized." That is,
the amount of income generated by the investment during that
week is assumed to be generated each week over a 52-week
period and is shown as a percentage of the Annuity Account
Values in the Money Market Sub-Account. The "effective
yield" is calculated similarly but, when annualized, the
income earned by Annuity Account Values in the Money Market
Sub-Account is assumed to be reinvested. The "effective
yield" will be slightly higher than the "yield" because of
the compounding effect of this assumed reinvestment. The
computation of the yield calculation includes a deduction
for the Mortality and Expense Risk Charge, the
Administrative Expense Charge, and the Annuity Account Fee.
OTHER VARIABLE ACCOUNT SUB-ACCOUNTS
From time to time, the other Variable Account Sub-Accounts
may publish their current yields and total returns in
advertisements and communications to Contract Owners. The
current yield for each Variable Account Sub-Account will be
calculated by dividing the annualization of the dividend and
interest income earned by the underlying Fund during a
recent 30-day period by the maximum Accumulation Unit value
at the end of such period. Total return information will
include the underlying Fund's average annual compounded rate
of return over the most recent four calendar quarters and
the period from the underlying Fund's inception of
operations, based upon the value of the Accumulation Units
acquired through a hypothetical $1,000 investment at the
Accumulation Unit value at the beginning of the specified
period and upon the value of the Accumulation Unit at the
end of such period, assuming reinvestment of all
distributions and the deduction of the Mortality and Expense
Risk Charge, the Administrative Expense Charge and the
Annuity Account Fee. Each Variable Account Sub-Account may
also advertise aggregate and average total return
information over different periods of time.
In each case, the yield and total return figures will
reflect all recurring charges against the Variable Account
Sub-Account's income, including the deduction for the
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge, the Administrative
Expense Charge and the Annuity Account Fee for the
applicable time period. Contract Owners should note that the
investment results of each Sub-Account will fluctuate over
time, and any presentation of a Variable
33
<PAGE>
Account Sub-Account's current yield or total return for any
prior period should not be considered as a representation of
what an investment may earn or what a Contract Owner's yield
or total return may be in any future period. See "Historical
Performance Data" in the Statement of Additional
Information.
PERFORMANCE RANKING OR RATING
The performance of each or all of the Sub-Accounts of the
Variable Account may be compared in its advertising and
sales literature to the performance of other variable
annuity issuers in general or to the performance of
particular types of variable annuities investing in mutual
funds, or series of mutual funds with investment objectives
similar to each of the Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account.
Lipper Analytical Services, Inc. ("Lipper") Morningstar
Variable Annuity/Life Performance Report of Morningstar,
Inc. ("Morningstar") and the Variable Annuity Research and
Data Service ("VARDS-Registered Trademark-") are independent
services which monitor and rank or rate the performance of
variable annuity issuers in each of the major categories of
investment objectives on an industry-wide basis.
Lipper's rankings include variable life issuers as well as
variable annuity issuers. VARDS-Registered Trademark-
rankings compare only variable annuity issuers. Morningstar
ratings include mutual funds used by both variable life and
variable annuity issuers. The performance analyses prepared
by Lipper and VARDS-Registered Trademark- rank such issuers
on the basis of total return, assuming reinvestment of
distributions, but do not take sales charges, redemption
fees or certain expense deductions at the separate account
level into consideration. In addition,
VARDS-Registered Trademark- prepares risk-adjusted rankings,
which consider the effects of market risk on total return
performance. This type of ranking may address the question
as to which funds provide the highest total return with the
least amount of risk. Morningstar assigns ratings of zero to
five stars to the mutual funds taking into account primarily
historical performance and risk factors.
TAX STATUS
NOTE: THE FOLLOWING DESCRIPTION IS BASED UPON THE COMPANY'S
UNDERSTANDING OF CURRENT FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAW APPLICABLE
TO ANNUITIES IN GENERAL. THE COMPANY CANNOT PREDICT THE
PROBABILITY THAT ANY CHANGES IN SUCH LAWS WILL BE MADE.
OWNERS ARE CAUTIONED TO SEEK COMPETENT TAX ADVICE REGARDING
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH CHANGES. THE COMPANY DOES NOT
GUARANTEE THE TAX STATUS OF THE CONTRACTS. OWNERS BEAR THE
COMPLETE RISK THAT THE CONTRACTS MAY NOT BE TREATED AS
"ANNUITY CONTRACTS" UNDER FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS.
GENERAL
Section 72 of the Code governs taxation of annuities in
general. A Contract Owner is not taxed on increases in the
value of a Contract until distribution occurs, either in the
form of a lump sum payment or as annuity payments under the
Settlement Option elected. For a lump sum payment received
as a total surrender (total redemption), the recipient is
taxed on the portion of the payment that exceeds the cost
basis of the Contract. For Non-Qualified Contracts, this
cost basis is generally the Premium Payments, while for
Qualified Contracts there may be no cost basis. The taxable
portion of the lump sum payment is taxed at ordinary income
tax rates.
For annuity payments, the taxable portion is determined by a
formula which establishes the ratio that the cost basis of
the Contract bears to the total value of annuity payments
for the term of the Contract. The taxable portion is taxed
at ordinary income rates. For certain types of Qualified
Plans there may be no cost basis in the Contract within the
34
<PAGE>
meaning of Section 72 of the Code. Contract Owners,
Annuitants and Beneficiaries under the Contracts should seek
competent financial advice about the tax consequences of any
distributions.
The Company is taxed as a life insurance company under
Subchapter L of the Code. For federal income tax purposes,
the Variable Account is not a separate entity from the
Company, and its operations form a part of the Company.
Accordingly, the Variable Account will not be taxed
separately as a "regulated investment company" under
Subchapter M of the Code. The Company does not expect to
incur any federal income tax liability with respect to
investment income and net capital gains arising from the
activities of the Variable Account retained as part of the
reserves under the Contract. Based on this expectation, it
is anticipated that no charges will be made against the
Variable Account for federal income taxes. If, in future
years, any federal income taxes or other economic burden are
incurred by the Company with respect to the Variable Account
or the Contracts, the Company may make a charge for any such
amounts that are attributable to the Variable Account.
DIVERSIFICATION
Section 817(h) of the Code imposes certain diversification
standards on the underlying assets of variable annuity
contracts. The Code provides that a variable annuity
contract will not be treated as an annuity contract for any
period (and any subsequent period) for which the investments
are not adequately diversified in accordance with
regulations prescribed by the United States Treasury
Department ("Treasury Department"). Disqualification of the
Contract as an annuity contract would result in imposition
of federal income tax to the Contract Owner with respect to
earnings allocable to the Contract prior to the receipt of
payments under the Contract. The Code contains a safe harbor
provision which provides that annuity contracts such as the
Contracts meet the diversification requirements if, as of
the end of each quarter, the underlying assets meet the
diversification standards for a regulated investment company
and no more than fifty-five percent (55%) of the total
assets consist of cash, cash items, U.S. government
securities and securities of other regulated investment
companies.
The Treasury Department issued regulations (Treas. Reg.
1.817-5) which established diversification requirements for
the investment portfolios underlying variable contracts such
as the Contracts. The regulations amplify the
diversification requirements for variable contracts set
forth in the Code and provide an alternative to the safe
harbor provision described above. Under the regulations, an
investment portfolio will be deemed adequately diversified
if: (1) no more than 55% of the value of the total assets of
the portfolio is represented by any one investment; (2) no
more than 70% of the value of the total assets of the
portfolio is represented by any two investments; (3) no more
than 80% of the value of the total assets of the portfolio
is represented by any three investments; and (4) no more
than 90% of the value of the total assets of the portfolio
is represented by any four investments.
The Code provides that for purposes of determining whether
or not the diversification standards imposed on the
underlying assets of variable contracts by Section 817(h) of
the Code have been met, "each United States government
agency or instrumentality shall be treated as a separate
issuer."
The Company intends, and the Trusts have undertaken, that
all Funds underlying the Contracts will be managed in such a
manner as to comply with these diversification requirements.
The Treasury Department has indicated that guidelines may be
forthcoming under which a variable annuity contract will not
be treated as an annuity contract for tax purposes if
35
<PAGE>
the owner of the contract has excessive control over the
investments underlying the contract (i.e., by being able to
transfer values among sub-accounts with only limited
restrictions). The issuance of such guidelines may require
the Company to impose limitations on a Contract Owner's
right to control the investment. It is not known whether any
such guidelines would have a retroactive effect.
DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS
Section 72(s) of the Code requires that in order to be
treated as an annuity contract for Federal income tax
purposes, any Nonqualified Contract must provide that (a) if
any Owner dies on or after the Annuity Date but prior to the
time the entire interest in the Contract has been
distributed, the remaining portion of such interest will be
distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of
distribution being used when the Owner died; and (b) if any
Owner dies prior to the Annuity Date, the entire interest in
the Contract will be distributed within five years after
such death. These requirements will be considered satisfied
as to any portion of the Owner's interest which is payable
to or for the benefit of a "designated beneficiary" and
which is distributed over the life of such "designated
beneficiary" or over a period not extending beyond the life
expectancy of that beneficiary, provided that such
distributions begin within one year of the Owner's death.
The Owner's "designated beneficiary" is the person
designated by such Owner as a Beneficiary and to whom
ownership of the Contract passes by reason of death and must
be a natural person. However, if the Owner's "designated
beneficiary" is the surviving spouse of the Owner, the
Contract may be continued with the surviving spouse as the
new Owner.
The Contracts contain provisions which are intended to
comply with the requirements of Section 72(s) of the Code,
although no regulations interpreting these requirements have
yet been issued. The Company intends to review such
provisions and modify them if necessary to try to assure
that they comply with the Section 72(s) requirements when
clarified by regulation or otherwise. Similar rules may
apply to a Qualified Contract.
MULTIPLE CONTRACTS
The Code provides that multiple non-qualified annuity
contracts which are issued during a calendar year to the
same contract owner by one company or its affiliates are
treated as one annuity contract for purposes of determining
the tax consequences of any distribution. Such treatment may
result in adverse tax consequences, including more rapid
taxation of the distributed amounts from such combination of
contracts. Contract Owners should consult a tax adviser
prior to purchasing more than one nonqualified annuity
contract in any single calendar year.
TAX TREATMENT OF ASSIGNMENTS
An assignment or pledge of a Contract may be a taxable
event. Contract Owners should therefore consult competent
tax advisers should they wish to assign their Contracts.
WITHHOLDING
Withholding of federal income taxes on the taxable portion
of all distributions may be required unless the recipient
elects not to have any such amounts withheld and properly
notifies the Company of that election. Different rules may
apply to United States citizens or expatriates living
abroad. Withholding is mandatory for certain distributions
from Qualified Contracts. In addition, some states have
enacted legislation requiring withholding.
36
<PAGE>
SECTION 1035 EXCHANGES
Code Section 1035 generally provides that no gain or loss
shall be recognized on the exchange of one annuity contract
for another. If the surrendered contract was issued prior to
August 14, 1982, the tax rules that formerly provided that
the surrender was taxable only to the extent the amount
received exceeds the owner's investment in the contract will
continue to apply to amounts allocable to investment in the
contract before August 14, 1982. Special rules and
procedures apply to Code Section 1035 transactions.
Prospective purchasers wishing to take advantage of Code
Section 1035 should consult their tax advisers.
TAX TREATMENT OF WITHDRAWALS --
NON-QUALIFIED CONTRACTS
Section 72 of the Code governs the treatment of
distributions from annuity contracts. It provides that if
the Annuity Account Value exceeds the aggregate Premium
Payments made, any amount withdrawn will be treated as
coming first from the earnings and then, only after the
income portion is exhausted, as coming from the principal.
Withdrawn earnings are includable in gross income. It
further provides that a ten percent (10%) penalty will apply
to the income portion of any premature distribution.
However, the penalty is not imposed on amounts received: (a)
after the Payee reaches age 59 1/2; (b) after the death of
the Contract Owner (or, if the Contract Owner is a
non-natural person, the Annuitant); (c) if the Payee is
totally disabled (for this purpose disability is as defined
in Section 72(m)(7) of the Code); (d) in a series of
substantially equal periodic payments made not less
frequently than annually for the life (or life expectancy)
of the Payee or for the joint lives (or joint life
expectancies) of the Payee and his/her beneficiary; (e)
under an immediate annuity; or (f) which are allocable to
Premium Payments made prior to August 14, 1982.
The above information does not apply, except where noted, to
Qualified Contracts. However, separate tax withdrawal
penalties and restrictions may apply to such Qualified
Contracts. (See "Tax Treatment of Withdrawals -- Qualified
Contracts.")
QUALIFIED PLANS
The Contracts offered by this Prospectus are designed to be
suitable for use under various types of Qualified Plans.
Because of the minimum purchase payment requirements, these
Contracts may not be appropriate for some periodic payment
retirement plans. Taxation of participants in each Qualified
Plan varies with the type of plan and terms and conditions
of each specific plan. Contract Owners, Annuitants and
Beneficiaries are cautioned that benefits under a Qualified
Plan may be subject to the terms and conditions of the plan
regardless of the terms and conditions of the Contracts
issued pursuant to the plan. Although the Company provides
administration for the Contract, it does not provide
administrative support for Qualified Plans. Following are
general descriptions of the types of Qualified Plans with
which the Contracts may be used. Such descriptions are not
exhaustive and are for general informational purposes only.
The tax rules regarding Qualified Plans are very complex and
will have differing applications, depending on individual
facts and circumstances. Each purchaser should obtain
competent tax advice prior to purchasing a Contract issued
in connection with a Qualified Plan.
Special favorable tax treatment may be available for certain
types of contributions and distributions (including special
rules for certain lump sum distributions). Adverse tax
consequences may result from contributions in excess of
specified limits, distributions prior to age 59 1/2 (subject
to certain exceptions), distributions that do not conform to
37
<PAGE>
specified minimum distribution rules, aggregate
distributions in excess of a specified annual amount, and in
certain other circumstances. Therefore, the Company makes no
attempt to provide more than general information about use
of the Contract with the various types of qualified plans.
Purchasers and participants under qualified plans as well as
Annuitants, Payees and Beneficiaries are cautioned that the
rights of any person to any benefits under qualified plans
may be subject to the terms and conditions of the plan
themselves, regardless of the terms and conditions of the
Contract issued in connection therewith.
SECTION 403(B) PLANS
Under Section 403(b) of the Code, payments made by public
school systems and certain tax exempt organizations to
purchase annuity policies for their employees are excludable
from the gross income of the employee, subject to certain
limitations. However, such payments may be subject to FICA
(Social Security) taxes. Additionally, in accordance with
the requirements of the Code, Section 403(b) annuities
generally may not permit distribution of (i) elective
contributions made in years beginning after December 31,
1988, and (ii) earnings on those contributions and (iii)
earnings on amounts attributed to elective contributions
held as of the end of the last year beginning before January
1, 1989. Distributions of such amounts will be allowed only
upon the death of the employee, on or after attainment of
age 59 1/2, separation from service, disability, or
financial hardship, except that income attributable to
elective contributions may not be distributed in the case of
hardship.
INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITIES
Sections 219 and 408 of the Code permit individuals or their
employers to contribute to an individual retirement program
known as an "Individual Retirement Annuity" or an "IRA".
Individual Retirement Annuities are subject to limitation on
the amount which may be contributed and deducted and the
time when distributions may commence. In addition,
distributions from certain other types of qualified plans
may be placed into an Individual Retirement Annuity on a
tax-deferred basis.
CORPORATE PENSION AND PROFIT-SHARING PLANS AND H.R. 10 PLANS
Section 401(a) and 403(a) of the Code permit corporate
employers to establish various types of retirement plans for
employees and self-employed individuals to establish
qualified plans for themselves and their employees. Such
retirement plans may permit the purchase of the Contracts to
provide benefits under the plans.
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLANS
Section 457 of the Code, while not actually providing for a
qualified plan as that term is normally used, provides for
certain deferred compensation plans with respect to service
for state governments, local governments, political
sub-divisions, agencies, instrumentalities and certain
affiliates of such entities and tax exempt organizations
which enjoy special treatment. The Contracts can be used
with such plans. Under such plans a participant may specify
the form of investment in which his or her participation
will be made. All such investments, however, are owned by,
and are subject to, the claims of the general creditors of
the sponsoring employer.
The above description of federal income tax consequences
pertaining to the different types of Qualified Plans that
may be funded by the Contracts is only a brief summary and
is not intended as tax advice. The rules governing the
provisions of Qualified Plans are extremely complex and
often difficult to comprehend. Anything less than full
38
<PAGE>
compliance with the applicable rules, all of which are
subject to change, may have significant adverse tax
consequences. A prospective purchaser considering the
purchase of a Contract in connection with a Qualified Plan
should first consult a qualified and competent tax adviser
with regard to the suitability of the Contract as an
investment vehicle for the Qualified Plan.
TAX TREATMENT OF WITHDRAWALS --
QUALIFIED CONTRACTS
Section 72(t) of the Code imposes a 10% penalty tax on the
taxable portion of any distribution from qualified
retirement plans, including Contracts issued and qualified
under Code Sections 401, 403(b), 408 and 457. To the extent
amounts are not includable in gross income because they have
been properly rolled over to an IRA or to another eligible
Qualified Plan, no tax penalty will be imposed. The tax
penalty will not apply to the following distributions: (a)
if distribution is made on or after the date on which the
Payee reaches age 59 1/2; (b) distributions following the
death of the Contract Owner or Annuitant (as applicable) or
disability of the Payee (for this purpose disability is as
defined in Section 72(m)(7) of the Code); (c) after
separation from service, distributions that are part of
substantially equal periodic payments made not less
frequently than annually for the life (or life expectancy)
of the Payee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies)
of such Payee and his/her designated beneficiary; (d)
distributions to a Payee who has separated from service
after attaining age 55; (e) distributions made to the extent
such distributions do not exceed the amount allowable as a
deduction under Code Section 213 to the Payee for amounts
paid during the taxable year for medical care: and (f)
distributions made to an alternate payee pursuant to a
qualified domestic relations order.
The exceptions stated in Items (d), (e) and (f) above do not
apply in the case of an Individual Retirement Annuity.
39
<PAGE>
APPENDIX 1
ILLUSTRATION OF THE
COST OF OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFITS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SIMPLIFIED EXAMPLE
Contract Owner: Mrs. Smith, female, age 57
Death Benefit Choice: D (annual step-up)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
GUARANTEED
DATE ACCOUNT VALUE* DEATH BENEFIT AMOUNT AT RISK
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 15, Yr. 1 $30,000 $30,000 $0.00
(New contract --
date policy is in
force)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 15, Yr. 2 $40,000 $40,000 $0.00
(First contract (Death benefit
anniversary steps up.)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
June 15, Yr. 2 $30,000 $40,000 Guar. Death Bene. equals: $40,000
(Last day of month. (Market correction has Account Value equals: -$30,000
Account is assessed occurred. Account value AMOUNT AT RISK EQUALS: $10,000
for death benefit has fallen below (Client WILL be charged for
charges.) guaranteed death benefit.) death benefit this month.)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
July 15, Yr. 2 $40,000 $40,000 Guar. Death Bene. equals: $40,000
(One month later.) (Market recovers. Account Account Value equals: -$40,000
value has increased.) AMOUNT AT RISK EQUALS: $0.00
(Client will NOT be charged for
death benefit this month.)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
In the case shown above, the Amount at Risk on June 15, Yr. 2 would be $10,000.
Now refer to the chart below, also found on page 23 of this prospectus. A 57
year old female will pay $8.34 per thousand of Amount at Risk. 10 X 8.34 =
$83.40. That amount is an annual charge. It is divided by 12 to determine the
monthly charge of $6.95.
In the example above, no Amount at Risk exists on July 15, Yr. 2. The client
will NOT be charged for death benefit that month. However a market recovery in
June will not affect a death benefit charge already accrued for May. That charge
is fixed and will appear on the client's annual statement at the end of the
year.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
COST OF OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT(S)
ACTUAL RATE PER $1,000
OF AMOUNT AT RISK
----------------------------------
ATTAINED AGE MALE FEMALE UNISEX
- ----------------------------------------------- ---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Less than 40................................... $ 2.40 $ 1.99 $ 2.20
40-45.......................................... 3.02 2.54 2.78
46-50.......................................... 4.92 4.02 4.47
51-55.......................................... 7.30 5.70 6.50
56-60.......................................... 11.46 8.34 9.90
61-65.......................................... 17.54 11.55 14.55
66-70.......................................... 27.85 18.19 23.02
71-75.......................................... 43.30 27.57 35.44
76-80.......................................... 70.53 47.33 58.93
81-85.......................................... 117.25 87.04 102.15
86-90.......................................... 179.55 147.37 163.46
</TABLE>
*After $35 account fee is applied.
40
<PAGE>
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Audited financial statements of the Company as of December
31, 1995 and 1994 and for each of the three years in the
period ended December 31, 1995 are included in the Statement
of Additional Information, as are audited financial
statements for the Variable Account, which commenced
operations April 10, 1995.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
There are no legal proceedings to which the Variable
Account, the Distributor or the Company is a party except
for routine litigation which the Company does not believe is
relevant to the Contracts offered by this Prospectus.
TABLE OF CONTENTS OF THE
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
A Statement of Additional Information is available (at no cost) which contains
more details concerning some subjects discussed in this Prospectus. The
following is the Table of Contents for that Statement:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE
<S> <C>
THE CONTRACTS-GENERAL PROVISIONS................ 3
The Contracts................................. 3
Loans......................................... 3
Non-Participating Contracts................... 3
Misstatement of Age........................... 3
Variable Accumulation Unit Value and
Variable Accumulation Value.................. 3
Net Investment Factor......................... 4
SAMPLE CALCULATIONS AND TABLES.................. 4
Variable Account Unit Value Calculations...... 4
Withdrawal Charge and Market Value Adjustment
Tables....................................... 5
STATE REGULATION OF THE COMPANY................. 6
<CAPTION>
TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE
<S> <C>
ADMINISTRATION.................................. 7
PERIODIC REPORTS................................ 7
DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS................... 7
CUSTODY OF ASSETS............................... 7
HISTORICAL PERFORMANCE DATA..................... 7
Money Market Sub-Account Yield................ 8
Other Sub-Account Yields...................... 8
Total Returns................................. 9
Other Performance Data........................ 9
LEGAL MATTERS................................... 10
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS............................... 10
EXPERTS......................................... 10
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS............................ 10
</TABLE>
41
<PAGE>
(This page has been left blank intentionally.)
<PAGE>
PART A. PROSPECTUS
<PAGE>
CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
[LOGO]
CG VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT II
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
HOME OFFICE LOCATION: MAILING ADDRESS:
900 COTTAGE GROVE ROAD CIGNA INDIVIDUAL INSURANCE
HARTFORD, CT 06152 VARIABLE PRODUCTS SERVICE CENTER: ROUTING S-249
HARTFORD, CT 06152 - 2249
(800) (552-9898)
</TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FLEXIBLE PAYMENT DEFERRED VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACTS - NEW YORK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Flexible Payment Deferred Variable Annuity Contracts (the "Contracts")
described in this prospectus provide for accumulation of Contract Values and
eventual payment of monthly annuity payments on a fixed or variable basis. The
Contracts are designed to aid individuals in long term planning for retirement
or other long term purposes. The Contracts are available for retirement plans
which do not qualify for the special federal tax advantages available under the
Internal Revenue Code ("Non-Qualified Plans") and for retirement plans which do
qualify for the federal tax advantages available under the Internal Revenue Code
("Qualified Plans"). (See "Tax Status -- Qualified Plans.") Premium payments for
the Contracts will be allocated to a segregated investment account of
Connecticut General Life Insurance Company (the "Company"), designated CG
Variable Annuity Separate Account II (the "Variable Account"), or to the Fixed
Account, or some combination of them, as selected by the owner of the Contract.
The following funding options are available under a Contract: Through the
Variable Account, the Company offers seventeen diversified open-end management
investment companies (commonly called mutual funds), each with a different
investment objective: Alger American Fund -- Alger American Small Capitalization
Portfolio, Alger American Leveraged AllCap Portfolio, Alger American MidCap
Growth Portfolio and Alger American Growth Portfolio; Fidelity Variable
Insurance Products Fund -- Equity-Income Portfolio and Money Market Portfolio;
Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Fund II -- Investment Grade Bond Portfolio
and Asset Manager Portfolio; MFS Variable Insurance Trust -- MFS Total Return
Series, MFS Utilities Series and MFS World Governments Series; Neuberger &
Berman Advisers Management Trust -- Balanced Portfolio, Limited Maturity Bond
Portfolio and Partners Portfolio; Quest for Value Accumulation Trust -- Global
Equity Portfolio, Managed Portfolio and Small Cap Portfolio. The fixed interest
option offered under a Contract is the Fixed Account. Premium payments or
transfers allocated to the Fixed Account, and 3% interest per year thereon, are
guaranteed, and additional interest may be credited, with certain withdrawals
subject to a market value adjustment and withdrawal charges. Unless specifically
mentioned, this prospectus only describes the variable investment options.
This entire prospectus, and those of the Funds, should be read carefully
before investing to understand the Contracts being offered. The "Statement of
Additional Information" dated May 1, 1996, available at no charge by calling or
writing the Company's Variable Products Service Center as shown above, provides
further information. Its table of contents is at the end of this prospectus.
THIS PROSPECTUS IS VALID ONLY WHEN ACCOMPANIED BY THE CURRENT PROSPECTUSES
OF THE MUTUAL FUNDS AVAILABLE AS FUNDING OPTIONS FOR THE CONTRACTS OFFERED BY
THIS PROSPECTUS. ALL PROSPECTUSES SHOULD BE RETAINED FOR FUTURE REFERENCE.
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION, NOR HAS THE COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY
OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
PROSPECTUS DATED: MAY 1, 1996
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CONTENTS PAGE
<S> <C>
DEFINITIONS.................................... 3
HIGHLIGHTS..................................... 6
FEES AND EXPENSES.............................. 8
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION................ 11
THE COMPANY AND THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT........... 11
THE FUNDS...................................... 12
General...................................... 14
Substitution of Securities................... 15
Voting Rights................................ 15
PREMIUM PAYMENTS AND
CONTRACT VALUE................................ 15
Premium Payments............................. 15
Allocation of Premium Payments............... 16
Dollar Cost Averaging........................ 16
Automatic Rebalancing........................ 17
Contract Value............................... 17
Accumulation Unit............................ 17
CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS......................... 18
Deduction for Contingent Deferred Sales
Charge (Sales Load)......................... 18
Deduction for Mortality and Expense Risk
Charge...................................... 19
Deduction for Administrative Expense Charge.. 20
Deduction for Annuity Account Fee............ 20
Deduction for Premium Tax Equivalents........ 20
Deduction for Income Taxes................... 20
Deduction for Fund Expenses.................. 20
Deduction for Transfer Fee................... 20
OTHER CONTRACT FEATURES........................ 21
Ownership.................................... 21
Assignment................................... 21
Beneficiary.................................. 21
Change of Beneficiary........................ 21
Annuitant.................................... 22
Transfer of Contract Values between
Sub-Accounts................................ 22
Procedures for Telephone Transfers........... 23
Surrenders and Partial Withdrawals........... 23
Delay of Payments and Transfers.............. 24
Death of the Owner before the
Annuity Date................................ 24
Death of the Annuitant before the Annuity
Date........................................ 25
<CAPTION>
CONTENTS PAGE
<S> <C>
Death of the Annuitant after the
Annuity Date................................ 25
Change in Operation of Variable Account...... 25
Modification................................. 25
Discontinuance............................... 26
ANNUITY PROVISIONS............................. 26
Annuity Date; Change in Annuity Date and
Annuity Option.............................. 26
Annuity Options.............................. 26
Fixed Options................................ 26
Variable Options............................. 27
Evidence of Survival......................... 28
Endorsement of Annuity Payment............... 28
THE FIXED ACCOUNT.............................. 28
Market Value Adjustment...................... 30
DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS.................. 31
PERFORMANCE DATA............................... 31
Money Market Sub-Account..................... 31
Other Variable Account Sub-Accounts.......... 32
Performance Ranking or Rating................ 32
TAX STATUS..................................... 33
General...................................... 33
Diversification.............................. 33
Distribution Requirements.................... 34
Multiple Contracts........................... 35
Tax Treatment of Assignments................. 35
Withholding.................................. 35
Section 1035 Exchanges....................... 35
Tax Treatment of Withdrawals -- Non-Qualified
Contracts................................... 35
Qualified Plans.............................. 36
Section 403(b) Plans......................... 36
Individual Retirement Annuities.............. 36
Corporate Pension and Profit-Sharing Plans
and H.R. 10 Plans........................... 37
Deferred Compensation Plans.................. 37
Tax Treatment of Withdrawals -- Qualified
Contracts................................... 37
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS........................... 37
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.............................. 38
TABLE OF CONTENTS OF THE STATEMENT OF
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION........................ 38
</TABLE>
2
<PAGE>
DEFINITIONS
ACCUMULATION PERIOD: The period from the Effective Date to
the Annuity Date, the date on which the Death Benefit
becomes payable or the date on which the Contract is
surrendered or annuitized, whichever is earliest.
ACCUMULATION UNIT: A measuring unit used to calculate the
value of the Owner's interest in each funding option used in
the variable portion of the Contract prior to the Annuity
Date.
ANNUITANT: A person designated by the Owner in writing upon
whose continuation of life any series of payments for a
definite period or involving life contingencies depends. If
the Annuitant dies before the Annuity Date, the Owner
becomes the Annuitant until naming a new Annuitant.
ANNUITY ACCOUNT VALUE: The value of the Contract at any
point in time.
ANNUITY DATE: The date on which annuity payments commence.
ANNUITY OPTION: The arrangement under which annuity payments
are made.
ANNUITY PERIOD: The period starting on the Annuity Date.
ANNUITY UNIT: A measuring unit used to calculate the portion
of annuity payments attributable to each funding option used
in the variable portion of the Contract on and after the
Annuity Date.
BENEFICIARY: The person entitled to the Death Benefit, who
must also be the "Designated Beneficiary", for purposes of
Section 72(s) of the Code, upon the Owner's death.
CERTIFICATE: The document which evidences the participation
of an Owner in a group contract.
CODE: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
COMPANY: Connecticut General Life Insurance Company.
CONTRACT: The Variable Annuity Contract described in this
prospectus, i.e., the Certificate evidencing the Owner's
participation in a group contract.
CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY, CONTRACT YEAR, EFFECTIVE DATE: The
Contract's Effective Date is the date it is issued. It is
also the date on which the first Contract Year, a 12-month
period, begins. Subsequent Contract Years begin on each
Contract Anniversary, which is the anniversary of the
Effective Date.
CONTRACT MONTH: The period from one Monthly Anniversary Date
to the next.
FIXED ACCOUNT: The portion of the Contract under which
principal is guaranteed and interest is credited. Fixed
Account Assets are maintained in the Company's General
Account and not allocated to the Variable Account.
FIXED ANNUITY: An annuity with payments which do not vary as
to dollar amount.
3
<PAGE>
FUND(S): One or more of Alger American Fund -- Alger
American Small Capitalization Portfolio, Alger American
Leveraged AllCap Portfolio, Alger American MidCap Growth
Portfolio and Alger American Growth Portfolio; Fidelity
Variable Insurance Products Fund -- VIP Equity-Income
Portfolio and VIP Money Market Portfolio; Fidelity Variable
Insurance Products Fund II -- VIP II Investment Grade Bond
Portfolio and VIP II Asset Manager Portfolio; MFS Variable
Insurance Trust -- MFS Total Return Series, MFS Utilities
Series and MFS World Governments Series; Neuberger & Berman
Advisers Management Trust -- Balanced Portfolio, Limited
Maturity Bond Portfolio and Partners Portfolio; Quest for
Value Accumulation Trust -- Quest Global Equity Portfolio,
Quest Managed Portfolio and Quest Small Cap Portfolio. Each
is an open-end management investment company (mutual fund)
whose shares are available to fund the benefits provided by
the Contract.
GUARANTEED INTEREST RATE: The rate of interest credited by
the Company on a compound annual basis during a Guaranteed
Period.
GUARANTEED PERIOD: The period for which interest, at either
an initial or subsequent Guaranteed Interest Rate, will be
credited to any amounts which an Owner allocates to a Fixed
Account Sub-Account. In most states in which these Contracts
are issued, this period may be one, three, five, seven or
ten years, as elected by the Owner.
GUARANTEED PERIOD AMOUNT: Any portion of a Purchaser's
Annuity Account Value allocated to a specific Guaranteed
Period with a specified Expiration Date (including credited
interest thereon).
INDEX RATE: An index rate based on the Treasury Constant
Maturity Series published by the Federal Reserve Board.
IN WRITING: In a written form satisfactory to the Company
and received by the Company at its Variable Products Service
Center.
NON-QUALIFIED CONTRACTS: A Contract used in connection with
a retirement plan which does not receive favorable federal
income tax treatment under Code Section 401, 403, 408, or
457. The owner of a Non-Qualified Contract must be a natural
person or an agent for a natural person in order for the
Contract to receive favorable income tax treatment as an
annuity.
OWNER: The person(s) initially designated in the application
or otherwise, unless later changed, as having all ownership
rights under the Contract; is the Certificate Owner under a
group contract.
PAYEE: A recipient of payments under the Contract. The term
includes an Annuitant, a Beneficiary who becomes entitled to
benefits upon the death of the Annuitant, and the Owner's
estate.
PREMIUM PAYMENT: Any amount paid to the Company cleared in
good funds as consideration for the benefits provided by the
Contract. Premium Payment includes the initial Premium
Payment and subsequent Premium Payments.
4
<PAGE>
QUALIFIED CONTRACT: A Contract used in connection with a
retirement plan which receives favorable federal income tax
treatment under Code Section 401, 403, 408 or 457.
SEVENTH YEAR ANNIVERSARY: The seventh Contract Anniversary
and each succeeding Contract Anniversary occurring at any
seven year interval thereafter, for example, the 7th, 14th,
21st and 28th Contract Anniversaries.
SHARES: Shares of a Fund.
SUB-ACCOUNT: That portion of the Fixed Account associated
with specific Guaranteed Period(s) and Guaranteed Interest
Rate(s) and that portion of the Variable Account which
invests in shares of a specific Fund.
SURRENDER (OR WITHDRAWAL): When a lump sum amount
representing all or part of the Annuity Account Value (minus
any applicable withdrawal charges, market value adjustment,
contract fees, or premium tax equivalents) is paid to the
Owner. After a full surrender, all of the Owner's rights
under the Contract are terminated. In this prospectus, the
terms "surrender" and "withdrawal" are used interchangeably.
SURRENDER DATE: The date the Company processes the Owner's
election to surrender the Contract.
VALUATION DATE: Every day on which Accumulation Units are
valued, which is each day on which the New York Stock
Exchange ("NYSE") is open for business, except any day on
which trading on the NYSE is restricted, or on which an
emergency exists, as determined by the Securities and
Exchange Commission ("Commission"), so that valuation or
disposal of securities is not practicable.
VALUATION PERIOD: The period of time beginning on the day
following the Valuation Date and ending on the next
Valuation Date. A Valuation Period may be more than one day
in length.
VARIABLE ACCOUNT: CG Variable Annuity Separate Account II, a
separate account of the Company under Connecticut law, in
which the assets of the Sub-Account(s) funded through shares
of one or more of the Funds are maintained. Assets of the
Variable Account attributable to the Contracts are not
chargeable with the general liabilities of the Company.
VARIABLE ACCUMULATION UNIT: A unit of measure used in the
calculation of the value of each variable portion of the
Owner's Annuity Account during the Accumulation Period.
VARIABLE ANNUITY UNIT: A unit of measure used in the
calculation of the value of each variable portion of the
Owner's Annuity Account during the Annuity Period, to
determine the amount of each variable annuity payment.
VARIABLE PRODUCTS SERVICE CENTER: The office of the Company
to which Premium Payments should be sent, notices given and
any customer service requests made. Mailing address: CIGNA
Individual Insurance, Variable Products Service Center,
Routing S-249, Hartford, CT 06152-2249.
5
<PAGE>
HIGHLIGHTS
Premium Payments attributable to the variable portion of the
Contracts will be allocated to a segregated asset account of
Connecticut General Life Insurance Company (the "Company")
which has been designated CG Variable Annuity Separate
Account II (the "Variable Account"). The Variable Account
invests in shares of one or more of the Funds available to
fund the Contract as selected by the Owner. Owners bear the
investment risk for all amounts allocated to the Variable
Account. Inquiries about the Contracts may be made to the
Company's Variable Products Service Center.
The Contract may be returned within 10 days after it is
received. It can be mailed or delivered to either the
Company or the agent who sold it. Return of the Contract by
mail is effective on being postmarked, properly addressed
and postage prepaid. The Company will promptly refund the
Contract Value. This may be more or less than the Premium
Payment. The Company has the right to allocate initial
Premium Payments to the Money Market Sub-Account until the
expiration of the right-to-examine period. If the Company
does so allocate an initial Premium Payment, it will refund
the greater of the Premium Payment, less any partial
surrenders, or the Contract Value. It is the Company's
current practice to directly allocate the initial Premium
Payment to the Fund(s) designated in the application, unless
state law requires a refund of Premium Payments rather than
of Annuity Account Value.
A Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (sales load) may be
deducted in the event of a full surrender or partial
withdrawal. The Contingent Deferred Sales Charge is imposed
on Premium Payments within seven (7) years after their being
made. Owners may, not more frequently than once each
Contract Year, make a withdrawal of up to fifteen percent
(15%) of Premium Payments made, or any remaining portion
thereof, ("the Fifteen Percent Free") without incurring a
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge. The Contingent Deferred
Sales Charge will vary in amount, depending upon the
Contract Year in which the Premium Payment being surrendered
or withdrawn was made. For purposes of determining the
applicability of the Contingent Deferred Sales Charge,
surrenders and withdrawals are deemed to be on a first-in,
first-out basis.
The Contingent Deferred Sales Charge is found in the fee
table (See "Charges and Deductions -- Deduction for
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (Sales Load)"). The maximum
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge is 7% of Premium Payments.
There may also be a Market Value Adjustment on the Fixed
Account portion of the Contract.
There is a Mortality and Expense Risk Charge which is equal,
on an annual basis, to 1.25% of the average daily net assets
of the Variable Account. This Charge compensates the Company
for assuming the mortality and expense risks under the
Contract (See "Charges and Deductions -- Deduction for
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge").
There is an Administrative Expense Charge which is equal, on
an annual basis, to 0.15% of the average daily net assets of
the Variable Account (See "Charges and Deductions --
Deduction for Administrative Expense Charge").
There is an annual Annuity Account Fee of $30 unless the
Annuity Account Value equals or exceeds $100,000 at the end
of the Contract Year (See "Charges and Deductions --
Deduction for Annuity Account Fee").
6
<PAGE>
Premium tax equivalents or other taxes payable to a state or
other governmental entity will be charged against Annuity
Account Value (See "Charges and Deductions -- Deduction for
Premium Taxes").
Under certain circumstances there may be assessed a $10
transfer fee when a Owner transfers Annuity Account Values
from one Sub-Account to another (See "Charges and Deductions
-- Deduction for Transfer Fee").
There is a ten percent (10%) federal income tax penalty
applied to the income portion of any premature distribution
from Non-Qualified Contracts. However, the penalty is not
imposed on amounts distributed:
(a) after the Payee reaches age 59 1/2; (b) after the death
of the Owner (or, if the Owner is not a natural person, the
Annuitant); (c) if the Payee is totally disabled (for this
purpose, disability is as defined in Section 72(m)(7) of the
Code); (d) in a series of substantially equal periodic
payments made not less frequently than annually for the life
(or life expectancy) of the Payee or for the joint lives (or
joint life expectancies) of the Payee and his or her
beneficiary; (e) under an immediate annuity; or (f) which
are allocable to Premium Payments made prior to August 14,
1982. For federal income tax purposes, distributions are
deemed to be on a last-in, first-out basis. Different tax
withdrawal penalties and restrictions apply to Qualified
Contracts issued pursuant to plans qualified under Code
Section 401, 403(b), 408 or 457. (See "Tax Status -- Tax
Treatment of Withdrawals -- Qualified Contracts.") For a
further discussion of the taxation of the Contracts, see
"Tax Status."
MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT. In certain situations, a surrender
or transfer of amounts from the Fixed Account will be
subject to a Market Value Adjustment. The Market Value
Adjustment will reflect the relationship between a rate
based on an index published by the Federal Reserve Board as
to current yields on U.S. government securities of various
maturities at the time a surrender or transfer is made
("Index Rate"), and the Index Rate at the time that the
Premium Payments being surrendered or transferred were made.
Generally, if the Index Rate at the time of surrender or
transfer is lower than the Index Rate at the time the
Premium Payment was allocated, then the application of the
Market Value Adjustment will result in a higher payment upon
surrender or transfer. Similarly, if the Index Rate at the
time of surrender or transfer is higher than the Index Rate
at the time the Premium Payment was allocated, the
application of the Market Value Adjustment will generally
result in a lower payment upon surrender or transfer. It is
not applied against a surrender or transfer taking place at
the end of the Guaranteed Period.
7
<PAGE>
FEES AND EXPENSES
OWNER TRANSACTION FEES
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (as a percentage of Premium
Payments):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS SINCE
PAYMENT CHARGE
------------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
0-1 7%
1-2 6%
An Owner may, not more frequently than once each
2-3 5% Contract Year, make a withdrawal of up to 15% of Premium
3-4 4% Payments made, or the remaining portion thereof, without
4-5 3% incurring a Contingent Deferred Sales Charge.
5-6 2%
6-7 1%
7+ 0
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Transfer Fee........ $10
- Not imposed on the first twelve transfers during a Contract Year.
Pre-scheduled automatic dollar cost averaging or automatic
rebalancing transfers are not counted.
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Annuity Account $30 per Contract Year
Fee.................
- Waived if Annuity Account Value at the end of the Contract Year is $100,000 or
more.
</TABLE>
VARIABLE ACCOUNT ANNUAL EXPENSES
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
(as a percentage of average account
value)
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge....... 1.25%
Administrative Expense Charge........... 0.15%
---
Total Variable Account Annual 1.40%
Expenses................................
</TABLE>
8
<PAGE>
FUND ANNUAL EXPENSES (as a percentage of Fund average net
assets).
The management fees for each Fund are based on a percentage
of that Fund's assets under management. The fees below
represent the amounts payable to the investment adviser of
each of the Funds on an annual basis as of the date of this
Prospectus, plus estimated other expenses. See "The Funds"
in this Prospectus and the discussion in each Fund's
prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MANAGEMENT TOTAL ANNUAL
FEES OTHER EXPENSES EXPENSES
----------- -------------- ---------------
<C> <S> <C> <C> <C>
ALGER AMERICAN Alger American Growth Portfolio................... 0.75% 0.11% 0.86%
FUNDS Alger American Leveraged AllCap Portfolio......... 0.85% 0.94%(1) 1.79%
0.80% 0.17% 0.97%
Alger American MidCap Growth Portfolio............
0.85% 0.11% 0.96%
Alger American Small Capitalization Portfolio.....
FIDELITY FUNDS Asset Manager Portfolio........................... 0.72% 0.08% 0.80%(2)
0.52% 0.06% 0.58%(2)
Equity-Income Portfolio...........................
0.46% 0.21% 0.67%
Investment Grade Bond Portfolio...................
0.20% 0.07% 0.27%
Money Market Portfolio............................
MFS FUNDS(3) MFS Total Return Series........................... 0.75% 0.25%(3) 1.00%(3)
0.75% 0.25%(3) 1.00%(3)
MFS Utilities Series..............................
0.75% 0.25%(3) 1.00%(3)
MFS World Governments Series......................
NEUBERGER & BERMAN AMT Balanced Portfolio............................ 0.80% 0.17% 0.97%
FUNDS(4) AMT Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio............... 0.60% 0.13% 0.73%
0.80% 0.50% 1.30%
AMT Partners Portfolio(5).........................
QUEST FOR VALUE Quest for Value Global Equity Portfolio........... 0.75% 0.50% 1.25%
FUNDS(6) Quest for Value Managed Portfolio................. 0.60% 0.06% 0.66%
0.60% 0.14% 0.74%
Quest for Value Small Cap Portfolio...............
<FN>
(1) Includes 0.75% estimated interest expense attributable to borrowing.
(2) A portion of the brokerage commissions the Porfolio paid was used to reduce
its expenses. Without this reduction, "Total Annual Expenses" would have
been 0.81% for Asset Manager Portfolio and 0.60% for Equity-Income
Portfolio.
(3) The MFS Funds' Adviser has agreed to bear, subject to reimbursement,
expenses for each of the Total Return Series and Utilities Series, such
that each Series' aggregate operating expense shall not exceed, on an
annualized basis, 1.00% of the average daily net assets of the Series from
November 2, 1994 through December 31, 1998, 1.25% of the average daily net
assets of the Series from January 1, 1997 through December 31, 1998, and
1.50% of the average daily net assets of the Series from January 1, 1999
through December 31, 2004; provided however, that this obligation may be
terminated or revised at any time. Absent this expense arrangement, "Other
Expenses" and "Total Annual Expenses" would be 0.62% and 1.37%,
respectively, for the Total Return Series, and 0.93% and 1.58%,
respectively, for the Utilities Series, based upon estimated expenses for
the Series' current fiscal year. The Adviser has agreed to bear, subject to
reimbursement, until December 31, 2004, expenses of the World Governments
Series such that the Series' aggregate operating expenses do not exceed
1.00%, on an annualized basis, of its average daily net assets. Absent this
expense arrangement, "Other Expenses" and "Total Annual Expenses" for the
World Governments Series would be 0.63% and 1.38%, respectively.
(4) Until May 1, 1995, all of these Portfolios had a Distribution Plan ("Plan")
pursuant to Rule 12b-1 which provided for the reimbursement of N&B
Management for certain Trust distribution expenses up to a maximum of 0.25%
on an annual basis of each Portfolio's average daily net assets. The "Total
Annual Expenses" shown here for each AMT Portfolio would be increased by
0.02% if the 12b-1 fees for the months of January through April, 1995 were
taken into account.
(5) Other Expenses, and therefore Total Annual Expenses, have been estimated
and are annualized for the Partners Portfolio.
(6) The expenses for the Quest for Value Managed, Small Cap and Global Equity
Portfolios will be voluntarily limited by Quest for Value Advisors so that
annualized operating fund expenses do not exceed 0.66%, 0.74%, and 1.25%
for the Quest for Value Managed, Small Cap and Global Equity Portfolios,
respectively, through December 31, 1995. Moreover, absent any future
agreement by Quest Advisors to limit expenses of the portfolios of Quest
for Value Accumulation Trust as delineated above, Quest Advisors will
reimburse Quest for Value Accumulation Trust for the amount, if any, by
which the aggregate ordinary operating expenses of any portfolio incurred
by Quest for Value Accumulation Trust in any calendar year exceed the most
restrictive expense limitations (currently 2 1/2% of the first $30 million
of assets, 2% of the next $70 million of assets and 1 1/2% of the remaining
average net assets) then in effect under any state securities law or
regulation. Without such expense limitations, it is estimated that the
"Management Fees," "Other Expenses" and "Total Portfolio Annual Expenses",
incurred for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995 are estimated to be
.60%, .22% and .82%, respectively for the Managed Portfolio; .60%, .55% and
1.15%, respectively for the Small Cap Portfolio and .75%, 6.28% and 7.03%,
respectively for the Global Equity Portfolio. Variations in the actual
amount of average assets in any of these Portfolios during 1995 can cause
significant variations in expenses expressed as a percentage of that
Portfolio's average net assets. It is estimated by Quest management that by
the end of 1995, the net assets of each of these Portfolios will be
sufficient such that the total annual expenses of each Portfolio will, on
an annualized basis, be approximately equal to, if not less than, the
voluntary limits.
</TABLE>
9
<PAGE>
The purpose of the foregoing Table on page 9 of this
Prospectus is to assist the Owner in understanding the
various costs and expenses that a Owner will incur, directly
or indirectly. For additional information, see the
discussion in each Fund's prospectus. Premium tax
equivalents are not reflected in the Table, though they may
apply.
EXAMPLES
The Owner would pay the following expenses on a $1,000
investment, assuming a 5% annual return on assets, and
assuming all Premium Payments are allocated to the Variable
Account:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1 YEAR 3 YEARS 5 YEARS 10 YEARS
------ ------- ------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1. IF THE CONTRACT IS SURRENDERED AT THE END OF THE APPLICABLE
TIME PERIOD:
Alger American Growth Portfolio........................... $83 $114 $149 $264
Alger American Leveraged AllCap Portfolio................. $92 $142 $194 $353
Alger American MidCap Growth Portfolio.................... $84 $118 $154 $275
Alger American Small Capitalization Portfolio............. $84 $117 $154 $274
Fidelity VIP Equity-Income Portfolio...................... $80 $106 $134 $235
Fidelity VIP Money Market Portfolio....................... $77 $ 96 $118 $202
Fidelity VIP II Asset Manager Portfolio................... $82 $113 $145 $257
Fidelity VIP II Investment Grade Bond Portfolio........... $81 $109 $139 $244
MFS Total Return Series................................... $84 $119 $156 $278
MFS Utilities Series...................................... $84 $119 $156 $278
MFS World Governments Series.............................. $84 $119 $156 $278
AMT Balanced Portfolio.................................... $84 $118 $154 $275
AMT Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio....................... $82 $110 $142 $250
AMT Partners Portfolio.................................... $87 $128 $170 $307
Quest For Value Global Equity Portfolio................... $87 $126 $168 $302
Quest For Value Managed Portfolio......................... $81 $108 $138 $243
Quest For Value Small Cap Portfolio....................... $82 $111 $142 $251
</TABLE>
2. IF THE CONTRACT IS NOT SURRENDERED OR IF IT IS
ANNUITIZED:
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Alger American Growth Portfolio........................... $23 $ 72 $123 $264
Alger American Leveraged AllCap Portfolio................. $33 $ 99 $169 $353
Alger American MidCap Growth Portfolio.................... $24 $ 75 $129 $275
Alger American Small Capitalization Portfolio............. $24 $ 75 $128 $274
Fidelity VIP Equity-Income Portfolio...................... $21 $ 63 $109 $235
Fidelity VIP Money Market Portfolio....................... $17 $ 54 $ 93 $202
Fidelity VIP II Asset Manager Portfolio................... $23 $ 70 $120 $257
Fidelity VIP II Investment Grade Bond Portfolio........... $21 $ 66 $113 $244
MFS Total Return Series................................... $25 $ 76 $130 $278
MFS Utilities Series...................................... $25 $ 76 $130 $278
MFS World Governments Series.............................. $25 $ 76 $130 $278
AMT Balanced Portfolio.................................... $24 $ 75 $129 $275
AMT Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio....................... $22 $ 68 $116 $250
AMT Partners Portfolio.................................... $28 $ 85 $145 $307
Quest For Value Global Equity Portfolio................... $27 $ 84 $142 $302
Quest For Value Managed Portfolio......................... $21 $ 66 $113 $243
Quest For Value Small Cap Portfolio....................... $22 $ 68 $117 $251
</TABLE>
The preceding tables are intended to assist the Owner in
understanding the costs and expenses borne, directly or
indirectly, by Premium Payments allocated to the Variable
Account. These include the expenses of the Funds, certain of
which are subject to expense reimbursement arrangements
which may be subject to change. See the Funds' Prospectuses.
In addition to the expenses listed above, charges for
premium tax equivalents may be applicable.
10
<PAGE>
These examples reflect the annual $30 Annuity Account Fee as
an annual charge of .14% of assets, based upon an
anticipated average Annuity Account Value of $21,425.
THESE EXAMPLES SHOULD NOT BE CONSIDERED A REPRESENTATION OF
PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES, AND ACTUAL EXPENSES MAY BE GREATER
OR LESS THAN THOSE SHOWN.
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The Variable Account commenced operations on April 10, 1995.
There follows, for each of the seventeen Variable Account
Sub-Accounts available under the Contracts, information
regarding the changes in the Accumulation Unit values from
date of inception through December 31, 1995 and the number
of Accumulation Units outstanding at December 31, 1995:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF
ACCUMULATION
ACCUMULATION ACCUMULATION UNITS
UNIT BEGINNING UNIT VALUE OUTSTANDING
SUB-ACCOUNT VALUE AT 12/31/95 12/31/95
------------------------------------------- --------------- --------------- -----------
<C> <S> <C> <C> <C>
Alger American Growth Portfolio 10.00 12.385784 311,649
Alger American Leveraged AllCap Portfolio 10.00 13.895178 87,024
Alger American MidCap Growth Portfolio 10.00 13.106537 155,535
Alger American Small Cap Portfolio 10.00 13.092181 249,882
Fidelity VIP Equity-Income Portfolio 10.00 12.128673 539,741
Fidelity VIP Money Market Portfolio 10.00 10.245402 680,856
Fidelity VIP II: Asset Manager Portfolio 10.00 11.280365 62,375
Fidelity VIP II: Invest Grade Bond
Portfolio 10.00 10.541110 144,347
MFS Total Return Series 10.00 11.003903 148,985
MFS Utilities Series 10.00 11.365171 45,129
MFS World Governments Series 10.00 10.277969 33,344
AMT Balanced Portfolio 10.00 10.269633 85,477
AMT Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio 10.00 10.547360 106,840
AMT Partners Portfolio 10.00 12.122020 125,694
Quest for Value Global Equity Portfolio 10.00 11.758951 139,287
Quest for Value Managed Portfolio 10.00 11.143831 486,528
Quest for Value Small Cap Portfolio 10.00 10.855343 58,004
<FN>
</TABLE>
THE COMPANY AND THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT
THE COMPANY. The Company is a stock life insurance company
incorporated under the laws of Connecticut by special act of
the Connecticut General Assembly in 1865. Its Home Office
mailing address is Hartford, Connecticut 06152, Telephone
(860) 726-6000. It has obtained authorization to do business
in fifty states, the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico.
The Company issues group and individual life and health
insurance policies and annuities. The Company has various
wholly-owned subsidiaries which are generally engaged in the
insurance business. The Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary
of Connecticut General Corporation, Bloomfield, Connecticut.
Connecticut General Corporation is wholly-owned by CIGNA
Holdings Inc., Philadelphia, Pennsylvania which is in turn
wholly-owned by CIGNA Corporation, Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania. Connecticut General Corporation is the holding
company of various insurance companies, one of which is
Connecticut General Life Insurance Company.
THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT. The Variable Account was established
by the Company as a separate account on January 25, 1994
pursuant to a resolution of its Board of Directors. Under
Connecticut insurance law, the income, gains or losses of
the Variable Account are credited to or charged against the
assets of the Variable Account without regard to the other
income, gains, or losses of the Company. These assets are
held in relation to the Contracts described in this
Prospectus, to the extent necessary to meet the Company's
obligations thereunder. Although that portion of the assets
maintained in the Variable Account equal to the reserves and
other contract liabilities with respect to the Variable
Account will not be charged with any liabilities arising out
of any other
11
<PAGE>
business conducted by the Company, all obligations arising
under the Contracts, including the promise to make annuity
payments, are general corporate obligations of the Company.
The Variable Account is registered with the Securities and
Exchange Commission ("Commission") as a unit investment
trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended
(the "1940 Act") and meets the definition of a separate
account under the federal securities laws. Registration with
the Commission does not involve supervision of the
management or investment practices or policies of the
Variable Account or of the Company by the Commission.
The assets of the Variable Account are divided into
Sub-Accounts. Each Sub-Account invests exclusively in shares
of a specific Fund. All amounts allocated to the Variable
Account will be used to purchase Fund shares as designated
by the Owner at their net asset value. Any and all
distributions made by the Fund with respect to the shares
held by the Variable Account will be reinvested to purchase
additional shares at their net asset value. Deductions from
the Variable Account for cash withdrawals, annuity payments,
death benefits, annuity account fees, mortality and expense
risk charges, administrative expense charges and any
applicable taxes will, in effect, be made by redeeming the
number of Fund shares at their net asset value equal in
total value to the amount to be deducted. The Variable
Account will purchase and redeem Fund shares on an aggregate
basis and will be fully invested in Fund shares at all
times.
THE FUNDS
Each of the seventeen Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account
is invested solely in shares of one of the seventeen Funds
available as funding vehicles under the Contracts. Each of
the Funds is a series of one of six Massachusetts or
Delaware business trusts, collectively referred to herein as
the "Trusts", each of which is registered as an open-end,
diversified management investment company under the 1940
Act.
The Trusts and their investment advisers and distributors
are:
Alger American Fund ("Alger Trust"), managed by Fred
Alger Management, Inc., 75 Maiden Lane, New York, NY
10038; and distributed by Fred Alger & Company,
Incorporated, 30 Montgomery Street, Jersey City, NJ
07302;
Variable Insurance Products Fund I ("Fidelity Trust I"),
and Variable Insurance Products Fund II ("Fidelity Trust
II"), managed by Fidelity Management & Research Company
and distributed by Fidelity Distribution Corporation, 82
Devonshire Street, Boston, MA 02103;
MFS Variable Insurance Trust ("MFS Trust"), managed by
Massachusetts Financial Services Company and distributed
by MFS Investor Services, Inc., 500 Boylston Street,
Boston, MA 02116;
Neuberger & Berman Advisers Management Trust ("Neuberger
& Berman AMT Trust"), managed and distributed by
Neuberger & Berman Management Incorporated, 605 Third
Avenue, New York, NY 10158-0006;
Quest for Value Accumulation Trust ("Quest for Value
Trust"), managed by Quest for Value Advisors and
distributed by Quest for Value Distributors, One World
Financial Center, New York, NY 10281.
Four Funds of ALGER Trust are available under the Contracts:
Alger American Growth Portfolio;
Alger American Leveraged AllCap Portfolio;
Alger American MidCap Growth Portfolio;
Alger American Small Capitalization Portfolio.
12
<PAGE>
Two Funds of FIDELITY Trust I are available under the
Contracts:
Equity-Income Portfolio ("Fidelity Equity-Income
Portfolio").
Money Market Portfolio ("Fidelity Money Market Fund").
Two Funds of FIDELITY Trust II are available under the
Contracts:
Asset Manager Portfolio ("Fidelity Asset Manager
Portfolio");
Investment Grade Bond Portfolio ("Fidelity Bond
Portfolio").
Three Funds of MFS Trust are available under the Contracts:
MFS Total Return Series;
MFS Utilities Series;
MFS World Governments Series.
Three Funds of NEUBERGER & BERMAN AMT Trust are available
under the Contracts:
AMT Balanced Portfolio;
AMT Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio;
AMT Partners Portfolio.
Three Funds of QUEST FOR VALUE Trust are available under the
Contracts:
Quest Global Equity Portfolio;
Quest Managed Portfolio;
Quest Small Cap Portfolio.
The investment advisory fees charged the Funds by their
advisers are shown in the Fee Table at page 9 of this
Prospectus.
There follows a brief description of the investment
objective of each Fund. There can be no assurance that any
of the stated investment objectives will be achieved.
ALGER AMERICAN GROWTH PORTFOLIO: Seeks long-term capital
appreciation by investing in a diversified, actively managed
portfolio of equity securities, primarily of companies with
total market capitalization of $1 billion or greater.
ALGER AMERICAN LEVERAGED ALLCAP PORTFOLIO: Seeks long-term
capital appreciation by investing in a diversified, actively
managed portfolio of equity securities, with the ability to
engage in leveraging (up to one-third of assets) and options
and futures transactions.
ALGER AMERICAN MIDCAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO: Seeks long-term
capital appreciation by investing in a diversified, actively
managed portfolio of equity securities, primarily of
companies with total market capitalization between $750
million and $3.5 billion.
ALGER AMERICAN SMALL CAP PORTFOLIO: Seeks long-term capital
appreciation by investing in a diversified, actively managed
portfolio of equity securities, primarily of companies with
total market capitalization of less than $1 billion.
FIDELITY ASSET MANAGER PORTFOLIO: Seeks high total return
with reduced risk over the long-term by allocating its
assets among domestic and foreign stocks, bonds and short-
term fixed-income instruments.
FIDELITY BOND PORTFOLIO: Seeks as high a level of current
income as is consistent with the preservation of capital by
investing in a broad range of investment-grade fixed-income
securities, with a dollar-weighted average portfolio
maturity of ten years or less.
FIDELITY EQUITY-INCOME PORTFOLIO: Seeks reasonable income by
investing primarily in income-producing equity securities,
with some potential for capital appreciation, seeking to
exceed the composite yield on the securities comprising the
Standard and Poor's 500 Composite Stock Price Index.
FIDELITY MONEY MARKET FUND: Seeks as high a level of current
income as is consistent with preserving capital and
providing liquidity, through investment in high quality U.S.
dollar denominated money market securities of domestic and
foreign issuers.
13
<PAGE>
MFS TOTAL RETURN SERIES: Seeks primarily to obtain
above-average income, (compared to a portfolio entirely
invested in equity securities) consistent with the prudent
employment of capital, and secondarily to provide a
reasonable opportunity for growth of capital and income.
MFS UTILITIES SERIES: Seeks capital growth and current
income (income above that obtainable from a portfolio
invested entirely in equity securities), by investing, under
normal circumstances, at least 65% of its assets in equity
and debt securities of utility companies.
MFS WORLD GOVERNMENTS SERIES: Seeks not only preservation,
but also growth, of capital together with moderate current
income through a professionally managed, internationally
diversified portfolio consisting primarily of debt
securities and to a lesser extent equity securities.
AMT BALANCED PORTFOLIO: Seeks long-term capital growth and
reasonable current income without undue risk to principal.
AMT LIMITED MATURITY BOND PORTFOLIO: Seeks the highest
current income consistent with low risk to principal and
liquidity; and secondarily, enhanced total return through
capital appreciation when market factors, such as falling
interest rates and rising bond prices, indicate that capital
appreciation may be available without significant risk to
principal.
AMT PARTNERS PORTFOLIO: Seeks capital growth. Invests
primarily in common stocks of established companies, using
the value-oriented investment approach. The Portfolio seeks
capital growth through an investment approach that is
designed to increase capital with reasonable risk. Its
investment program seeks securities believed to be
undervalued based on strong fundamentals such as low
price-to-earnings ratios, consistent cash flow, and support
from asset values.
QUEST GLOBAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO: Seeks long-term capital
appreciation through a global investment strategy primarily
involving equity securities.
QUEST MANAGED PORTFOLIO: Seeks growth of capital over time
through investment in a portfolio of common stocks, bonds
and cash equivalents, the percentage of which will vary
based on management's assessments of relative investment
values.
QUEST SMALL CAP PORTFOLIO: Seeks capital appreciation
through investments in a diversified portfolio of equity
securities of companies with market capitalizations of under
$1 billion.
The AMT Partners Portfolio, Fidelity Equity-Income
Portfolio, Fidelity Asset Manager Portfolio, MFS Total
Return Series, MFS Utilities Series, MFS World Governments
Series, Quest for Value Global Equity Portfolio, Quest for
Value Managed Portfolio, and the Quest for Value Small Cap
Portfolio funds may invest in non-investment grade, high
yield, high-risk debt securities (commonly referred to as
"junk bonds"), as detailed in the individual fund
prospectuses.
GENERAL
There is no assurance that the investment objective of any
of the Funds will be met. Owners bear the complete
investment risk for Annuity Account Values allocated to a
Variable Account Sub-Account. Each such Sub-Account involves
inherent investment risk, and such risk varies significantly
among the Sub-Accounts. Owners should read each Fund's
prospectus carefully and understand the Funds' relative
degrees of risk before making or changing investment
choices. Additional Funds may, from time to time, be made
available as investments to underlie the Contracts. However,
the right to make such selections will be limited by the
terms and conditions imposed on such transactions by the
Company (See "Premium Payments and Contract Value --
Allocation of Premium Payments").
14
<PAGE>
SUBSTITUTION OF SECURITIES
If the shares of any Fund should no longer be available for
investment by the Variable Account or if, in the judgment of
the Company, further investment in such shares should become
inappropriate in view of the purpose of the Contracts, the
Company may substitute shares of another Fund. No
substitution of securities in any Sub-Account may take place
without prior approval of the Commission and under such
requirements as it may impose.
VOTING RIGHTS
In accordance with its view of present applicable law, the
Company will vote the shares of each Fund held in the
Variable Account at special meetings of the shareholders of
the particular Trust in accordance with written instructions
received from persons having the voting interest in the
Variable Account. The Company will vote shares for which it
has not received instructions, as well as shares
attributable to it, in the same proportion as it votes
shares for which it has received instructions. The Trusts do
not hold regular meetings of shareholders. Shareholder votes
take place whenever state law or the 1940 Act so require,
for example on certain elections of Boards of Trustees, the
initial approval of investment advisory contracts and
changes in investment objectives and fundamental investment
policies.
The number of shares which a person has a right to vote will
be determined as of a date to be chosen by the Company not
more than sixty (60) days prior to the meeting of the
particular Trust. Voting instructions will be solicited by
written communication at least fourteen (14) days prior to
the meeting.
The Funds' shares are issued and redeemed only in connection
with variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance
policies issued through separate accounts of the Company and
other life insurance companies. The Trusts do not foresee
any disadvantage to Owners arising out of the fact that
shares may be made available to separate accounts which are
used in connection with both variable annuity and variable
life insurance products. Nevertheless, the Trusts' Boards
intend to monitor events in order to identify any material
irreconcilable conflicts which may possibly arise and to
determine what action, if any, should be taken in response
thereto. If such a conflict were to occur, one of the
separate accounts might withdraw its investment in a Fund.
This might force a Fund to sell portfolio securities at
disadvantageous prices.
PREMIUM PAYMENTS AND CONTRACT VALUE
PREMIUM PAYMENTS
The Contracts may be purchased under a flexible premium
payment plan. Premium Payments are payable in the frequency
and in the amount selected by the Owner. The initial Premium
Payment is due on the Effective Date. It must be at least
$2,500 ($2,000 for an Individual Retirement Annuity under
Section 408 of the Code). Subsequent Premium Payments must
be at least $100. These minimum amounts are not waived for
Qualified Plans. The Company reserves the right to decline
any application or Premium Payment. A Premium Payment in
excess of $1 million requires preapproval by the Company.
The Company may, at its sole discretion, waive the minimum
payment requirements.
The Owner may elect to increase, decrease or change the
frequency of Premium Payments.
15
<PAGE>
ALLOCATION OF PREMIUM PAYMENTS
Premium Payments are allocated to one or more of the
appropriate Sub-Accounts within the Variable Account and
Fixed Account as selected by the Owner. For each Variable
Account Sub-Account, the Premium Payments are converted into
Accumulation Units. The number of Accumulation Units
credited to the Contract is determined by dividing the
Premium Payment allocated to the Sub-Account by the value of
the Accumulation Unit for the Sub-Account.
The Company will allocate the initial Premium Payment
directly to the Sub-Account(s) selected by the Owner unless
state law requires, during the right-to-examine period, a
refund of Premium Payments rather than Annuity Account
Value.
Transfers do not necessarily affect the allocation
instructions for payments. Subsequent payments will be
allocated as directed by the Owner; if no direction is
given, the allocation will be that which has been most
recently directed for payments by the Owner. The Owner may
change the allocation of future payments without fee,
penalty or other charge upon written notice to the Variable
Products Service Center. A change will be effective for
payments received on or after receipt of the written notice
of change.
Not less than 10% of any Premium Payment at the time of any
allocation may be allocated to a single Sub-Account, and no
allocation can be made which would result in a Variable
Account Sub-Account value of less than $500 or a Fixed
Account Sub-Account value of less than $2,500. The Company,
at its sole discretion may waive minimum premium allocation
or minimum Variable Account Sub-Account requirements.
For initial Premium Payments, if the application for a
Contract is in good order, the Company will apply the
Premium Payment to the Variable Account and credit the
Contract with Accumulation Units within two business days of
receipt at the Accumulation Unit Value for the Valuation
Period during which the Premium Payment is accepted unless
state law requires, during the right-to-examine period, a
refund of Premium Payments rather than Annuity Account
Value.
If the application for a Contract is not in good order, the
Company will attempt to get it in good order or the Company
will return the application and the Premium Payment within
five business days. The Company will not retain a Premium
Payment for more than five business days while processing an
incomplete application unless it has been so authorized by
the purchaser.
For each subsequent Premium Payment, the Company will apply
such payment to the Variable Account and credit the Contract
with Accumulation Units at the Accumulation Unit Value for
the Valuation Period during which each such payment was
received in good order.
DOLLAR COST AVERAGING
Dollar Cost Averaging is a program which, if elected,
enables a Owner to systematically allocate specified dollar
amounts from the Money Market Sub-Account or the One-Year
Fixed Sub-Account to the Contract's other Sub-Accounts at
regular intervals. By allocating on a regularly scheduled
basis as opposed to allocating the total amount at one
particular time, a Owner may be less susceptible to the
impact of market fluctuations.
Dollar Cost Averaging may be selected by establishing a
Money Market Sub-Account or the One-Year Fixed Sub-Account
value of at least $12,000. The minimum amount per month to
allocate is $1,000. All Dollar Cost Averaging transfers will
be made effective the twentieth of the month (or the next
Valuation Date if the twentieth of the month is not a
Valuation Date). Election into this program may occur at any
time by properly completing the Dollar Cost Averaging
election form, returning it to the Company so it is
16
<PAGE>
received by the tenth of the month, to be effective that
month, and insuring that sufficient value is in the Money
Market Sub-Account or the One-Year Fixed Sub-Account.
Transfers to the Fixed Account or from other than the
One-Year Fixed Sub-Account are not permitted under Dollar
Cost Averaging. The Company, at its sole discretion may
waive Dollar Cost Averaging minimum deposit and transfer
requirements.
Dollar Cost Averaging will terminate when any of the
following occurs: (1) the number of designated transfers has
been completed; (2) the value of the Money Market Sub-
Account or the One-Year Fixed Sub-Account is insufficient to
complete the next transfer; (3) the Owner requests
termination in writing and such writing is received by the
tenth of the month in order to cancel the transfer scheduled
to take effect that month; or (4) the Contract is
surrendered.
The Dollar Cost Averaging program may not be active
following the Annuity Date. There is no current charge for
Dollar Cost Averaging but the Company reserves the right to
charge for this program. In the event there are additional
transfers, the transfer fee may be charged. The Company does
not intend to profit from any such charge.
AUTOMATIC REBALANCING
Automatic Rebalancing is an option that allows a Contract
Owner periodically to restore to a pre-determined level the
percentage of Contract Value allocated to each Variable
Account Sub-Account (e.g. 20% Money Market, 50%
Equity-Income, 30% Utilities). This pre-determined
allocation will be the allocation initially selected on the
application, unless subsequently changed. An allocation may
be changed at any time by submitting a request in writing to
the Company. If Automatic Rebalancing is elected, all Net
Premium Payments allocated to the Variable Account
Sub-Accounts must be included in the Automatic Rebalancing
option. The Fixed Account Sub-Account is not available for
Rebalancing.
Automatic Rebalancing may take place on either a quarterly,
semi-annual or annual basis, as selected by the Contract
Owner. Once the Rebalancing option is activated, any
Sub-Account transfers executed outside of the Rebalancing
option will terminate the Automatic Rebalancing feature. The
Contract Owner may terminate the Automatic Rebalancing
option at any time by submitting a request in writing to the
Company.
A Contract Owner may not have both the Dollar Cost Averaging
Option and the Automatic Rebalancing option in effect at the
same time.
The Automatic Rebalancing program may not be active
following the Annuity Date. There is no current charge for
Automatic Rebalancing but the Company reserves the right to
charge for this program. In the event there are additional
transfers, the transfer fee may be charged. The Company does
not intend to profit from any such charge.
CONTRACT VALUE
The value of the Contract is the sum of the values
attributable to the Contract for each Fixed and Variable
Sub-Account. The value of each Variable Sub-Account is
determined by multiplying the number of Accumulation Units
attributable to the Contract in the Sub-Account by the value
of an Accumulation Unit for the Sub-Account.
ACCUMULATION UNIT
Premium Payments allocated to the Variable Account are
converted into Accumulation Units. This is done by dividing
each Premium Payment by the value of an Accumulation Unit
for the Valuation Period during which the Premium Payment is
allocated to the Variable Account. The Accumulation Unit
value for each Sub-Account was or will be set initially at
$10. It may increase or decrease from Valuation Period to
Valuation Period. The Accumulation Unit value for any later
Valuation Period is determined by multiplying
17
<PAGE>
the Accumulation Unit Value for that Sub-Account for the
preceding Valuation Period by the Net Investment Factor for
the current Valuation Period. The Net Investment Factor is
calculated as follows:
The Net Investment Factor for any Variable Account
Sub-Account for any Valuation Period is determined by
dividing (a) by (b) and then subtracting (c) from the
result, where:
(A) Is the net result of:
(1)the net asset value (as described in the prospectus
for the Fund) of a Fund share held in the Variable
Account Sub-Account determined as of the end of the
Valuation Period, plus
(2)the per share amount of any dividend or other
distribution declared by the Fund on the shares held
in the Variable Account Sub-Account if the
"ex-dividend" date occurs during the Valuation Period,
plus or minus
(3)a per share credit or charge with respect to any taxes
paid or reserved for by the Company during the
Valuation Period which are determined by the Company
to be attributable to the operation of the Variable
Account Sub-Account;
(B) is the net asset value of a Fund share held in the
Variable Account Sub-Account determined as of the end of
the preceding Valuation Period; and
(C) is the asset charge factor determined by the Company for
the Valuation Period to reflect the charges for assuming
the mortality and expense risks and for administrative
expenses.
The asset charge factor for any Valuation Period is equal to
the daily asset charge factor multiplied by the number of
24-hour periods in the Valuation Period.
CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS
Various charges and deductions are made from Annuity Account
Values and the Variable Account. These charges and
deductions are:
DEDUCTION FOR CONTINGENT DEFERRED SALES CHARGE (SALES LOAD)
Upon a partial withdrawal or full surrender, a Contingent
Deferred Sales Charge (sales load) will be calculated and
will be deducted from the Annuity Account Value. This Charge
reimburses the Company for expenses incurred in connection
with the promotion, sale and distribution of the Contracts.
The Contingent Deferred Sales Charge applies only to those
Premium Payments received within seven (7) years of the date
of partial withdrawal or full surrender. In calculating the
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge, Premium Payments are
allocated to the amount surrendered or withdrawn on a
first-in, first-out basis. The amount of the Contingent
Deferred Sales Charge is calculated by: (a) allocating
Premium Payments to the amount surrendered; (b) multiplying
each allocated Premium Payment that has been held under the
Contract for the period shown below by the charge shown
below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS SINCE
PAYMENT CHARGE
-------------- ------
<S> <C>
0-1 7%
1-2 6%
2-3 5%
3-4 4%
4-5 3%
5-6 2%
6-7 1%
7+ 0
</TABLE>
18
<PAGE>
and (c) adding the products of each multiplication in (b)
above. The charge will not exceed 7% of the Premium
Payments. Any applicable negative Market Value Adjustment
and Annuity Account Fee will be deducted before application
of the Contingent Deferred Sales Charge. The charge is not
imposed on any death benefit paid or upon amounts applied to
an annuity option.
An Owner may, not more frequently than once each Contract
Year, make a withdrawal of up to fifteen percent (15%) of
Premium Payments, or any remaining portion thereof, without
incurring a Contingent Deferred Sales Charge. The earliest
Premium Payments remaining in the Contract will be deemed
withdrawn first under this Fifteen Percent Free, even if no
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge would have been assessed on
such a withdrawal. No Contingent Deferred Sales Charge will
be deducted from Premium Payments which have been held under
the Contract for more than seven (7) Contract Years or as
annuity payments. The Company may also eliminate or reduce
the Contingent Deferred Sales Charge under the Company
procedures then in effect.
For a partial withdrawal, unless the Owner designates
otherwise, the Contingent Deferred Sales Charge will be
deducted proportionately from the Sub-Account(s) from which
the withdrawal is to be made by cancelling Accumulation
Units from each applicable Sub-Account in the ratio that the
value of each Sub-Account bears to the total of the values
of the Sub-Accounts from which the partial withdrawal is
made. If the value(s) of such Sub-Account(s) are
insufficient, the amount payable on the withdrawal will be
net of any remaining Contingent Deferred Sales Charges
unless the Owner and the Company agree otherwise.
Commissions will be paid to broker-dealers who sell the
Contracts. Broker-dealers will be paid commissions, up to an
amount equal to 6.50% of Premium Payments, for promotional
or distribution expenses associated with the marketing of
the Contracts. To the extent that the Contingent Deferred
Sales Charge is insufficient to cover the actual cost of
distribution, the Company may use any of its corporate
assets, including potential profit which may arise from the
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge, to make up any
difference.
DEDUCTION FOR MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGE
The Company deducts on each Valuation Date a Mortality and
Expense Risk Charge which is equal, on an annual basis, to
1.25% of the average daily net assets of the Variable
Account (consisting of approximately .75% for mortality
risks and approximately .50% for expense risks). The
mortality risks assumed by the Company arise from its
contractual obligation to make annuity payments after the
Annuity Date for the life of the Annuitant in accordance
with annuity rates guaranteed in the Contracts. The expense
risk assumed by the Company is that all actual expenses
involved in administering the Contracts, including Contract
maintenance costs, administrative costs, mailing costs, data
processing costs, legal fees, accounting fees, filing fees,
and the costs of other services may exceed the amount
recovered from the Annuity Account Fee and the
Administrative Expense Charge.
If the Mortality and Expense Risk Charge is insufficient to
cover the actual costs, the loss will be borne by the
Company. Conversely, if the amount deducted proves more than
sufficient, the excess will be a profit to the Company. The
Company expects to profit from this charge.
The Mortality and Expense Risk Charge is guaranteed by the
Company and cannot be increased.
19
<PAGE>
DEDUCTION FOR ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE CHARGE
The Company deducts on each Valuation Date an Administrative
Expense Charge which is equal, on an annual basis, to 0.15%
of the average daily net assets of the Variable Account.
This charge is to reimburse the Company for a portion of its
expenses in administering the Contracts. This charge is
guaranteed by the Company and cannot be increased, and the
Company will not derive a profit from this charge.
DEDUCTION FOR ANNUITY ACCOUNT FEE
The Company deducts an annual Annuity Account Fee of $30
from the Annuity Account Value on the last Valuation Date of
each Contract Year. This charge is to reimburse the Company
for a portion of its administrative expenses (see above).
Prior to the Annuity Date, this charge is deducted by
cancelling Accumulation Units from each applicable
Sub-Account in the ratio that the value of each Sub-Account
bears to the total Annuity Account Value. When the Contract
is annuitized or surrendered for its full Surrender Value on
other than a Contract Anniversary, the Annuity Account Fee
will be prorated at the time of surrender. On and after the
Annuity Date, the Annuity Account Fee will be collected
proportionately from the Sub-Account(s) on which the
Variable Annuity payment is based, prorated on a monthly
basis and will result in a reduction of the annuity
payments. The Annuity Account Fee will be waived for any
Contract Year in which the Annuity Account Value equals or
exceeds $100,000 as of the last Valuation Date of the
Contract Year.
DEDUCTION FOR PREMIUM TAX EQUIVALENTS
Premium tax equivalents or other taxes payable to a state,
municipality or other governmental entity will be charged
against Annuity Account Value. No premium taxes are
currently imposed by the State of New York on the contracts
offered hereby. Some states assess premium taxes at the time
Premium Payments are made; others assess premium taxes at
the time annuity payments begin. The Company will, in its
sole discretion, determine when taxes have resulted from:
the investment experience of the Variable Account; receipt
by the Company of the Premium Payment(s); or commencement of
annuity payments. The Company may, at its sole discretion,
pay taxes when due and deduct an equivalent amount
reflecting investment experience from the Annuity Account
Value at a later date. Payment at an earlier date does not
waive any right the Company may have to deduct amounts at a
later date.
DEDUCTION FOR INCOME TAXES
While the Company is not currently maintaining a provision
for federal income taxes, the Company has reserved the right
to establish a provision for income taxes if it determines,
in its sole discretion, that it will incur a tax as a result
of the operation of the Variable Account. The Company will
deduct for any income taxes incurred by it as a result of
the operation of the Variable Account whether or not there
was a provision for taxes and whether or not it was
sufficient.
DEDUCTION FOR FUND EXPENSES
There are other deductions from, and expenses paid out of,
the assets of the Funds which are described in the
accompanying Funds' prospectuses.
DEDUCTION FOR TRANSFER FEE
Prior to the Annuity Date, a Owner may transfer all or a
part of the Annuity Account Value in a Sub-Account to
another Sub-Account without the imposition of any transfer
20
<PAGE>
fee or charge if there have been no more than twelve
transfers made in the Contract Year. For additional
transfers, the Company reserves the right to deduct a
transfer fee of up to $10 per transfer. Prescheduled
automatic dollar cost averaging or automatic rebalancing
transfers are not counted toward the twelve transfer limit.
The Company reserves the right to charge a fee of up to $10
for each transfer after the Annuity Date. The transfer fee
at any given time is guaranteed not to exceed $10, will not
be set at a level greater than its cost and will contain no
element of profit.
OTHER CONTRACT FEATURES
OWNERSHIP
The Owner has all rights and may receive all benefits under
the Contract. The Owner may change the Owner at any time. If
the Owner dies, a death benefit will be paid to the
Beneficiary upon proof of the Owner's death. If the Owner is
a corporation, partnership or other non-natural person, the
death benefit is paid upon receipt of due proof of the
Annuitant's death. A change of Owner will automatically
revoke any prior designation of Owner. A request for change
must be: (1) made in writing; and
(2) received by the Company at its Variable Products Service
Center. The change will become effective as of the date the
written request is signed. A new designation of Owner will
not apply to any payment made or action taken by the Company
prior to the time it was received.
For non-qualified contracts, in accordance with Code Section
72(u), a deferred annuity contract held by a corporation or
other entity that is not a natural person is not treated as
an annuity contract for tax purposes. Income on the contract
is treated as ordinary income received by the owner during
the taxable year. But in accordance with Code Section 72(u),
an annuity contract held by a trust or other entity as agent
for a natural person is considered held by a natural person.
ASSIGNMENT
The Owner may assign the Contract at any time during his or
her lifetime. Unless provided otherwise, an assignment will
not affect the interest of any previously indicated
Beneficiary. The Company will not be bound by any assignment
until written notice is received by the Company at its
Variable Products Service Center. The Company is not
responsible for the validity of any assignment. The Company
will not be liable as to any payment or other settlement
made by the Company before such assignment has been recorded
at the Company's Variable Products Service Center.
If the Contract is issued pursuant to a Qualified Plan, it
may not be assigned, pledged or otherwise transferred except
as may be allowed under applicable law.
BENEFICIARY
The Beneficiary is named when the Contract is applied for
and, unless changed, is entitled to receive any death
benefits to be paid. Prior to the Annuity Date, death
benefits are paid to the Beneficiary on the death of the
Owner.
CHANGE OF BENEFICIARY
The Owner may change a Beneficiary by filing a written
request with the Company at its Variable Products Service
Center unless an irrevocable Beneficiary designation was
previously filed. After the change is recorded, it will take
effect as of the date the request was signed. If the request
reaches the Variable Products Service Center after the
21
<PAGE>
Annuitant or Owner, as applicable, dies but before any
payment is made, the change will be valid. The Company will
not be liable for any payment made or action taken before it
records the change.
ANNUITANT
The Annuitant must be a natural person. The maximum age of
the Annuitant on the Effective Date is 85 years old. The
Annuitant may be changed at any time prior to the Annuity
Date. Joint Annuitants are allowed at the time of
annuitization only, if the Company chooses to make a joint
and survivor annuity payment option available in addition to
the options provided in the Contract. The Annuitant has no
rights or privileges prior to the Annuity Date. When an
Annuity Option is elected, the amount payable as of the
Annuity Date is based on the age and gender classification
(in accordance with state law) of the Annuitant, as well as
the Option selected and the Annuity Account Value.
TRANSFER OF CONTRACT VALUES BETWEEN SUB-ACCOUNTS
Prior to the Annuity Date, the Owner may transfer all or
part of the Annuity Account Value in a Sub-Account to
another Sub-Account without the imposition of any fee or
charge if there have been no more than twelve transfers made
in the Contract Year. For additional transfers, the Company
reserves the right to deduct a transfer fee of up to $10
(See "Charges and Deductions -- Deduction for Transfer
Fee"). This Contract is not designed for professional market
timing organizations or other entities using programmed and
frequent transfers.
After the Annuity Date, provided a variable annuity option
was selected, the Owner may make up to three transfers
between Variable Sub-Accounts in any Contract Year.
All transfers are subject to the following:
A. The deduction of any transfer fee that may be imposed.
The transfer fee will be deducted from the amount which
is transferred if the entire amount in the Sub-Account is
being transferred, otherwise from the Sub-Account from
which the transfer is made.
B. The minimum amount which may be transferred is the lesser
of (i) $2,500 per Fixed Account Sub-Account or $500 per
Variable Account Sub-Account. (The Company, at its sole
discretion may waive these minimum requirements); or (ii)
the Owner's entire interest in the Sub-Account.
C. No partial transfer will be made if the Owner's remaining
Contract Value in the Sub-Account will be less than $500.
D. Transfers will be effected during the Valuation Period
next following receipt by the Company of a written
transfer request (or by telephone, if authorized)
containing all required information. However, no transfer
may be made effective within seven calendar days of the
date on which the first annuity payment is due. Transfers
may not be permitted during the right-to-examine period.
E. Any transfer request must clearly specify the amount
which is to be transferred and the Sub-Accounts which are
to be affected.
F. Transfers of all or a portion of any Fixed Account
Sub-Account values are subject to any applicable Market
Value Adjustment;
G. The Company reserves the right to defer transfers from
any Fixed Account Sub-Account for up to six months after
date of receipt of the transfer request;
H. Transfers involving the Variable Account Sub-Accounts are
subject to such restrictions as may be imposed by the
Funds;
I. The Company reserves the right at any time and without
prior notice to any party to terminate, suspend or modify
the transfer privileges described above.
22
<PAGE>
J. After the Annuity Date, transfers may not take place
between a Fixed Annuity Option and a Variable Annuity
Option.
K. At no time may the total premium allocated among the
Fixed Sub-Accounts exceed $500,000.
Transfer requests must be received at the Variable Products
Service Center prior to 4.00 ET in order to be effective
that day.
PROCEDURES FOR TELEPHONE TRANSFERS
Owners may effect telephone transfers in two ways. All
Owners may directly contact a service representative. Owners
may in the future also request access to an electronic
service known as a Voice Response Unit (VRU). The VRU will
permit the transfer of monies among the Sub-Accounts and
changes in the allocation of future payments. All Owners who
do not wish to have the right to conduct telephone transfers
must so indicate on the Contract application by checking the
appropriate box.
The Company will undertake reasonable procedures to confirm
that instructions communicated by telephone are genuine.
Before a service representative accepts any request, the
caller will be asked for his or her social security number
and Contract number. All calls will be recorded. A Personal
Identification Number (PIN) will be assigned to all Owners
who select VRU access. The PIN is selected by and known only
to the Owner. Proper entry of the PIN is required before any
transactions will be allowed through VRU. Furthermore, all
transactions performed over the VRU, as well as with a
service representative, will be confirmed by the Company
through a written letter. Moreover, all VRU transactions
will be assigned a unique confirmation number which will
become part of the Contract's history. The Company is not
liable for any loss, cost or expense for action on telephone
instructions which are believed to be genuine in accordance
with these procedures.
SURRENDERS AND PARTIAL WITHDRAWALS
While the Contract is in force and before the Annuity Date,
the Company will, upon written request to the Company by the
Owner, allow the surrender or Partial Withdrawal of all or a
portion of the Contract for its Surrender Value. Such
request may also be made by telephone if telephone transfers
have been previously authorized in writing. Surrenders or
Partial Withdrawals will result in the cancellation of
Accumulation Units from each applicable Sub-Account in the
ratio that the value of each Sub-Account bears to the total
Annuity Account Value, unless the Owner specifies in writing
in advance which units are to be cancelled. The Company will
pay the amount of any surrender or Partial Withdrawal within
seven (7) days of receipt of a valid request, unless the
"Delay of Payments" provision is in effect (See "Delay of
Payments and Transfers").
Certain tax withdrawal penalties and restrictions may apply
to surrenders and partial withdrawal from Contracts (See
"Tax Status"). Owners should consult their own tax counsel
or other tax adviser regarding any surrenders and partial
withdrawals.
The Surrender Value is the Annuity Account Value for the
Valuation Period next following the Valuation Period during
which the written request to the Company for surrender is
received, reduced, in the case of full surrender, by the sum
of:
A. any applicable premium tax equivalents not previously
deducted;
B. any applicable Annuity Account Fee;
C. any applicable Contingent Deferred Sales Charge; and
D. any applicable accrued charges for partial withdrawals by
A and C above.
23
<PAGE>
DELAY OF PAYMENTS AND TRANSFERS
The Company reserves the right to suspend or postpone
payments or transfers for any period when:
1. the New York Stock Exchange is closed (other than
customary weekend and holiday closings);
2. trading on the New York Stock Exchange is restricted;
3. an emergency exists as a result of which disposal of
securities held in the Variable Account is not reasonably
practicable or it is not reasonably practicable to
determine the value of the Variable Account's net assets;
or
4. during any other period when the Commission, by order, so
permits for the protection of Owners.
The applicable rules and regulations of the Commission will
govern as to whether the conditions described in 2. and 3.
exist.
The Company reserves the right to defer the payment or
transfer of amounts withdrawn from any Fixed Account
Sub-Account for a period not to exceed six months from the
date written request for such withdrawal or transfer is
received by the Company. If payment or transfer is deferred
beyond thirty (30) days, the Company will pay interest of
not less than 3% per year on amounts so deferred.
In addition, payment of the amount of any withdrawal
derived, all or in part, from any Premium Payment paid to
the Company by check or draft may be postponed until the
Company determines the check or draft has been honored.
DEATH OF THE OWNER BEFORE THE ANNUITY DATE
In the event of death of the Owner (or the Annuitant, if the
Owner is a non-natural person) prior to the Annuity Date, a
death benefit is payable to the Beneficiary designated by
the Owner. The value of the death benefit will be determined
as of the Valuation Period next following the date both due
proof of death (a certified copy of the Death Certificate)
and a payment election are received by the Company. The
value of the death benefit is equal to the greatest of (a)
Premium Payments made, less partial withdrawals; (b) the
Annuity Account Value or (c) the Purchasers' Annuity Account
Value on the Seven Year Anniversary immediately preceding
the date that the death benefit election is effective or is
deemed to become effective, adjusted for any subsequent
Premium Payments and partial withdrawals and charges. If the
death benefit is payable after the Owner's (or Annuitant's)
85th birthday, the amount payable will be the greater of (a)
or (b) above. The Beneficiary may, at any time before the
end of the sixty (60) day period immediately following
receipt of due proof of death by the Company, elect the
death benefit to be paid as follows:
1. the payment of the entire death benefit within five years
of the date of the death of the Owner or Annuitant,
whichever is applicable; or
2. payment over the lifetime of the designated Beneficiary
or over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy
of the Beneficiary, with distribution beginning within
one year of the date of death of the Owner or Annuitant,
whichever is applicable (see "Annuity Provisions --
Annuity Options"); or
3. payment in accordance with one of the settlement options
under the Contract (see "Annuity Provisions -- Annuity
Options"); or
4. if the designated Beneficiary is the Owner's spouse,
he/she can continue the Contract in his/her own name.
Payment amounts may vary with their frequency and duration
(see "Annuity Provisions -- Annuity Options"). To the extent
that the Beneficiary elects a variable
24
<PAGE>
payment option, the Beneficiary will bear the investment
risk associated with the performance of the underlying
Fund(s) in which the relevant Variable Sub Account
invest(s).
If no payment option is elected, a single sum settlement
will be made by the Company within seven (7) days of the end
of the sixty (60) day period following receipt of due proof
of death of the Owner or Annuitant as applicable.
If the Owner is a non-natural person, then for purposes of
the death benefit, the Annuitant shall be treated as the
Owner.
DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT BEFORE THE ANNUITY DATE
If the Annuitant dies prior to the Annuity Date and the
Annuitant is different from the Owner, the Owner, if a
natural person, may designate a new Annuitant. Unless and
until one is designated, the Owner will be the Annuitant. If
the Owner is not a natural person, then the death benefit is
paid on the Annuitant's death.
DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT AFTER THE ANNUITY DATE
If the Annuitant dies after the Annuity Date, the death
benefit, if any, will be as specified in the Annuity Option
elected. The Company will require due proof of the
Annuitant's death. Death benefits will be paid at least as
rapidly as under the method of distribution in effect at the
Annuitant's death.
CHANGE IN OPERATION OF VARIABLE ACCOUNT
At the Company's election and if deemed in the best
interests of persons having voting rights under the
Contracts, the Variable Account may be operated as a
management company under the 1940 Act or any other form
permitted by law; de-registered under the 1940 Act in the
event registration is no longer required (deregistration of
the Variable Account requires an order by the Commission);
or combined with one or more other separate accounts. To the
extent permitted by applicable law, the Company also may
transfer the assets of the Variable Account associated with
the Contracts to another account or accounts. In the event
of any change in the operation of the Variable Account
pursuant to this provision, the Company may make appropriate
endorsement to the Contracts to reflect the change and take
such other action as may be necessary and appropriate to
effect the change.
MODIFICATION
Upon notice to the Owner (or the Payee(s) during the Annuity
Period), the Contracts may be modified by the Company if
such modification: (i) is necessary to make the Contracts or
the Variable Account comply with, or take advantage of, any
law or regulation issued by a governmental agency to which
the Company or the Variable Account is subject; or (ii) is
necessary to attempt to assure continued qualification of
the Contracts under the Code or other federal or state laws
relating to retirement annuities or annuity contracts; or
(iii) is necessary to reflect a change in the operation of
the Variable Account or its Sub-Account(s) (See "Change in
Operation of Variable Account"); or (iv) provides additional
Variable Account and/or fixed accumulation options. In the
event of any such modification, the Company may make
appropriate endorsement to the Contracts to reflect such
modification.
In addition, upon notice to the Owner, the Contracts may be
modified by the Company to change the withdrawal charges,
Annuity Account Fees, mortality and expense risk charges,
administrative expense charges, the tables used in
determining the amount of
25
<PAGE>
the first monthly fixed annuity payment, and the formula
used to calculate the Market Value Adjustment, provided that
such modification shall apply only to Contracts established
after the effective date of such modification. In order to
exercise its modification rights in these particular
instances, the Company must notify the Owner of such
modification in writing. All of the charges and the annuity
tables which are provided in the Contracts prior to any such
modification will remain in effect permanently, unless
improved by the Company, with respect to Contracts
established prior to the effective date of such
modification.
DISCONTINUANCE
The Company reserves the right to limit or discontinue the
offer and issuance of new Contracts. Such limitation or
discontinuance shall have no effect on rights or benefits
with respect to any Contracts issued prior to the effective
date of such limitation or discontinuance.
ANNUITY PROVISIONS
ANNUITY DATE; CHANGE IN ANNUITY DATE AND ANNUITY OPTION
The Owner selects an Annuity Date at the time of
application. The Owner may, upon at least thirty (30) days
prior written notice to the Company, at any time prior to
the Annuity Date, change the Annuity Date. The Annuity Date
must always be the first day of a calendar month. The
Annuity Date may not be later than the month following the
Annuitant's 90th birthday.
The Owner may, upon at least (30) days prior written notice
to the Company, at any time prior to the Annuity Date,
select and/or change the Annuity Option.
ANNUITY OPTIONS
Instead of having the proceeds paid in one sum, the Owner
may select one of the Annuity Options. These may be on a
fixed or variable basis, or a combination thereof. The
Annuity Option must be selected at least 30 days prior to
the Annuity Date. The Company may, at the time of election
of an Annuity Option, offer more favorable rates in lieu of
those guaranteed. The Company also may make available other
settlement options. The Company uses sex distinct or unisex
annuity rate tables when determining appropriate annuity
payments.
FIXED OPTIONS
Under a fixed option, once the selection has been made and
payments have begun, the amount of the payments will not
vary. The fixed options currently available are:
FIRST OPTION -- LIFE ANNUITY. The Company will make equal
monthly payments during the life of the Annuitant, ceasing
with the last payment due prior to the death of the
Annuitant. Under this option, it is possible only one
monthly annuity payment would be made, if the Annuitant died
before the second monthly annuity payment was due.
SECOND OPTION -- LIFE ANNUITY WITH CERTAIN PERIOD. The
Company will make equal monthly payments during the life of
the Annuitant, but at least for the minimum period shown in
the annuity tables contained in the Contract. The amount of
each monthly payment per $1,000 of proceeds is based on the
age and gender classification (in accordance with state law)
of the Annuitant when the first payment is made and on the
minimum period chosen.
THIRD OPTION -- LIFE ANNUITY WITH CASH REFUND. The Company
will make equal monthly payments during the life of the
Annuitant. Upon the death of the Annuitant, after
26
<PAGE>
payments have started, the Company will pay in one sum any
excess of the amount of the proceeds applied under this
Option over the total of all payments made under this
Option. The amount of each monthly payment per $1,000 of
proceeds is based on the age and gender (in accordance with
state law) of the Annuitant when the first payment is made.
FOURTH OPTION -- ANNUITY CERTAIN. The Company will make
equal monthly payments for a number of years selected, not
less than five or more than thirty years.
VARIABLE OPTIONS
The actual dollar amount of variable annuity payments is
dependent upon (i) the Annuity Account Value at the time of
annuitization, (ii) the annuity table specified in the
Contract, (iii) the Annuity Option selected, and (iv) the
investment performance of the Sub-Account selected. Each
annuity payment will be less if payments are to be made more
frequently or for longer periods of time.
The dollar amount of the first monthly variable annuity
payment is determined by applying the available value (after
deduction of any premium tax equivalents not previously
deducted) to the table using the age and gender (in
accordance with state law) of the Annuitant. The number of
Annuity Units is then determined by dividing this dollar
amount by the then current Annuity Unit value. Thereafter,
the number of Annuity Units remains unchanged during the
period of annuity payments. This determination is made
separately for each Sub-Account of the Variable Account. The
number of Annuity Units is determined for each Sub-Account
and is based upon the available value in each Sub-Account as
of the date annuity payments are to begin.
The dollar amount determined for each Sub-Account will then
be aggregated for purposes of making payments.
The dollar amount of the second and later variable annuity
payments is equal to the number of Annuity Units determined
for each Sub-Account times the Annuity Unit value for that
Sub-Account as of the due date of the payment. This amount
may increase or decrease from month to month.
The annuity tables contained in the Contract are based on a
three percent (3%) assumed net investment rate. If the
actual net investment rate exceeds three percent (3%),
payments will increase. Conversely, if the actual rate is
less than three percent (3%), annuity payments will
decrease.
The Annuitant receives the value of a fixed number of
Annuity Units each month. The value of a fixed number of
Annuity Units will reflect the investment performance of the
Sub-Account selected and the amount of each annuity payment
will vary accordingly.
The Annuity Unit Value for a Sub-Account is determined by
multiplying the Annuity Unit Value for that Sub-Account for
the preceding Valuation Period by the Net Investment Factor
for the current Valuation Period (calculated as described on
pages 17 and 18 of this Prospectus) and multiplying the
result by 0.999919020, the daily factor to neutralize the
assumed net investment rate, discussed above, of 3% per
annum which is built into the annuity rate table. It may
increase or decrease from Valuation Period to Valuation
Period.
The variable options currently available, assuming the
Annuity Account Value is at least $1,000 when variable
annuity payments commence, are:
OPTION I -- VARIABLE LIFE ANNUITY. Monthly annuity payments
are paid during the life of an Annuitant, ceasing with the
last annuity payment due prior to the Annuitant's death.
27
<PAGE>
OPTION II -- VARIABLE LIFE ANNUITY WITH CERTAIN
PERIOD. Monthly annuity payments are paid during the life of
an Annuitant, but at least for the minimum period selected,
which may be five, ten, fifteen or twenty years;
OPTION III -- VARIABLE ANNUITY CERTAIN. Monthly annuity
payments are paid for a number of years selected, not less
than five or more than thirty years. Under this Option III,
the Annuitant may elect at any time during the period that
all or a portion of future payments be commuted and paid in
a lump sum or applied under Option I or Option II, subject
to the Company's rules about minimum payment amounts.
After the Annuity Date, the payee may, by written request to
the Variable Products Service Center, exchange Annuity Units
of one Variable Sub-Account for Annuity Units of equivalent
value in another Variable Sub-Account up to three times each
Contract Year.
EVIDENCE OF SURVIVAL
The Company reserves the right to require evidence of the
survival of any Payee at the time any payment payable to
such Payee is due under the following Annuity Options: Life
Annuity (fixed), Life Annuity with Certain Period (fixed),
Cash Refund Life Annuity (fixed), Variable Life Annuity, and
Variable Life Annuity with Certain Period.
ENDORSEMENT OF ANNUITY PAYMENTS
The Company will make each annuity payment at its Home
Office by check. Each check must be personally endorsed by
the Payee or the Company may require that proof of the
Annuitant's survival be furnished.
THE FIXED ACCOUNT
THE FIXED ACCOUNT IS MADE UP OF THE GENERAL ASSETS OF THE
COMPANY OTHER THAN THOSE ALLOCATED TO ANY SEPARATE ACCOUNT.
THE FIXED ACCOUNT IS PART OF THE COMPANY'S GENERAL ACCOUNT.
BECAUSE OF APPLICABLE EXEMPTIVE AND EXCLUSIONARY PROVISIONS,
INTERESTS IN THE FIXED ACCOUNT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE "1933 ACT"), AND
NEITHER THE FIXED ACCOUNT NOR THE COMPANY'S GENERAL ACCOUNT
HAS BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE 1940 ACT. THEREFORE, NEITHER
THE FIXED ACCOUNT NOR ANY INTEREST THEREIN IS GENERALLY
SUBJECT TO REGULATION UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF THE 1933 ACT
OR THE 1940 ACT. ACCORDINGLY, THE COMPANY HAS BEEN ADVISED
THAT THE STAFF OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION HAS
NOT REVIEWED THE DISCLOSURE IN THIS PROSPECTUS RELATING TO
THE FIXED ACCOUNT.
The initial Premium Payment and any subsequent Premium
Payment(s) will be allocated to Sub-Accounts available in
connection with the Fixed Account to the extent elected by
the Owner at the time such payment is made. In addition, all
or part of the Owner's Annuity Account Value may be
transferred among Sub-Accounts available under the Contract
as described under "Transfer of Contract Values between
Sub-Accounts." At no time may the total premium invested
among the Fixed Sub-Accounts exceed $500,000. Instead of the
Owner's assuming all of the investment risk as is the case
for Premium Payments allocated to the Variable Account, the
Company guarantees it will credit interest of at least 3%
per year to amounts allocated to the Fixed Account.
Assets supporting amounts allocated to Sub-Accounts within
the Fixed Account become part of the Company's general
account assets and are available to fund the claims of all
creditors of the Company. All of the Company's general
account assets will be available to fund benefits under the
Contracts. The Owner does not participate in the investment
performance of the assets of the Fixed Account or the
Company's general account.
The Company will invest the assets of the general account in
those assets chosen by the Company and allowed by applicable
state laws regarding the nature and quality of
28
<PAGE>
investments that may be made by life insurance companies and
the percentage of their assets that may be committed to any
particular type of investment. In general, these laws permit
investments, within specified limits and subject to certain
qualifications, in federal, state and municipal obligations,
corporate bonds, preferred and common stocks, real estate
mortgages, real estate and certain other investments.
If the Account Value within a Fixed Account Sub-Account is
maintained for the duration of the Sub-Account's Guaranteed
Period, the Company guarantees that it will credit interest
to that amount at the guaranteed rate specified for the
Sub-Account which may but need not be more than 3% per year.
Any amount withdrawn from the Sub-Account prior to the
expiration of the Sub-Account's Guaranteed Period is subject
to a Market Value Adjustment (see "Market Value Adjustment")
and a Deferred Sales Charge, if applicable. The Company
guarantees, however, that a Contract will be credited with
interest at a rate of not less than 3% per year, compounded
annually, on amounts allocated to any Fixed Account
Sub-Account, regardless of any application of the Market
Value Adjustment (that is, the Market Value Adjustment will
not reduce the amount available for surrender, withdrawal or
transfer to an amount less than the initial amount allocated
or transferred to the Fixed Account Sub-Account plus
interest of 3% per year). The Company reserves the right to
defer the payment or transfer of amounts withdrawn from the
Fixed Account for a period not to exceed six (6) months from
the date a proper request for surrender, withdrawal or
transfer is received by the Company.
FIXED ACCUMULATION VALUE. The fixed accumulation value of an
Annuity Account, if any, for any Valuation Period is equal
to the sum of the values of all Fixed Account Sub-Accounts
which are part of the Annuity Account for such Valuation
Period.
GUARANTEED PERIODS. The Owner may elect to allocate Premium
Payments to one or more Sub-Accounts within the Fixed
Account. Each Sub-Account will maintain a Guaranteed Period
with a duration of one, three, five, seven or ten years.
Every Premium Payment allocated to a Fixed Account
Sub-Account starts a new Sub-Account with its own duration
and Guaranteed Interest Rate. The duration of the Guaranteed
Period will affect the Guaranteed Interest Rate of the
Sub-Account. Initial Premium Payments and subsequent Premium
Payments, or portions thereof, and transferred amounts
allocated to a Fixed Account Sub-Account, less any amounts
subsequently withdrawn, will earn interest at the Guaranteed
Interest Rate during the particular Sub-Account's Guaranteed
Period unless prematurely withdrawn prior to the end of the
Guaranteed Period. Initial Sub-Account Guaranteed Periods
begin on the date a Premium Payment is accepted or, in the
case of a transfer, on the effective date of the transfer,
and end on the date after the number of calendar years in
the Sub-Account's Guaranteed Period elected from the date on
which the amount was allocated to the Sub-Account (the
"Expiration Date"). Any portion of Annuity Account Value
allocated to a specific Sub-Account with a specified
Expiration Date (including interest earned thereon) will be
referred to herein as a "Guaranteed Period Amount." Interest
will be credited daily at a rate equivalent to the compound
annual rate. As a result of renewals and transfers of
portions of the Annuity Account Value described under
"Transfer of Contract Values between Sub-Accounts" below,
which will begin new Sub-Account Guaranteed Periods, amounts
allocated to Sub-Accounts of the same duration may have
different Expiration Dates. Thus each Guaranteed Period
Amount will be treated separately for purposes of
determining any applicable Market Value Adjustment (see
"Market Value Adjustment").
The Company will notify the Owner in writing at least 60
days prior to the Expiration Date for any Guaranteed Period
Amount. A new Sub-Account Guaranteed Period of the same
duration as the previous Sub-Account Guaranteed Period will
commence automatically at the end of the previous Guaranteed
Period unless the Company receives, following such
notification but prior to the end of such Guaranteed Period,
a
29
<PAGE>
written election by the Owner to transfer the Guaranteed
Period Amount to a different Fixed Account Sub-Account or to
a Variable Account Sub-Account from among those being
offered by the Company at such time. Transfers of any
Guaranteed Period Amount which become effective upon the
expiration of the applicable Guaranteed Period are not
subject to the twelve (or three) transfers per Contract Year
limitations or the additional Fixed Sub-Account transfer
restrictions (see "Transfer of Contract Values between Sub-
Accounts").
GUARANTEED INTEREST RATES. The Company periodically will
establish an applicable Guaranteed Interest Rate for each of
the Sub-Account Guaranteed Periods within the Fixed Account.
Current Guaranteed Interest Rates may be changed by the
Company frequently or infrequently depending on interest
rates on investments available to the Company and other
factors as described below, but once established, rates will
be guaranteed for the entire duration of the respective
Sub-Account's Guaranteed Period. However, any amount
withdrawn from the Sub-Account may be subject to any
applicable withdrawal charges, Annuity Account Fees, Market
Value Adjustment, premium taxes or other fees. Amounts
transferred out of a Fixed Account Sub-Account prior to the
end of the Guaranteed Period will be subject to the Market
Value Adjustment.
The Guaranteed Interest Rate will not be less than 3% per
year compounded annually, regardless of any application of
the Market Value Adjustment. The Company has no specific
formula for determining the rate of interest that it will
declare as a Guaranteed Interest Rate, as these rates will
be reflective of interest rates available on the types of
debt instruments in which the Company intends to invest
amounts allocated to the Fixed Account (see "The Fixed
Account"). In addition, the Company's management may
consider other factors in determining Guaranteed Interest
Rates for a particular Sub-Account including: regulatory and
tax requirements; sales commissions and administrative
expenses borne by the Company; general economic trends; and
competitive factors. THERE IS NO OBLIGATION TO DECLARE A
RATE IN EXCESS OF 3% PER YEAR; THE OWNER ASSUMES THE RISK
THAT DECLARED RATES WILL NOT EXCEED 3% PER YEAR. THE COMPANY
HAS COMPLETE DISCRETION TO DECLARE ANY RATE, SO LONG AS THAT
RATE IS AT LEAST 3% PER YEAR.
MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT
Any surrender or transfer of a Fixed Account Guaranteed
Period Amount, other than a surrender or transfer pursuant
to an election which becomes effective upon the Expiration
Date of the Guaranteed Period, will be subject to a Market
Value Adjustment ("MVA"). The MVA will be applied to the
amount being surrendered or transferred after deduction of
any applicable Annuity Account Fee and before deduction of
any applicable surrender charge.
The MVA generally reflects the relationship between the
Index Rate (based upon the Treasury Constant Maturity Series
published by the Federal Reserve) in effect at the time a
Premium Payment is allocated to a Sub-Account's Guaranteed
Period under the Contract and the Index Rate in effect at
the time of the Premium Payment's surrender or transfer. It
also reflects the time remaining in the Sub-Account's
Guaranteed Period. Generally, if the Index Rate at the time
of surrender or transfer is lower than the Index Rate at the
time the Premium Payment was allocated, then the application
of the MVA will result in a higher payment upon surrender or
transfer. Similarly, if the Index Rate at the time of
surrender or transfer is higher than the Index Rate at the
time the Premium Payment was allocated, the application of
the MVA will generally result in a lower payment upon
surrender or transfer.
30
<PAGE>
The MVA is computed by applying the following formula:
(1+A)N
(1+B)N
where:
A = an Index Rate (based on the Treasury Constant Maturity
Series published by the Federal Reserve) for a security with
time to maturity equal to the Sub-Account's Guaranteed
Period, determined at the beginning of the Guaranteed
Period.
B = an Index Rate (based on the Treasury Constant Maturity
Series published by the Federal Reserve) for a security with
time to maturity equal to the Sub-Account's Guaranteed
Period, determined at the time of surrender or transfer,
plus a 0.25% adjustment. If Index Rates "A" and "B" are
within .25% of each other when the index rate factor is
determined, no such percentage adjustment to "B" will be
made, unless otherwise required by state law. This
adjustment builds into the formula a factor representing
direct and indirect costs to the Company associated with
liquidating general account assets in order to satisfy
surrender requests. This adjustment of 0.25% has been added
to the denominator of the formula because it is anticipated
that a substantial portion of applicable general account
portfolio assets will be in relatively illiquid securities.
Thus, in addition to direct transaction costs, if such
securities must be sold (E.G., because of surrenders), the
market price may be lower. Accordingly, even if interest
rates decline, there will not be a positive adjustment until
this factor is overcome, and then any adjustment will be
lower than otherwise, to compensate for this factor.
Similarly, if interest rates rise, any negative adjustment
will be greater than otherwise, to compensate for this
factor. If interest rates stay the same, this factor will
result in a small but negative Market Value Adjustment.
N = The number of years remaining in the Guaranteed Period
(E.G. 1 year and 73 days = 1 + (73 divided by 365) = 1.2
years)
See the Statement of Additional information for examples of
the application of the Market Value Adjustment.
DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS
CIGNA Financial Advisors, Inc. ("CFA"), located at 900
Cottage Grove Road, Hartford, CT 06152, acts as the
principal underwriter and the distributor of the Contracts
as well as of variable life insurance policies and other
variable annuity contracts issued by the Company. CFA, a
registered broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Connecticut General
Corporation. The Contracts are offered on a continuous
basis. CFA and the Company may enter into agreements to sell
the Contracts through various broker-dealers whose agents
are licensed to sell the Contracts.
PERFORMANCE DATA
MONEY MARKET SUB-ACCOUNT
From time to time, the Money Market Sub-Account may
advertise its "yield" and "effective yield." Both yield
figures will be based on historical earnings and are not
intended to indicate future performance. The "yield" of the
Money Market Sub-Account refers to the income generated by
Annuity Account Values in the Money Market Sub-Account over
a seven-day period (which period will be stated in the
advertisement). This income is then "annualized." That is,
the amount of income generated by the investment during that
week is assumed to be generated each week over a 52-week
period and is shown as a percentage of the Annuity Account
Values in the Money Market Sub-Account. The "effective
yield" is calculated similarly but, when annualized,
31
<PAGE>
the income earned by Annuity Account Values in the Money
Market Sub-Account is assumed to be reinvested. The
"effective yield" will be slightly higher than the "yield"
because of the compounding effect of this assumed
reinvestment. The computation of the yield calculation
includes a deduction for the Mortality and Expense Risk
Charge, the Administrative Expense Charge, and the Annuity
Account Fee.
OTHER VARIABLE ACCOUNT SUB-ACCOUNTS
From time to time, the other Variable Account Sub-Accounts
may publish their current yields and total returns in
advertisements and communications to Owners. The current
yield for each Variable Account Sub-Account will be
calculated by dividing the annualization of the dividend and
interest income earned by the underlying Fund during a
recent 30-day period by the maximum Accumulation Unit value
at the end of such period. Total return information will
include the underlying Fund's average annual compounded rate
of return over the most recent four calendar quarters and
the period from the underlying Fund's inception of
operations, based upon the value of the Accumulation Units
acquired through a hypothetical $1,000 investment at the
Accumulation Unit value at the beginning of the specified
period and upon the value of the Accumulation Unit at the
end of such period, assuming reinvestment of all
distributions and the deduction of the Mortality and Expense
Risk Charge, the Administrative Expense Charge and the
Annuity Account Fee. Each Variable Account Sub-Account may
also advertise aggregate and average total return
information over different periods of time.
In each case, the yield and total return figures will
reflect all recurring charges against the Variable Account
Sub-Account's income, including the deduction for the
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge, the Administrative
Expense Charge and the Annuity Account Fee for the
applicable time period. Owners should note that the
investment results of each Sub-Account will fluctuate over
time, and any presentation of a Variable Account
Sub-Account's current yield or total return for any prior
period should not be considered as a representation of what
an investment may earn or what a Owner's yield or total
return may be in any future period. See "Historical
Performance Data" in the Statement of Additional
Information.
PERFORMANCE RANKING OR RATING
The performance of each or all of the Sub-Accounts of the
Variable Account may be compared in its advertising and
sales literature to the performance of other variable
annuity issuers in general or to the performance of
particular types of variable annuities investing in mutual
funds, or series of mutual funds with investment objectives
similar to each of the Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account.
Lipper Analytical Services, Inc. ("Lipper") Morningstar
Variable Annuity/Life Performance Report of Morningstar,
Inc. ("Morningstar") and the Variable Annuity Research and
Data Service ("VARDS-Registered Trademark-") are independent
services which monitor and rank or rate the performance of
variable annuity issuers in each of the major categories of
investment objectives on an industry-wide basis.
Lipper's rankings include variable life issuers as well as
variable annuity issuers. VARDS-Registered Trademark-
rankings compare only variable annuity issuers. Morningstar
ratings include mutual funds used by both variable life and
variable annuity issuers. The performance analyses prepared
by Lipper and VARDS-Registered Trademark- rank such issuers
on the basis of total return, assuming reinvestment of
distributions, but do not take sales charges, redemption
fees or certain expense deductions at the separate account
level into consideration. In addition,
VARDS-Registered Trademark- prepares risk-adjusted rankings,
which consider the effects of market risk on total return
performance. This type of ranking may address the question
as to
32
<PAGE>
which funds provide the highest total return with the least
amount of risk. Morningstar assigns ratings of zero to five
stars to the mutual funds taking into account primarily
historical performance and risk factors.
TAX STATUS
NOTE: THE FOLLOWING DESCRIPTION IS BASED UPON THE COMPANY'S
UNDERSTANDING OF CURRENT FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAW APPLICABLE
TO ANNUITIES IN GENERAL. THE COMPANY CANNOT PREDICT THE
PROBABILITY THAT ANY CHANGES IN SUCH LAWS WILL BE MADE.
OWNERS ARE CAUTIONED TO SEEK COMPETENT TAX ADVICE REGARDING
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH CHANGES. THE COMPANY DOES NOT
GUARANTEE THE TAX STATUS OF THE CONTRACTS. OWNERS BEAR THE
COMPLETE RISK THAT THE CONTRACTS MAY NOT BE TREATED AS
"ANNUITY CONTRACTS" UNDER FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS.
GENERAL
Section 72 of the Code governs taxation of annuities in
general. An Owner is not taxed on increases in the value of
a Contract until distribution occurs, either in the form of
a lump sum payment or as annuity payments under the
Settlement Option elected. For a lump sum payment received
as a total surrender (total redemption), the recipient is
taxed on the portion of the payment that exceeds the cost
basis of the Contract. For Non-Qualified Contracts, this
cost basis is generally the Premium Payments, while for
Qualified Contracts there may be no cost basis. The taxable
portion of the lump sum payment is taxed at ordinary income
tax rates.
For annuity payments, the taxable portion is determined by a
formula which establishes the ratio that the cost basis of
the Contract bears to the total value of annuity payments
for the term of the Contract. The taxable portion is taxed
at ordinary income rates. For certain types of Qualified
Plans there may be no cost basis in the Contract within the
meaning of Section 72 of the Code. Owners, Annuitants and
Beneficiaries under the Contracts should seek competent
financial advice about the tax consequences of any
distributions.
The Company is taxed as a life insurance company under
Subchapter L of the Code. For federal income tax purposes,
the Variable Account is not a separate entity from the
Company, and its operations form a part of the Company.
Accordingly, the Variable Account will not be taxed
separately as a "regulated investment company" under
Subchapter M of the Code. The Company does not expect to
incur any federal income tax liability with respect to
investment income and net capital gains arising from the
activities of the Variable Account retained as part of the
reserves under the Contract. Based on this expectation, it
is anticipated that no charges will be made against the
Variable Account for federal income taxes. If, in future
years, any federal income taxes or other economic burden are
incurred by the Company with respect to the Variable Account
or the Contracts, the Company may make a charge for any such
amounts that are attributable to the Variable Account.
DIVERSIFICATION
Section 817(h) of the Code imposes certain diversification
standards on the underlying assets of variable annuity
contracts. The Code provides that a variable annuity
contract will not be treated as an annuity contract for any
period (and any subsequent period) for which the investments
are not adequately diversified in accordance with
regulations prescribed by the United States Treasury
Department ("Treasury Department"). Disqualification of the
Contract as an annuity contract would result in imposition
of federal income tax to the Owner with respect to earnings
allocable to the Contract prior to the receipt of payments
under the Contract. The Code contains a safe harbor
provision which provides that annuity contracts such as the
Contracts meet the
33
<PAGE>
diversification requirements if, as of the end of each
quarter, the underlying assets meet the diversification
standards for a regulated investment company and no more
than fifty-five percent (55%) of the total assets consist of
cash, cash items, U.S. government securities and securities
of other regulated investment companies.
Treasury Department regulations (Treas. Reg. 1.817-5)
established diversification requirements for the investment
portfolios underlying variable contracts such as the
Contracts. The regulations amplify the diversification
requirements for variable contracts set forth in the Code
and provide an alternative to the safe harbor provision
described above. Under the regulations, an investment
portfolio will be deemed adequately diversified if: (1) no
more than 55% of the value of the total assets of the
portfolio is represented by any one investment; (2) no more
than 70% of the value of the total assets of the portfolio
is represented by any two investments; (3) no more than 80%
of the value of the total assets of the portfolio is
represented by any three investments; and (4) no more than
90% of the value of the total assets of the portfolio is
represented by any four investments.
The Code provides that for purposes of determining whether
or not the diversification standards imposed on the
underlying assets of variable contracts by Section 817(h) of
the Code have been met, "each United States government
agency or instrumentality shall be treated as a separate
issuer."
The Company intends, and the Trusts have undertaken, that
all Funds underlying the Contracts will be managed in such a
manner as to comply with these diversification requirements.
The Treasury Department has indicated that guidelines may be
forthcoming under which a variable annuity contract will not
be treated as an annuity contract for tax purposes if the
owner of the contract has excessive control over the
investments underlying the contract (i.e., by being able to
transfer values among sub-accounts with only limited
restrictions). The issuance of such guidelines may require
the Company to impose limitations on a Owner's right to
control the investment. It is not known whether any such
guidelines would have a retroactive effect.
DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS
Section 72(s) of the Code requires that in order to be
treated as an annuity contract for Federal income tax
purposes, any Nonqualified Contract must provide that (a) if
any Owner dies on or after the Annuity Date but prior to the
time the entire interest in the Contract has been
distributed, the remaining portion of such interest will be
distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of
distribution being used when the Owner died; and (b) if any
Owner dies prior to the Annuity Date, the entire interest in
the Contract will be distributed within five years after
such death. These requirements will be considered satisfied
as to any portion of the Owner's interest which is payable
to or for the benefit of a "designated beneficiary" and
which is distributed over the life of such "designated
beneficiary" or over a period not extending beyond the life
expectancy of that beneficiary, provided that such
distributions begin within one year of the Owner's death.
The Owner's "designated beneficiary" is the person
designated by such Owner as a Beneficiary and to whom
ownership of the Contract passes by reason of death and must
be a natural person. However, if the Owner's "designated
beneficiary" is the surviving spouse of the Owner, the
Contract may be continued with the surviving spouse as the
new Owner.
The Contracts contain provisions which are intended to
comply with the requirements of Section 72(s) of the Code,
although no regulations interpreting these requirements have
yet been issued. The Company intends to review such
provisions and modify them if necessary to try to assure
that they comply with the Section 72(s) requirements when
clarified by regulation or otherwise. Similar rules may
apply to a Qualified Contract.
34
<PAGE>
MULTIPLE CONTRACTS
The Code provides that multiple non-qualified annuity
Contracts which are issued during a calendar year to the
same Owner by one company or its affiliates are treated as
one annuity Contract for purposes of determining the tax
consequences of any distribution. Such treatment may result
in adverse tax consequences, including more rapid taxation
of the distributed amounts from such combination of
Contracts. Owners should consult a tax adviser prior to
purchasing more than one nonqualified annuity Contract in
any single calendar year.
TAX TREATMENT OF ASSIGNMENTS
An assignment or pledge of a Contract may be a taxable
event. Owners should therefore consult competent tax
advisers should they wish to assign their Contracts.
WITHHOLDING
Withholding of federal income taxes on the taxable portion
of all distributions may be required unless the recipient
elects not to have any such amounts withheld and properly
notifies the Company of that election. Different rules may
apply to United States citizens or expatriates living
abroad. Withholding is mandatory for certain distributions
from Qualified Contracts. In addition, some states have
enacted legislation requiring withholding.
SECTION 1035 EXCHANGES
Code Section 1035 generally provides that no gain or loss
shall be recognized on the exchange of one annuity contract
for another. If the surrendered contract was issued prior to
August 14, 1982, the tax rules that formerly provided that
the surrender was taxable only to the extent the amount
received exceeds the owner's investment in the contract will
continue to apply to amounts allocable to investment in the
contract before August 14, 1982. Special rules and
procedures apply to Code Section 1035 transactions.
Prospective purchasers wishing to take advantage of Code
Section 1035 should consult their tax advisers.
TAX TREATMENT OF WITHDRAWALS --
NON-QUALIFIED CONTRACTS
Section 72 of the Code governs the treatment of
distributions from annuity contracts. It provides that if
the Annuity Account Value exceeds the aggregate Premium
Payments made, any amount withdrawn will be treated as
coming first from the earnings and then, only after the
income portion is exhausted, as coming from the principal.
Withdrawn earnings are includable in gross income. It
further provides that a ten percent (10%) penalty will apply
to the income portion of any premature distribution.
However, the penalty is not imposed on amounts received: (a)
after the Payee reaches age 59 1/2; (b) after the death of
the Owner (or, if the Owner is a non-natural person, the
Annuitant); (c) if the Payee is totally disabled (for this
purpose disability is as defined in Section 72(m)(7) of the
Code); (d) in a series of substantially equal periodic
payments made not less frequently than annually for the life
(or life expectancy) of the Payee or for the joint lives (or
joint life expectancies) of the Payee and his/her
beneficiary; (e) under an immediate annuity; or (f) which
are allocable to Premium Payments made prior to August 14,
1982.
The above information does not apply, except where noted, to
Qualified Contracts. However, separate tax withdrawal
penalties and restrictions may apply to such Qualified
Contracts (See "Tax Treatment of Withdrawals -- Qualified
Contracts").
35
<PAGE>
QUALIFIED PLANS
The Contracts offered by this Prospectus are designed to be
suitable for use under various types of Qualified Plans.
Because of the minimum purchase payment requirements, these
Contracts may not be appropriate for some periodic payment
retirement plans. Taxation of participants in each Qualified
Plan varies with the type of plan and terms and conditions
of each specific plan. Owners, Annuitants and Beneficiaries
are cautioned that benefits under a Qualified Plan may be
subject to the terms and conditions of the plan regardless
of the terms and conditions of the Contracts issued pursuant
to the plan. Although the Company provides administration
for the Contract, it does not provide administrative support
for Qualified Plans. Following are general descriptions of
the types of Qualified Plans with which the Contracts may be
used. Such descriptions are not exhaustive and are for
general informational purposes only. The tax rules regarding
Qualified Plans are very complex and will have differing
applications, depending on individual facts and
circumstances. Each purchaser should obtain competent tax
advice prior to purchasing a Contract issued in connection
with a Qualified Plan.
Special favorable tax treatment may be available for certain
types of contributions and distributions (including special
rules for certain lump sum distributions). Adverse tax
consequences may result from contributions in excess of
specified limits, distributions prior to age 59 1/2 (subject
to certain exceptions), distributions that do not conform to
specified minimum distribution rules, aggregate
distributions in excess of a specified annual amount, and in
certain other circumstances. Therefore, the Company makes no
attempt to provide more than general information about use
of the Contract with the various types of qualified plans.
Purchasers and participants under qualified plans as well as
Annuitants, Payees and Beneficiaries are cautioned that the
rights of any person to any benefits under qualified plans
may be subject to the terms and conditions of the plan
themselves, regardless of the terms and conditions of the
Contract issued in connection therewith.
SECTION 403(b) PLANS
Under Section 403(b) of the Code, payments made by public
school systems and certain tax exempt organizations to
purchase annuity policies for their employees are excludable
from the gross income of the employee, subject to certain
limitations. However, such payments may be subject to FICA
(Social Security) taxes. Additionally, in accordance with
the requirements of the Code, Section 403(b) annuities
generally may not permit distribution of (i) elective
contributions made in years beginning after December 31,
1988, and (ii) earnings on those contributions and (iii)
earnings on amounts attributed to elective contributions
held as of the end of the last year beginning before January
1, 1989. Distributions of such amounts will be allowed only
upon the death of the employee, on or after attainment of
age 59 1/2, separation from service, disability, or
financial hardship, except that income attributable to
elective contributions may not be distributed in the case of
hardship.
INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITIES
Sections 219 and 408 of the Code permit individuals or their
employers to contribute to an individual retirement program
known as an "Individual Retirement Annuity" or an "IRA".
Individual Retirement Annuities are subject to limitation on
the amount which may be contributed and deducted and the
time when distributions may commence. In addition,
distributions from certain other types of qualified plans
may be placed into an Individual Retirement Annuity on a
tax-deferred basis.
36
<PAGE>
CORPORATE PENSION AND PROFIT-SHARING PLANS AND H.R. 10 PLANS
Section 401(a) and 403(a) of the Code permit corporate
employers to establish various types of retirement plans for
employees and self-employed individuals to establish
qualified plans for themselves and their employees. Such
retirement plans may permit the purchase of the Contracts to
provide benefits under the plans.
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLANS
Section 457 of the Code, while not actually providing for a
qualified plan as that term is normally used, provides for
certain deferred compensation plans with respect to service
for state governments, local governments, political
sub-divisions, agencies, instrumentalities and certain
affiliates of such entities and tax exempt organizations
which enjoy special treatment. The Contracts can be used
with such plans. Under such plans a participant may specify
the form of investment in which his or her participation
will be made. All such investments, however, are owned by,
and are subject to, the claims of the general creditors of
the sponsoring employer.
The above description of federal income tax consequences
pertaining to the different types of Qualified Plans that
may be funded by the Contracts is only a brief summary and
is not intended as tax advice. The rules governing the
provisions of Qualified Plans are extremely complex and
often difficult to comprehend. Anything less than full
compliance with the applicable rules, all of which are
subject to change, may have significant adverse tax
consequences. A prospective purchaser considering the
purchase of a Contract in connection with a Qualified Plan
should first consult a qualified and competent tax adviser
with regard to the suitability of the Contract as an
investment vehicle for the Qualified Plan.
TAX TREATMENT OF WITHDRAWALS --
QUALIFIED CONTRACTS
Section 72(t) of the Code imposes a 10% penalty tax on the
taxable portion of any distribution from qualified
retirement plans, including Contracts issued and qualified
under Code Sections 401, 403(b), 408 and 457. To the extent
amounts are not includable in gross income because they have
been properly rolled over to an IRA or to another eligible
Qualified Plan, no tax penalty will be imposed. The tax
penalty will not apply to the following distributions: (a)
if distribution is made on or after the date on which the
Payee reaches age 59 1/2; (b) distributions following the
death of the Owner or Annuitant (as applicable) or
disability of the Payee (for this purpose disability is as
defined in Section 72(m)(7) of the Code); (c) after
separation from service, distributions that are part of
substantially equal periodic payments made not less
frequently than annually for the life (or life expectancy)
of the Payee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies)
of such Payee and his/her designated beneficiary; (d)
distributions to a Payee who has separated from service
after attaining age 55; (e) distributions made to the extent
such distributions do not exceed the amount allowable as a
deduction under Code Section 213 to the Payee for amounts
paid during the taxable year for medical care: and (f)
distributions made to an alternate payee pursuant to a
qualified domestic relations order.
The exceptions stated in Items (d), (e) and (f) above do not
apply in the case of an Individual Retirement Annuity.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Audited financial statements of the Company as of December
31, 1995 and 1994 and for each of the three years in the
period ended December 31, 1995 are included in the Statement
of Additional Information, as are audited financial
statements for the Variable Account, which commenced
operations April 10, 1995.
37
<PAGE>
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
There are no legal proceedings to which the Variable
Account, the Distributor or the Company is a party except
for routine litigation which the Company does not believe is
relevant to the Contracts offered by this Prospectus.
TABLE OF CONTENTS OF THE
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
A Statement of Additional Information is available (at no cost) which contains
more details concerning some subjects discussed in this Prospectus. The
following is the Table of Contents for that Statement:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE
<S> <C>
THE CONTRACTS-GENERAL PROVISIONS................ 3
The Contracts................................. 3
Loans......................................... 3
Non-Participating Contracts................... 3
Misstatement of Age........................... 3
Variable Accumulation Unit Value and
Variable Accumulation Value.................. 3
Net Investment Factor......................... 4
SAMPLE CALCULATIONS AND TABLES.................. 4
Variable Account Unit Value Calculations...... 4
Withdrawal Charge and Market Value Adjustment
Tables....................................... 5
STATE REGULATION OF THE COMPANY................. 6
<CAPTION>
TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE
<S> <C>
ADMINISTRATION.................................. 7
PERIODIC REPORTS................................ 7
DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS................... 7
CUSTODY OF ASSETS............................... 7
HISTORICAL PERFORMANCE DATA..................... 8
Money Market Sub-Account Yield................ 8
Other Sub-Account Yields...................... 8
Total Returns................................. 9
Other Performance Data........................ 10
LEGAL MATTERS................................... 10
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS............................... 10
EXPERTS......................................... 10
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS............................ 10
</TABLE>
38
<PAGE>
APPENDIX 1
COST OF OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFITS
- ------------------------------------------------------------
SIMPLIFIED EXAMPLE
Contract Owner: Mrs. Smith, female, age 57
Death Benefit Choice: D (annual step-up)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
GUARANTEED
DATE ACCOUNT VALUE* DEATH BENEFIT AMOUNT AT RISK
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 15, Yr. 1 $30,000 $30,000 $0.00
(New contract --
date policy is in
force)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May 15, Yr. 2 $40,000 $40,000 $0.00
(First contract (Death benefit
anniversary steps up.)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
June 15, Yr. 2 $30,000 $40,000 Guar. Death Bene. equals: $40,000
(Last day of month. (Market correction has Account Value equals: -$30,000
Account is assessed occurred. Account value AMOUNT AT RISK EQUALS: $10,000
for death benefit has fallen below (Client WILL be charged for
charges.) guaranteed death benefit.) death benefit this month.)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
July 15, Yr. 2 $40,000 $40,000 Guar. Death Bene. equals: $40,000
(One month later.) (Market recovers. Account Account Value equals: -$40,000
value has increased.) AMOUNT AT RISK EQUALS: $0.00
(Client will NOT be charged for
death benefit this month.)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
In the case shown above, the Amount at Risk on June 15, calendar month Yr. 2 or
policy month would be $10,000. Now refer to the chart below, also found in the
ACCRU Variable Annuity prospectus on page 23. A 60 year old female will pay
$8.34 per thousand of Amount at Risk. 10 X 8.34 = $83.40. That amount is an
annual charge. It is divided by 12 to determine the monthly charge of $6.95.
In the example above, no Amount at Risk exists on July 15, Yr. 2. The client
will NOT be charged for death benefit that month. However a market recovery in
June will not affect a death benefit charge already accrued for May. That charge
is fixed and will appear on the client's annual statement at the end of the
year.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
COST OF OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT(S)
ACTUAL RATE PER $1,000
OF AMOUNT AT RISK
----------------------------------
ATTAINED AGE MALE FEMALE UNISEX
- ----------------------------------------------- ---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Less than 40................................... $ 2.40 $ 1.99 $ 2.20
40-45.......................................... 3.02 2.54 2.78
46-50.......................................... 4.92 4.02 4.47
51-55.......................................... 7.30 5.70 6.50
56-60.......................................... 11.46 8.34 9.90
61-65.......................................... 17.54 11.55 14.55
66-70.......................................... 27.85 18.19 23.02
71-75.......................................... 43.30 27.57 35.44
76-80.......................................... 70.53 47.33 58.93
81-85.......................................... 117.25 87.04 102.15
86-90.......................................... 179.55 147.37 163.46
</TABLE>
*After $35 account fee is applied.
39
<PAGE>
(This page has been left blank intentionally.)
<PAGE>
PART C. OTHER INFORMATION
<PAGE>
ITEM 24. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS*
* All exhibits, except exhibits (b)(4), (b)(5) and (b)(10), are
incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to this Form
N-4 Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933 (File No.
33-83020) filed June 21, 1995.
(a) Financial Statements
(1) Registrant (to be filed by amendment)
(2) Depositor (to be filed by amendment)
(A) Statements of Income and Retained Earnings for the Years Ended
December 31, 1995, 1994, and 1993.
(B) Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1995 and 1994.
(C) Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994
and 1993.
(b) Exhibits
(1) Resolution of Board of Directors Authorizing Establishment of
Registrant*
(2) Not Applicable
(3) Form of Selling Agreement among Connecticut General Life Insurance
Company, CIGNA Financial Advisors, Inc. as principal underwriter, and
selling dealers.*
(4a) Form of Connecticut General Life Insurance Company Variable Annuity
Contract Form Number AN 421A, together with Form of Certificate Form
Number AN 422A Optional Methods of Settlement Riders (Form Numbers AR
421X, AR 421X-U, AR 422 and AR 422).*
(5) Forms of Application Which May Be Used in Connection with the Contract
and Certificate Shown As Exhibits (4) and (4a) (Form Numbers B 10279,
10280 and 10281)*
(6) (A) Certificate of Incorporation (Charter) of Connecticut General Life
Insurance Company, as amended*
(B) By-Laws of Connecticut General Life Insurance Company*
(7) Not Applicable
(8) Not Applicable
(9) Opinion of Robert A. Picarello, Esq., Chief Counsel of Connecticut
General Life Insurance Company*
(10) (A) Consent of Independent Accountants (to be filed by amendment)
(B) Consent of Counsel (included in Exhibit 9)
(11) Not Applicable
(12) Not Applicable
(13) To be filed by amendment.
(14) Not Applicable
* Previously Filed.
1
<PAGE>
ITEM 25. DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF THE DEPOSITOR
The principal business address of each of the directors and officers of
Connecticut General Life Insurance Company (the "Company") is the company's Home
Office, 900 Cottage Grove Road, Hartford, Connecticut 06152.
DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF DEPOSITOR
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME POSITIONS AND OFFICES WITH DEPOSITOR
- ----------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
Thomas C. Jones President (Principal Executive Officer)
James T. Kohan Vice President and Actuary (Principal Financial Officer)
Robert Moose Vice President (Principal Accounting Officer)
David C. Kopp Corporate Secretary
Harold W. Albert Director
S. Tyrone Alexander Director
Martin A. Brennan Director
Robert W. Burgess Director
John G. Day Director
Lawrence P. English Director
Joseph M. Fitzgerald Director
Patricia L. Rowland Director
Arthur C. Reeds, III Director
W. Allen Schaffer, MD Director
John Wilkinson Director
</TABLE>
ITEM 26. PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH THE DEPOSITOR OR
REGISTRANT
Incorporated by reference to Item 26 of Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to
the Form N-4 Registration Statement of CG Variable Annuity Separate Account II
(File No. 33-83020) filed April 28, 1995 is a chart of persons controlled by or
under common control with the Depositor. The consolidated financial statements
of the Depositor include the accounts of the Depositor and its wholly-owned
subsidiaries.
2
<PAGE>
ITEM 27. NUMBER OF PURCHASERS
To be added by amendment.
ITEM 28. INDEMNIFICATION
The answer to this Item 28 is incorporated by reference to Item 28 of
Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to this Form N-4 Registration Statement under the
Securities Act of 1933 (File No. 33-83020), filed June 21, 1995.
ITEM 29. PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITER
The Registrant's principal underwriter is CIGNA Financial Advisors, Inc.
("CFA"). CFA also acts as principal underwriter of Connecticut General Life
Insurance Company's CG Variable Annuity Separate Account, a registered unit
investment trust issuing variable annuity contracts, CG Variable Life Insurance
Separate Account I, a registered unit investment trust issuing variable life
insurance policies, CIGNA Life Insurance Company's CIGNA Variable Annuity
Separate Account I, a registered unit investment trust issuing variable annuity
contracts, and a separate account of Connecticut General Life Insurance Company
issuing variable life insurance contracts not required to be registered under
the Investment Company Act of 1940. CFA's address is 900 Cottage Grove Road,
Hartford, Connecticut 06152.
DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITER
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME POSITIONS AND OFFICES WITH UNDERWRITER
- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
Edward M. Berube President and Director
Karen Goldman Director
John Wilkinson Director
Roy H. Bubbs Vice President
Robert F. Clark Vice President
Karen R. Matheson Vice President
Allan P. Wick Vice President and Treasurer
Robert A. Picarello Chief Counsel and Assistant Secretary
Robert B. Pinkham Assistant Vice President
David C. Kopp Secretary
David A. Carlson Assistant Secretary
Howard R. Loos Assistant Secretary
Tina L. O'Connor Assistant Secretary
Pamela S. Williams Assistant Secretary
Charlotte J. Cardone Assistant Treasurer
Gail B. Marcus Assistant Treasurer
</TABLE>
ITEM 30. LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS
The records required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the Investment
Company Act of 1940 and Rules 31a-1 to 31a-3 promulgated thereunder are
maintained by Connecticut General Life Insurance Company at its Home Office at
900 Cottage Grove Road, Hartford, CT 06152.
ITEM 31. MANAGEMENT SERVICES
All management policies are discussed in Part A or Part B.
ITEM 32. UNDERTAKINGS
(a) Registrant undertakes that it will file a post effective amendment to
this registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 as frequently as
necessary to ensure that the audited financial statements in the registration
statement are never more than 16 months old for so long as Premium Payments
under the Contracts may be accepted.
3
<PAGE>
(b) Registrant undertakes that it will include either (i) a
postcard or similar written communication affixed to or
included in the Prospectus that the applicant can remove to
send for a Statement of Additional Information or (ii) a
space in the Contract application that an applicant can
check to request a Statement of Additional Information.
(c) Registrant undertakes to deliver promptly, upon written
or oral request made to Connecticut General Life Insurance
Company at the address or phone number listed in the
Prospectus, any Statement of Additional Information and any
financial statements required by Form N-4 to be made
available to applicants or owners.
SECTION 403(b) REPRESENTATION
Registrant represents that it is relying on a no-action letter dated
November 28, 1988, to the American Council of Life Insurance (Ref. No. IP-6-88),
regarding Sections 22(e), 27(c)(1) and 27(d) of the Investment Company Act of
1940, in connection with redeemability restrictions on Section 403(b) Contracts,
and that paragraphs numbered (1) through (4) of that letter will be complied
with.
4
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
As required by the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of
1940, the Registrant has duly caused this Post-Effective Amendment No. 4 to its
Registration Statement on Form N-4 to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Town of Bloomfield and State of
Connecticut on the 16th day of February, 1996.
CG VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT
II
(Name of Registrant)
By: /s/ THOMAS C. JONES
-----------------------------------
Thomas C. Jones
PRESIDENT
CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE
COMPANY
CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE
COMPANY
(Name of Depositor)
By: /s/ THOMAS C. JONES (Seal)
-----------------------------------
Thomas C. Jones
PRESIDENT
As required by the Securities Act of 1933, this Post-Effective Amendment No.
4 to this Registration Statement (File No. 33-83020) has been signed below on
February 16, 1996 by the following persons, as officers and directors of the
Depositor, in the capacities indicated.
SIGNATURE TITLE
- ----------------------------------- -----------------------------------
/S/ THOMAS C. JONES
- ----------------------------------- President (Principal Executive
Thomas C. Jones Officer)
/S/ JAMES T. KOHAN*
- ----------------------------------- Vice President and Actuary
James T. Kohan (Principal Financial Officer)
/S/ ROBERT MOOSE*
- ----------------------------------- Vice President
Robert Moose (Principal Accounting Officer)
/S/ HAROLD W. ALBERT*
- ----------------------------------- Director
Harold W. Albert
/S/ MARTIN A. BRENNAN*
- ----------------------------------- Director
Martin A. Brennan
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<C> <S>
/S/ ROBERT W. BURGESS*
- ----------------------------------- Director
Robert W. Burgess
/S/ JOHN G. DAY*
- ----------------------------------- Director
John G. Day
/S/ LAWRENCE P. ENGLISH*
- ----------------------------------- Director
Lawrence P. English
/S/ JOSEPH M. FITZGERALD*
- ----------------------------------- Director
Joseph M. Fitzgerald
/S/ ARTHUR C. REEDS, III*
- ----------------------------------- Director
Arthur C. Reeds, III
/S/ PATRICIA L. ROWLAND*
- ----------------------------------- Director
Patricia L. Rowland
/S/ W. ALLEN SCHAFFER, MD*
- ----------------------------------- Director
W. Allen Schaffer, MD
*By /s/ ROBERT A.
PICARELLO
- ----------------------------------
Robert A. Picarello
ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
(A Majority of the Directors)
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
POWER OF ATTORNEY*
We, the undersigned directors and officers of Connecticut General Life
Insurance Company, hereby severally constitute and appoint David C. Kopp and
Robert A. Picarello, and each of them individually, our true and lawful
attorneys-in-fact, with full power to them and each of them to sign for us, in
our names and in the capacities indicated below, any and all amendments to
Registration Statement No. 33-83020 filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, hereby ratifying and confirming our
signatures as they may be signed by either of our attorneys-in-fact to any such
Registration Statement.
WITNESS our hands and common seal on this 31st day of May, 1995.
SIGNATURE TITLE
- ----------------------------------- -----------------------------------
/S/ THOMAS C. JONES
- ----------------------------------- President (Principal Executive
Thomas C. Jones Officer)
/S/ JAMES T. KOHAN
- ----------------------------------- Vice President and Actuary
James T. Kohan (Principal Financial Officer)
/S/ ROBERT MOOSE
- ----------------------------------- Vice President
Robert Moose (Principal Accounting Officer)
/S/ HAROLD W. ALBERT
- ----------------------------------- Director
Harold W. Albert
/S/ S. TYRONE ALEXANDER
- ----------------------------------- Director
S. Tyrone Alexander
/S/ MARTIN A. BRENNAN
- ----------------------------------- Director
Martin A. Brennan
/S/ ROBERT W. BURGESS
- ----------------------------------- Director
Robert W. Burgess
/S/ JOHN G. DAY
- ----------------------------------- Director
John G. Day
/S/ R. CHRIS DOERR
- ----------------------------------- Director
R. Chris Doerr
* Previously filed as part of Post-Effective Amendment No. 3 to this
registration statement and incorporated by reference thereto.
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<C> <S>
/S/ LAWRENCE P. ENGLISH
- ----------------------------------- Director
Lawrence P. English
/S/ JOSEPH M. FITZGERALD
- ----------------------------------- Director
Joseph M. Fitzgerald
/S/ ARTHUR C. REEDS, III
- ----------------------------------- Director
Arthur C. Reeds, III
/S/ W. ALLEN SCHAFFER, MD
- ----------------------------------- Director
W. Allen Schaffer, MD
/S/ PATRICIA L. ROWLAND
- ----------------------------------- Director
Patricia L. Rowland
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
Connecticut General Life Insurance Company
A Stock Company Home Office Location: 900 Cottage Grove Road
Bloomfield, Connecticut
MAILING ADDRESS: CIGNA INDIVIDUAL INSURANCE
VARIABLE PRODUCTS SERVICE CENTER - ROUTING S249
HARTFORD, CT 06152-2249
The Company agrees with the Contract Owner to provide the benefits in this
contract.
RIGHT TO EXAMINE CONTRACT. The contract may be returned to the insurance agent
through whom it was purchased or to the Company via the Variable Products
Service Center within 10 days after its receipt (20 days after its receipt where
required by law for a contract issued in replacement of another contract). If
the contract is so returned, it will be deemed void from the Date of Issue, and
the Company will refund the Premium Payment(s) as provided plus or minus any
investment gains or losses under the contract as of the date the returned
contract is mailed or delivered to the agent through whom it was purchased or
the date it is delivered or mailed to the Company, unless required otherwise by
law.
The contract is governed by the laws of the jurisdiction of issue and is issued
and accepted subject to the terms set forth on this page and on the following
pages which are made a part of the contract. In consideration of the
application for it, this contract is executed by Connecticut General Life
Insurance Company as of its Date of Issue.
Registrar /s/ Thomas C. Jones
PRESIDENT
PAYMENTS AND VALUES BASED ON THE FIXED ACCOUNT ARE SUBJECT TO A MARKET VALUE
ADJUSTMENT FORMULA, THE OPERATION OF WHICH MAY RESULT IN UPWARD AND DOWNWARD
ADJUSTMENTS IN AMOUNTS PAYABLE, INCLUDING WITHDRAWALS AND TRANSFERS. PAYMENTS
MADE FROM THE FIXED ACCOUNT PURSUANT TO AN ELECTION WHICH BECOMES EFFECTIVE AT
THE END OF A GUARANTEED PERIOD AND PAYMENTS MADE UNDER THE "ANNUITY BENEFIT"
PROVISIONS AND UNDER THE "PENALTY-FREE ANNUITIZATION" PROVISION ARE NOT SUBJECT
TO THE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT. PAYMENTS MADE UNDER THE "DEATH BENEFIT"
PROVISIONS ARE NOT SUBJECT TO ANY NEGATIVE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT.
ALL PAYMENTS AND VALUES PROVIDED BY THIS CONTRACT WHEN BASED ON THE INVESTMENT
EXPERIENCE OF THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT ARE VARIABLE AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED AS TO
DOLLAR AMOUNT.
USE OF CONTRACT. This contract is available for retirement and deferred
compensation plans some of which may qualify for special tax treatment under
various sections of the Internal Revenue Code.
FLEXIBLE PAYMENT DEFERRED GROUP VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACT
WITH FIXED AND VARIABLE ACCOUNTS - NON-PARTICIPATING
THIS IS A LEGAL CONTRACT BETWEEN THE CONTRACT OWNER AND THE COMPANY
READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY.
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
SCHEDULE OF CHARGES, EXPENSES AND FEES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
DEFINITIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
PREMIUM PAYMENT PROVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Premium Payments
Allocation of Premium Payments
Annuity Account Continuation
Minimum Value Requirements
OWNERSHIP, ASSIGNMENT AND BENEFICIARY PROVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Certificate Owner
Rights of Certificate Owner
Transfer of Certificate Ownership
Assignment
Beneficiary
Change of Beneficiary
FIXED AND VARIABLE ACCOUNTS PROVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Fixed Account and Sub-Accounts
Variable Account and Sub-Accounts
Investment Risk
Investments of the Variable Account Sub-Accounts
Substituted Securities
VALUES DURING ACCUMULATION PERIOD PROVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Part A - Fixed Account Value
Guaranteed Periods
Guaranteed Interest Rates
Fixed Accumulation Value
Minimum Surrender Value
Part B - Variable Account Value
Crediting Variable Accumulation Units
Variable Accumulation Unit Value
Variable Accumulation Value
Net Investment Factor
Part C - General
Annuity Account
Transfer Privilege
Annuity Account Fee
CASH WITHDRAWALS, WITHDRAWAL CHARGES AND MARKET VALUE
ADJUSTMENT PROVISIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Cash Withdrawals
Withdrawal Charges
Market Value Adjustment
2
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)
PENALTY-FREE WITHDRAWALS, TRANSFERS AND ANNUITIZATION PROVISIONS . . . . 18
Penalty-Free Partial Withdrawals or Transfers
Full or Partial Withdrawals and Transfers at the End of a Guaranteed Period
Waiver of Withdrawal Charge and/or Market Value Adjustment on
Death or Annuity Date
Penalty-Free Annuitization
BENEFIT PROVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Annuity Benefit
Annuity Date
Election and Effective Date of Election with Respect to Annuity Benefit
Determination of Amount
Income Payment Benefits
Death Benefit
Election and Effective Date of Election with Respect to Death Benefit
Payment of Death Benefit
Amount of Death Benefit
Section 72(s)
GENERAL PROVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
The Contract
Individual Certificates
Modification of Contract or Certificate
Non-Participation
Loans
Determination of Values
Endorsement of Income Payments
Misstatement of Age
Claims of Creditors
Periodic Reports
Followed by Optional Methods of Settlement and any Riders
Note: Pages 4, 6, and 8 are intentionally "blank."
3
<PAGE>
CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS
ANNUITANT PER EACH CERTIFICATE SPECIMEN CONTRACT NUMBER
AUGUST 1, 1995 DATE OF ISSUE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FORM BENEFIT
AN421 FLEXIBLE PAYMENT DEFERRED GROUP VARIABLE ANNUITY
WITH FIXED AND VARIABLE ACCOUNTS
INITIAL PREMIUM PAYMENT ALLOCATION: PER EACH CERTIFICATE
FIXED ACCOUNT - SUB-ACCOUNTS
PERCENTAGE ADJUSTMENT TO INDEX RATE "B": .25%
INITIAL GUARANTEED PERIOD 1 YEAR
INITIAL GUARANTEED PERIOD 3 YEARS
INITIAL GUARANTEED PERIOD 5 YEARS
INITIAL GUARANTEED PERIOD 7 YEARS
INITIAL GUARANTEED PERIOD 10 YEARS
VARIABLE ACCOUNT - SUB-ACCOUNTS (FUNDS)
FIDELITY INVESTMENTS
VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUND
EQUITY-INCOME PORTFOLIO
MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO
VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUND II
ASSET MANAGER PORTFOLIO
INVESTMENT GRADE BOND PORTFOLIO
FRED ALGER MANAGEMENT, INC.
ALGER AMERICAN FUND
ALGER AMERICAN GROWTH PORTFOLIO
ALGER AMERICAN LEVERAGED ALLCAP PORTFOLIO
ALGER AMERICAN MIDCAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO
ALGER AMERICAN SMALL CAPITALIZATION PORTFOLIO
MASSACHUSETTS FINANCIAL SERVICES
VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST
MFS TOTAL RETURN SERIES
MFS UTILITIES SERIES
MFS WORLD GOVERNMENTS SERIES
(Continued on Page 5.1)
5
<PAGE>
CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS (CONTINUED)
ANNUITANT PER EACH CERTIFICATE SPECIMEN CONTRACT NUMBER
AUGUST 1, 1995 DATE OF ISSUE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NEUBERGER & BERMAN
NEUBERGER & BERMAN ADVISERS MANAGEMENT TRUST
AMT BALANCED PORTFOLIO
AMT LIMITED MATURITY BOND PORTFOLIO
AMT PARTNERS PORTFOLIO
QUEST FOR VALUE
QUEST FOR VALUE ACCUMULATION TRUST
QUEST GLOBAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO
QUEST MANAGED PORTFOLIO
QUEST SMALL CAP PORTFOLIO
LIMITATIONS ON TRANSFERS FROM FIXED ACCOUNT: ONLY ONE SUCH TRANSFER ALLOWED PER
CERTIFICATE YEAR FROM EACH SUB-ACCOUNT, AND THE AMOUNT(S) TRANSFERRED MAY NOT
EXCEED 15% OF PREMIUM PAYMENT(S) MADE TO THE APPLICABLE SUB-ACCOUNT(S) OR THE
PORTION REMAINING THEREOF IN THE APPLICABLE SUB-ACCOUNT(S), IF LESS.
THIS CONTRACT IS FOR USE WITH "CG VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT II": A
CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY SEPARATE INVESTMENT ACCOUNT WHICH WAS
ESTABLISHED ON JANUARY 25, 1994.
CONTRACT OWNER: CIGNA VARIABLE PRODUCTS TRUST (DATED 06/07/95)
CERTIFICATE OWNER: PER EACH CERTIFICATE
BENEFICIARY: PER EACH CERTIFICATE
JURISDICTION OF ISSUE: RHODE ISLAND
5.1
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE OF CHARGES, EXPENSES AND FEES
Annuity Account Fee: Under each certificate the Annuity Account Fee is $30 per
Certificate Year and will be deducted on the last Valuation Date of each
Certificate Year. The Annuity Account Fee, however, will be waived for any year
for which the Annuity Account Value equals or exceeds $100,000 as of the last
Valuation Date of such Certificate Year.
Withdrawal Charges: The Withdrawal charges applicable under each certificate
are as follows:
Withdrawal Charge
Against Premium Pay- Year
ment Withdrawn Applicable
-------------- ----------
7% During 1st year since Premium Payment Accepted
6% During 2nd year since Premium Payment Accepted
5% During 3rd year since Premium Payment Accepted
4% During 4th year since Premium Payment Accepted
3% During 5th year since Premium Payment Accepted
2% During 6th year since Premium Payment Accepted
1% During 7th year since Premium Payment Accepted
0% Thereafter
Each Subsequent Premium Payment will be subject to its own 7-year period.
Any Withdrawal from the Fixed Account prior to the end of a Guaranteed Period
may also be subject to a Market Value Adjustment which may increase, decrease,
or have no affect on the applicable account value(s). A Market Value Adjustment
would not apply to a withdrawal effective at the end of a Guaranteed Period.
Withdrawal charges are not applicable to certain partial withdrawals of 15% or
less of Premium Payments annually. Withdrawal charges and a Market Value
Adjustment are not applicable to annuitization of a certificate at any time, and
no negative Market Value Adjustment is applicable to payment of the Death
Benefit. (See "Penalty-Free Withdrawals, Transfers and Annuitization
Provisions.")
Asset Charges: Mortality and Expense Risk Charge is a charge equal to an
effective annual rate of 1.25% of the daily net assets of the Variable Account.
Administrative Expense Charge is a charge equal to an effective annual rate of
.15% of the daily net assets of the Variable Account. These charges are
deducted from the Variable Account Value of each certificate at the end of each
Valuation Period.
In addition, Daily Fund Operating Expenses will be applied by each Fund as set
forth in the prospectus for the applicable Fund(s).
(Continued on Page 7.1)
7
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE OF CHARGES, EXPENSES AND FEES (Continued)
Taxes: Premium tax equivalents (including any related retaliatory taxes), if
any, and any other taxes due under each certificate will be deducted if
applicable. It is currently the Company's practice to deduct such taxes, if
any, at the time the Annuity Account Value, or any portion thereof, becomes
payable.
7.1
<PAGE>
DEFINITIONS
ACCUMULATION PERIOD. The period from the Certificate Date of a certificate to
(a) its Annuity Date, (b) the date on which the Death Benefit becomes payable,
or (c) the date on which the certificate is surrendered or annuitized, whichever
is earliest.
ANNUITANT. The person on whose life the first Income Payment is to be made upon
the annuitization of a certificate. The Annuitant is the person designated in
the Certificate Specifications and will remain the Annuitant under the
certificate unless the Certificate Owner exercises the right to change the
Annuitant as set forth in the "Rights of Certificate Owner" provision. If prior
to the Annuity Date, the Annuitant predeceases the Certificate Owner, the
Certificate Owner will then become the Annuitant until such time as the
Certificate Owner exercises the right to designate a new Annuitant as set forth
in the "Rights of Certificate Owner" provision. A request for change of
Annuitant must be in writing to the Company at its Variable Products Service
Center's Mailing Address and will not take effect until recorded by the Company.
ANNUITY ACCOUNT. The account which is comprised of the Fixed and Variable
Accounts with respect to a certificate.
ANNUITY ACCOUNT VALUE. The account value which at any time equals the sum of
all the then current values of the Fixed and Variable Accounts with respect to a
certificate. Applicable premium taxes, if any, will be deducted when the
Annuity Account Value amount to be applied under the Annuity Benefit, Death
Benefit, Cash Withdrawals or Penalty-Free Withdrawal and Annuitization
provisions is determined.
ANNUITY DATE. The date on which Income Payments begin upon the annuitization of
a certificate.
CERTIFICATE DATE. The date a certificate takes effect.
CERTIFICATE OWNER (OR "OWNER"). The Certificate Owner is defined under
"Ownership, Assignment and Beneficiary Provisions." The term "Owner," by
itself, shall mean Certificate Owner.
CERTIFICATE YEARS AND CERTIFICATE ANNIVERSARIES. All Certificate Years and
Certificate Anniversaries are 12 month periods measured from a Certificate Date.
CONTRACT OWNER. The person or entity designated in the Contract Specifications.
DATE OF ISSUE. The date on which this contract becomes effective.
DUE PROOF OF DEATH. An original certified copy of an official death
certificate, an original certified copy of a decree of a court of competent
jurisdiction as to the finding of death, or any other proof of death
satisfactory to the Company.
EXPIRATION DATE(S). The date(s) on which Guaranteed Period(s), if any, end.
FIXED ACCOUNT. The term "Fixed Account" under each certificate means all Sub-
Account(s) associated with Guaranteed Period(s) and Guaranteed Interest Rate(s).
Fixed Account assets are general assets of the Company and are distinguishable
from those allocated to a separate account of the Company.
FUND(S). The Portfolio(s) of Fund Group(s) whose shares are acquired for the
Variable Account Sub-Accounts in which Premium Payments or Transfers may be
invested.
FUND GROUP(S). The open-end management investment companies (mutual funds)
registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (hereinafter
referred as the "1940 Act"), one or more of whose Portfolio(s)' shares are made
available as investment vehicles through Variable Accounts Sub-Accounts.
GUARANTEED PERIOD. The Guaranteed Period is the period for which interest, at
either an initial or subsequent Guaranteed Interest Rate will be credited to an
amount under a Fixed Account Sub-Account.
9
<PAGE>
DEFINITIONS (CONTINUED)
HOME OFFICE. The term "Home Office" means Connecticut General Life Insurance
Company, the mailing address of which for this contract is CIGNA Individual
Insurance, Variable Products Service Center, Routing S249, Hartford, Connecticut
06152-2249.
IN WRITING. The term "In writing" means in a written form satisfactory to the
Company and received by the Company at its Variable Products Service Center's
Mailing Address.
INCOME PAYMENTS. Income Payments are the amounts payable under a certificate as
determined by the settlement options provisions.
PAYOUT PERIOD. The period during which Income Payments are made under a
certificate.
SUB-ACCOUNT. That portion of the Fixed Account associated with specific
Guaranteed Period(s) and Guaranteed Interest Rate(s) and that portion of the
Variable Account which invests in shares of a specific Fund.
VALUATION DATE. Every day on which the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") is open
for business, except any day on which trading on the NYSE is restricted, or on
which an emergency exists, as determined by the Securities and Exchange
Commission ("SEC") so that valuation or disposal of securities is not
practicable.
VALUATION PERIOD. The period of time beginning on the day following the
Valuation Date and ending on the next Valuation Date. A Valuation Period may be
more than one day in length.
VARIABLE ACCOUNT. The term "Variable Account" under each certificate means all
Sub-Account(s) associated with investments in the Fund(s). Variable Account
assets are separate account assets of the Company, the investment performance of
which is kept separate from that of the general assets of the Company, and are
not chargeable with the general liabilities of the Company.
VARIABLE ACCUMULATION UNIT. A unit of measure used in the calculation of the
value of each Variable Account Sub-Account.
VARIABLE ANNUITY UNIT. A unit of measure used in the calculation of the value
of the variable portion of the Annuity Account during the Payout Period.
PREMIUM PAYMENT PROVISIONS
PREMIUM PAYMENTS. Premium Payments made under a certificate are payable to the
Company at its Variable Products Service Center's Mailing Address or to an
authorized agent of the Company. A receipt signed by the President or Secretary
and duly countersigned will be furnished upon request. The Initial Premium
Payment is the amount paid to the Company as consideration for the benefits
provided under a certificate on its Certificate Date. Subsequent Premium
Payments made under a certificate may be paid to the Company at its Variable
Products Service Center's Mailing Address from time to time after its
Certificate Date and prior to the Annuity Date. The Company will not accept any
Premium Payment which is less than the minimum amount requirement then in effect
as determined by the Company. In addition, the prior approval of the Company is
required before it will accept a Premium Payment in excess of the maximum amount
limit then in effect as determined by the Company. All Premium Payments made
under a certificate must meet the allocation requirements specified under the
"Allocation of Premium Payments" provision. The payment of any amount under a
certificate which is derived, all or in part, from any Premium Payments made by
check or draft may be postponed until such check or draft has been honored by
the financial institution upon which it is drawn.
ALLOCATION OF PREMIUM PAYMENTS. Upon receipt by the Company at its Variable
Products Service Center's Mailing Address, each Premium Payment made under a
certificate will be added to the Annuity Account established under the
certificate. The Annuity Account is described under the "Annuity Account"
provision and is comprised of Fixed Account Sub-Account(s) and Variable Account
Sub-Account(s). The Initial
10
<PAGE>
PREMIUM PAYMENT PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)
Premium Payment made under a certificate will be allocated to one or more such
Sub-Accounts in accordance with the allocation percentages specified by the
Certificate Owner and shown in the Certificate Specifications, provided such
allocations to Fixed and/or Variable Accounts conform to the Company's minimum
deposit requirements in effect as of the Certificate Date. Subsequent Premium
Payments made under each certificate will be allocated on the same basis as the
most recent previous Premium Payment unless the Company is otherwise instructed
by the Certificate Owner to change the allocation percentages. If a portion of
the most recent previous Premium Payment was allocated to the Fixed Account and
the allocation percentages when applied to a Subsequent Premium Payment does not
produce an amount which meets the Fixed Account minimum requirements, the
Company will promptly seek further instructions from the Certificate Owner
regarding allocation of the premium or otherwise return the applicable portion
of such Premium Payment as provided by law.
ANNUITY ACCOUNT CONTINUATION. The Annuity Account under each certificate shall
be continued automatically in full force from the Certificate Date until the
Annuity Date or until the certificate is surrendered or annuitized, the Death
Benefit is paid, or the Annuity Account Value no longer meets the requirements
specified in the "Minimum Value Requirements" provision, whichever occurs first.
MINIMUM VALUE REQUIREMENTS. If no Premium Payments have been made under a
certificate for three consecutive years and its Annuity Account Value decreases
to less than $500 during that period, or if any partial withdrawal decreases its
Annuity Account Value to less than $500, the Company reserves the right to
cancel the certificate and pay to the Certificate Owner an adjusted value of the
Annuity Account as would be calculated under the "Determination of Amount"
provision. The Company will, however, provide at least 30 days advance notice
to the Certificate Owner of its intended action. During the notification period
an additional Premium Payment may be made to meet the minimum value
requirements.
OWNERSHIP, ASSIGNMENT AND BENEFICIARY PROVISIONS
CERTIFICATE OWNER. Under each certificate the Certificate Owner on the
Certificate Date will be the person designated in the Certificate
Specifications. If no Certificate Owner is designated, the Annuitant will be the
Certificate Owner.
RIGHTS OF CERTIFICATE OWNER. The Certificate Owner may exercise all rights and
privileges under the certificate including the right to: (a) agree with the
Company to any change in or amendment to the certificate, (b) transfer all
rights and privileges to another person, (c) change the Beneficiary, (d) change
the Annuitant any time prior to the Annuity Date or name a new Annuitant if the
Annuitant predeceases the Certificate Owner, (e) name the payee to whom Income
Payments are to be directed, and (f) assign the certificate.
All rights and privileges of the Certificate Owner may be exercised without the
consent of any designated transferee, or any Beneficiary if the Certificate
Owner has reserved the right to change the Beneficiary. All such rights and
privileges, however, may be exercised only with the consent of any assignee on
record with the Company.
TRANSFER OF CERTIFICATE OWNERSHIP. The Certificate Owner may transfer all
rights and privileges of the Owner. On the effective date of transfer, the
transferee will become the Certificate Owner and will have all the rights and
privileges of the Certificate Owner. The Certificate Owner may revoke any
transfer prior to its effective date.
Unless provided otherwise, a transfer will not affect the interest of any
Beneficiary designated prior to the effective date of the transfer.
A transfer of Certificate Ownership, or a revocation of transfer, must be in
writing to the Company at its Variable Products Service Center's Mailing
Address. A transfer or a revocation will not take effect until recorded in
writing by the Company at its Variable Product Service Center's Mailing Address.
When a transfer or revocation has been so recorded, it will take effect as of
the effective date specified by the Certificate Owner. Any payment made or any
action taken or allowed by the Company before the transfer or there vocation is
recorded will be without prejudice to the Company.
11
<PAGE>
OWNERSHIP, ASSIGNMENT AND BENEFICIARY PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)
ASSIGNMENT. A certificate may not be assigned and the Company will not be
affected by any assignment of a certificate until the original assignment or a
certified copy of the assignment is filed at the Home Office.
The Company does not assume responsibility for the validity or sufficiency of
any assignment. An assignment of a certificate will operate so long as the
assignment remains in force.
To the extent provided under the terms of the assignment, an assignment will
transfer the interest of any designated transferee or of any Beneficiary if the
Certificate Owner has reserved the right to change the Beneficiary.
BENEFICIARY. Under each certificate, the Beneficiary is the person who has the
right to receive the Death Benefit set forth in the certificate and, for Non-
Qualified Certificates, who is the "designated beneficiary" for purposes of
Section 72(s) of the Internal Revenue Code in the event of the Certificate
Owner's death. The Beneficiary on the Certificate Date will be the person
designated in the Certificate Specifications.
Unless provided otherwise, the interest of any Beneficiary who dies before the
Certificate Owner will vest in the Certificate Owner or the Certificate Owner's
administrators or assigns.
CHANGE OF BENEFICIARY. A new Beneficiary may be designated from time to time. A
request for change of Beneficiary must be in writing to the Company at its
Variable Products Service Center's Mailing Address. The request must be signed
by the Certificate Owner. The request must also be signed by the Beneficiary if
the right to change the Beneficiary has not been reserved to the Certificate
Owner.
A change of Beneficiary will not take effect until recorded by the Company. When
a change of Beneficiary has been so recorded, whether or not the Certificate
Owner is then alive, it will take effect as of the date the request was signed.
Any payment made or any action taken or allowed by the Company before the
change of Beneficiary is recorded will be without prejudice to the Company.
Unless provided otherwise, the right to change any Beneficiary is reserved to
the Certificate Owner.
FIXED AND VARIABLE ACCOUNTS PROVISIONS
FIXED ACCOUNT AND SUB-ACCOUNTS. Fixed Account assets are general assets of the
Company and are distinguishable from those allocated to a separate account of
the Company. Any portion of Premium Payments allocated by a Certificate Owner
to a Fixed Account Sub-Account will become part of the Fixed Account for that
certificate.
VARIABLE ACCOUNT AND SUB-ACCOUNTS. The Variable Account to which the variable
accumulation values, if any, under a certificate relate is shown in the Contract
Specifications as well as the Certificate Specifications for each certificate.
It was established pursuant to a resolution of its Board of Directors as a
"separate account" under governing law of Connecticut, the Company's state of
domicile, and registered as a unit investment trust under the 1940 Act. Under
Connecticut law, the Variable Account assets (except assets in excess of its
reserves and other contract liabilities) cannot be charged with the general
liabilities from any other business of the Company. The Variable Account assets
are owned and controlled exclusively by the Company, and the Company is not a
trustee with respect to those assets.
The Variable Account is divided into Sub-Accounts. Each Variable Account Sub-
Account's assets are invested in shares of a particular Fund of one of the Fund
Groups made available as funding vehicles under each certificate. For each
Variable Account Sub-Account, the Company maintains Variable Accumulation Units
whose values reflect the investment performance of the Fund whose shares are
held in that Sub-Account.
Subject to any vote by persons having the right under the 1940 Act to vote
thereon, the Company may elect to operate the Variable Account as a management
company rather than a unit investment trust under the
12
<PAGE>
FIXED AND VARIABLE ACCOUNTS PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)
1940 Act, or, if registration is no longer required, to deregister the Variable
Account. In such event, the Company may endorse this contract and the
certificates issued under it to reflect such change and any necessary or
appropriate action taken to effect the change. Any changes in Variable Account
investment policy shall have been approved by the Connecticut Insurance
Commissioner and be subject to the approval of the Superintendent of Insurance.
INVESTMENT RISK. Each Variable Account Sub-Account's assets are always fully
invested in the shares of the particular Fund purchased for that Sub-Account.
Each Variable Account Sub-Account's investment performance reflects the
investment performance of the Fund. Fund share values fluctuate, reflecting the
risks of changing economic conditions and the ability of a Fund Group's
investment advisor or sub-adviser to manage that Fund and anticipate changes in
economic conditions. As to the Variable Account assets, the Certificate Owner
bears the entire investment risk of gain or loss.
INVESTMENTS OF THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT SUB-ACCOUNTS. All amounts allocated under a
certificate to a Variable Account Sub-Account will be used to purchase shares of
the specific Fund of a Fund Group used by that Sub-Account. Each Fund Group is
registered under the 1940 Act as an open-end management investment company, and
each Fund of that Fund Group is regulated as an open-end management investment
company.
All Funds available as funding vehicles under each certificate as of its
Certificate Date are listed in this contract on page 5. The Company may add
additional Fund Groups and additional Funds at any time or may change Funds or
Fund Groups in accordance with the "Substituted Securities" provision.
Any and all distributions made by a Fund will be reinvested in additional shares
of that Fund at net asset value. Deductions by the Company from a Variable
Account Sub-Account will be made by redeeming a number of Fund shares at net
asset value equal in total value to the amount to be deducted.
SUBSTITUTED SECURITIES. Shares corresponding to a particular Fund may not always
be available for purchase or the Company may decide that further investment in
such Fund is no longer appropriate in view of the purposes of the Variable
Account, or in view of legal, regulatory or federal income tax restrictions. In
such event, shares of another registered open-end investment company or unit
investment trust may be substituted both for Fund shares already purchased
and/or as the securities to be purchased in the future, provided that these
substitutions meet applicable Internal Revenue Service diversification
guidelines and any necessary regulatory or other approvals of such substitutions
have been obtained. In the event of any substitution pursuant to this
provision, the Company may make appropriate endorsement(s) to this contract and
the certificates issued under it to reflect the substitution and any such
substitution shall be subject to the approval of the Superintendent of
Insurance.
VALUES DURING ACCUMULATION PERIOD PROVISIONS
PART A - FIXED ACCOUNT VALUE
GUARANTEED PERIODS. The Initial Guaranteed Period(s), if any, are selected by
each Certificate Owner and are shown in the Certificate Specifications. The
duration of the Initial Guaranteed Period(s) will affect the Initial Guaranteed
Interest Rate(s). Any Premium Payment or the portion thereof (or amount
transferred in accordance with the "Transfer Privilege" provision described
below) allocated under a certificate to a particular Guaranteed Period will earn
interest at the specified Guaranteed Interest Rate during the Guaranteed Period.
Initial Guaranteed Periods begin on the date a Premium Payment is accepted (or,
in the case of a transfer, on the effective date of the transfer) and end on the
Expiration Date for each duration selected.
Any portion of the Annuity Account Value comprising a particular Fixed Account
Sub-Account (including interest earned thereon) will be referred to in a
certificate as the "Guaranteed Period Amount." As a result of renewals,
Subsequent Payments, deductions for applicable Annuity Account Fee(s) and
transfers of portions of the Annuity Account Value, Guaranteed Period Amounts
for Guaranteed Periods of the same duration under a certificate may have
different Expiration Dates, and each Guaranteed Period Amount will be treated
separately for purposes of determining any Market Value Adjustment.
13
<PAGE>
VALUES DURING ACCUMULATION PERIOD PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)
The Company will automatically notify the Certificate Owner in writing at least
15 but not more than 45 days prior to the Expiration Date of a Guaranteed Period
with respect to a Fixed Account Sub-Account of the guaranteed period durations
available and the then currently quoted interest rates. A subsequent Guaranteed
Period of the same duration will begin automatically at the end of the previous
Guaranteed Period unless the Company receives, in writing at its Variable
Products Service Center's Mailing Address within the 60-day period immediately
preceding the end of such Guaranteed Period, an election by the Certificate
Owner of a different Guaranteed Period from among those being offered by the
Company at such time, or instructions to transfer all or a portion of the
applicable Guaranteed Period Amount to one or more Fixed Account or Variable
Account Sub-Accounts in accordance with the "Transfer Privilege" provision.
GUARANTEED INTEREST RATES. The Company will establish the applicable Guaranteed
Interest Rate that will be used to determine the interest with respect to a
Fixed Account Sub-Account for each Guaranteed Period at the beginning of the
Guaranteed Period. This rate will be guaranteed for the duration of the
applicable Guaranteed Period. The Initial or Subsequent Guaranteed Interest
Rate will never be less than 3% per year, compounded annually. Subsequent
Guaranteed Interest Rate(s) will also be determined at the beginning of
Guaranteed Period(s) and may be higher or lower than the previous rate, but will
never be less than 3% per year, compounded annually. (See "Minimum Surrender
Value" provision.) The Company will automatically notify the Certificate Owner
of the new Guaranteed Interest Rate as soon as possible after the beginning of
each subsequent Guaranteed Period.
FIXED ACCUMULATION VALUE. Upon receipt of a Premium Payment by the Company at
its Variable Products Service Center's Mailing Address, all or that portion, if
any, of the Premium Payment which is allocated to the Fixed Account will be
credited to the Fixed Account and allocated to the Fixed Account Sub-Accounts
selected by the Certificate Owner. The Fixed Accumulation Value, if any, at any
time, under a certificate is equal to the sum of the then current values of all
Guaranteed Period Amounts with respect to that certificate.
MINIMUM SURRENDER VALUE. The Minimum Surrender Value for the Fixed Account for
a given Certificate Year is the Premium Payment(s), or portion thereof, and
transfers allocated to the Fixed Account accumulated at 3% per year, compounded
annually, less the deduction of the applicable withdrawal charge(s), any prior
withdrawals or transfers out of the Fixed Account, premium taxes, if any, and
applicable Annuity Account Fee(s).
PART B - VARIABLE ACCOUNT VALUE
CREDITING VARIABLE ACCUMULATION UNITS. Upon receipt of a Premium Payment (or a
request for transfer in accordance with the "Transfer Privilege" provision) by
the Company at its Variable Products Service Center's Mailing Address, all or
that portion, if any, of the Premium Payment (or the net amount transferred) to
be allocated to the Variable Account Sub-Accounts will be credited to the
Variable Account under a certificate in the form of Variable Accumulation Units.
The number of particular Variable Accumulation Units to be credited is
determined by dividing the dollar amount allocated to the particular Variable
Account Sub-Account by the Variable Accumulation Unit Value for the particular
Variable Account Sub-Account for the Valuation Period during which the Premium
Payment is received at the Company's Variable Products Service Center's Mailing
Address.
VARIABLE ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUE. The Variable Accumulation Unit Value for each
Variable Account Sub-Account was established at $10.00 for the first Valuation
Period of the particular Variable Account Sub-Account. The Variable
Accumulation Unit Value for the particular Variable Account Sub-Account for any
subsequent Valuation Period is determined by methodology which is the
mathematical equivalent of multiplying the Variable Accumulation Unit Value for
the particular Variable Account Sub-Account for the immediately preceding
Valuation Period by the Net Investment Factor for the particular Variable
Account Sub-Account for such subsequent Valuation Period. The Variable
Accumulation Unit Value for each Variable Account Sub-Account for any Valuation
Period is the value determined as of the end of the particular Valuation Period
and may increase, decrease or remain constant from Valuation Period to Valuation
Period.
14
<PAGE>
VALUES DURING ACCUMULATION PERIOD PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)
VARIABLE ACCUMULATION VALUE. The Variable Accumulation Value of the Annuity
Account, if any, for any Valuation Period is equal to the sum of the value of
all Variable Accumulation Units of each Variable Account Sub-Account credited to
the Variable Account with respect to a certificate for such Valuation Period.
The Variable Accumulation Value of each Variable Account Sub-Account is
determined by multiplying the number of Variable Accumulation Units, if any,
credited to each Variable Account Sub-Account with respect to a certificate by
the Variable Accumulation Unit Value of the particular Variable Account Sub-
Account for such Valuation Period, less deductions for applicable expense
charges and fees.
NET INVESTMENT FACTOR. The Net Investment Factor is an index applied to measure
the investment performance of a Variable Account Sub-Account from one Valuation
Period to the next. The Net Investment Factor may be greater or less than or
equal to 1.0; therefore, the value of a Variable Accumulation Unit may increase,
decrease or remain the same.
The Net Investment Factor for any Variable Account Sub-Account for any Valuation
Period is determined by dividing (a) by (b) and then subtracting (c) from the
result where:
(a) is the net result of:
(1) the net asset value (as described in the prospectus for the Fund) of a
Fund share held in the Variable Account Sub-Account determined as of the
end of the Valuation Period, plus
(2) the per share amount of any dividend or other distribution declared by
the Fund on the shares held in the Variable Account Sub-Account if the "ex-
dividend" date occurs during the Valuation Period, plus or minus
(3) a per share credit or charge with respect to any taxes paid or reserved
for by the Company during the Valuation Period which are determined by the
Company to be attributable to the operation of the Variable Account Sub-
Account;
(b) is the net asset value of a Fund share held in the Variable Account Sub-
Account determined as of the end of the preceding Valuation Period; and
(c) is the asset charge factor determined by the Company for the Valuation
Period to reflect the charges for assuming the mortality and expense risks
and for administrative expenses.
The asset charge factor for any Valuation Period is equal to the daily asset
charge factor multiplied by the number of 24-hour periods in the Valuation
Period. The daily asset charge factor will be determined annually by the
Company, but in no event may it exceed that specified in the Schedule of
Charges, Expenses and Fees.
PART C - GENERAL
ANNUITY ACCOUNT. The Company will establish an Annuity Account under each
certificate and will maintain the Annuity Account during the Accumulation
Period. The Annuity Account Value at any time equals the sum of all the then
current values of the Fixed and Variable Accounts with respect to that
certificate.
TRANSFER PRIVILEGE. At any time during the Accumulation Period, other than
during the "Right to Examine Certificate" period, the Certificate Owner may
transfer all or part of the Annuity Account Value to one or more of the Fixed or
Variable Account Sub-Accounts then available, subject to the provisions set
forth in the certificate. Transfers must be made in writing. Transfer requests
must be received at the Company's Variable Products Service Center prior to the
time of day set forth in the prospectus, and provided the NYSE is open for
business, in order to be processed as of the close of business on the date the
request is received; otherwise, the transfer will be processed on the next
business day the NYSE is open for business.
15
<PAGE>
VALUES DURING ACCUMULATION PERIOD PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)
Transfers involving Variable Account Sub-Accounts will reflect the purchase or
cancellation of Variable Accumulation Units having an aggregate value equal to
the dollar amount being transferred to or from a particular Variable Account
Sub-Account. The purchase or cancellation of such units shall be made using
Variable Accumulation Unit Values of the applicable Variable Account Sub-Account
for the Valuation Period during which the transfer is effective. Transfers to a
Fixed Account Sub-Account will result in a new Guaranteed Period for the amount
being transferred. Any such Guaranteed Period under a certificate will begin on
the effective date of the transfer and end on its Expiration Date. The amount
transferred into such Fixed Account Sub-Account will earn interest at the
Guaranteed Interest Rate declared by the Company for that Guaranteed Period as
of the effective date of the transfer.
Transfers made under a certificate shall be subject to the following conditions:
(a) No transfer fee will be imposed on the 1st through 3rd transfer made during
a Certificate Year, and no transfer fee will be imposed on the 4th through 12th
transfer made during a Certificate Year if the Annuity Account Value under the
certificate at the time of the transfer is equal to or greater than $5,000;
otherwise, a transfer fee, based on the Company's then current fee schedule will
be imposed on each transfer made in excess of these limits (in counting the
number of transfers, the frequency limitation shown in the Certificate
Specifications with respect to transfers from the Fixed Account will be
included); (b) No withdrawal charge will be imposed on transferred amounts,
however, transfers of all or a portion out of a Fixed Account Sub-Account may be
subject to the Market Value Adjustment unless such transfer is made in
accordance with the "Full or Partial Withdrawals and Transfers at the End of a
Guaranteed Period" provision; (c) The amount being transferred may not be less
than $2,500 per Fixed Account Sub-Account or $500 per Variable Account Sub-
Account, unless the entire value of the Fixed or Variable Account Sub-Account is
being transferred; (d) The amount being transferred may not exceed the Company's
maximum amount limit then in effect; (e) The amount transferred to any Fixed
Account Sub-Account may not be less than $2,500; (f) Unless a transfer out of a
Fixed Account Sub-Account is made in accordance with the "Full or Partial
Withdrawals and Transfers at the End of a Guaranteed Period" provision, the
amount transferred from each Fixed Account Sub-Account during a Certificate Year
may not exceed the limits shown in the Certificate Specifications; (g) Any value
remaining in a Fixed Account Sub-Account, following a transfer, may not be less
than $1,000 and any value remaining in a Variable Account Sub-Account, following
a transfer, may not be less than $500; (h) The Company reserves the right to
defer transfers of amounts from the Fixed Account for a period not to exceed six
months from the date the request for such transfer is received by the Company at
its Variable Products Service Center; and (i) Transfers involving Variable
Account Sub-Account(s) shall be subject to such terms and conditions as may be
imposed by the Funds.
ANNUITY ACCOUNT FEE. Prior to the Annuity Date, on the last Valuation Date of
each Certificate Year the Company will deduct from the value of the Annuity
Account the annual Annuity Account Fee, if any, shown in the Schedule of
Charges, Expenses and Fees to reimburse it for administrative expenses relating
to the Annuity Account. Such Annuity Account Fee will be deducted on a pro rata
basis from amounts allocated to each Fixed and Variable Account Sub-Account in
which the Annuity Account values are invested at the time of such deduction. If
the Annuity Account under a certificate is surrendered for its full value, the
Annuity Account Fee will be deducted in full at the time of such surrender. On
the Annuity Date the value of the Annuity Account will be reduced by a
proportionate amount of the Annuity Account Fee to reflect the time elapsed
between the last Valuation Date of the most recent Certificate Year and the day
before the Annuity Date.
CASH WITHDRAWALS, WITHDRAWAL CHARGES AND MARKET
VALUE ADJUSTMENT PROVISIONS
CASH WITHDRAWALS. At any time before the Annuity Date, the Certificate Owner
may elect to receive a cash withdrawal payment from the Company by filing with
the Company at its Variable Products Service Center's Mailing Address a written
election in such form as the Company may require. Any such election shall
specify the amount of the withdrawal and will be effective on the date that it
is received at the Company's Variable Products Service Center's Mailing Address.
Any cash withdrawal payment will be paid within seven
16
<PAGE>
CASH WITHDRAWALS, WITHDRAWAL CHARGES AND MARKET
VALUE ADJUSTMENT PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)
days of the Company's receipt of such request, except as the Company may be
permitted to defer the payment of amounts withdrawn from the Variable Account in
accordance with the Investment Company Act of 1940. The Company reserves the
right to defer the payment of amounts withdrawn from the Fixed Account for a
period not to exceed six months from the date written request for such
withdrawal is received by the Company at its Variable Products Service Center's
Mailing Address. If payment from the Fixed Account is deferred for more than 10
working days from the date the request is received, the Company will pay annual
interest on the amount deferred in accordance with the interest rate than
required by law from the date the Company receives the request.
The amount of the cash withdrawal payment may be for any amount not to exceed
the Annuity Account Value at the end of the Valuation Period during which the
election becomes effective, less any applicable Annuity Account Fee, plus or
minus any applicable Market Value Adjustment, and less any applicable withdrawal
charge and premium taxes. In the case of a full surrender, the Annuity Account
will be canceled and the certificate will terminate. A partial withdrawal will
result in a decrease in the Annuity Account Value under a certificate by an
amount with an aggregate dollar value equal to the dollar amount of the cash
withdrawal payment, plus or minus any applicable Market Value Adjustment, any
applicable withdrawal charge and premium taxes.
In the case of a partial withdrawal, the Certificate Owner must instruct the
Company as to the amounts to be withdrawn from each Fixed and/or Variable
Account Sub-Account. If not so instructed, the Company will effect such
withdrawal from each Fixed and/or Variable Sub-Account in proportion to the then
current Sub-Account values. Partial withdrawals cannot reduce any Fixed Account
Sub-Account below $1,000 or any Variable Account Sub-Account below $500. Such
partial withdrawals will be treated as a full surrender of that Sub-Account
under the certificate and the balance will be transferred to the largest
Variable Account Sub-Account, if any. Partial withdrawals cannot reduce the
total Annuity Account Value below $500. (See "Minimum Value Requirements"
provision.) Such partial withdrawals will be treated as a full surrender.
Cash withdrawals from a Variable Account Sub-Account under a certificate will
result in the cancellation of Variable Accumulation Units attributable to the
Annuity Account with an aggregate value on the effective date of the withdrawal
equal to the total amount by which the Variable Account Sub-Account is reduced.
The cancellation of such units will be based on the Variable Accumulation Unit
values of the Variable Account Sub-Account for the Valuation Period during which
the cash withdrawal is effective.
All cash withdrawals or transfers of any portion of Fixed Account Sub-Accounts,
except those specified otherwise under "Penalty-Free Withdrawals, Transfers and
Annuitization Provisions," will be subject to the Market Value Adjustment
described below.
WITHDRAWAL CHARGES. If a cash withdrawal is made, a withdrawal charge may be
assessed by the Company. The length of time between the Company acceptance of
the Premium Payment(s) under a certificate and the receipt of a withdrawal
request determines the withdrawal charge. For this purpose each withdrawal is
deemed to represent a withdrawal of a Premium Payment previously accepted (or a
portion thereof). Premium Payments will be deemed to have been withdrawn in the
order in which the Premium Payments were received by the Company (i.e., oldest
premium first). After all Premium Payments have been deemed withdrawn, the
Company will deem further withdrawals to be from net investment results
attributable to such Premium Payments, if any. The schedule of withdrawal
charges is set forth in the "Schedule of Charges, Expenses and Fees." On
withdrawal, any applicable Annuity Account Fee and Market Value Adjustment will
be deducted before application of any withdrawal charge.
Withdrawal charges are deducted proportionately from the Fixed and/or Variable
Account Sub-Account(s) from which the withdrawal is to be made, provided such
Sub-Account(s) under the certificate have sufficient account value(s) for making
such deduction(s). If any of the account value(s) of such Sub-Account(s),
however, are insufficient, the amount payable upon withdrawals will be net of
any remaining withdrawal charges, unless the Certificate Owner and the Company
agree otherwise.
17
<PAGE>
CASH WITHDRAWALS, WITHDRAWAL CHARGES AND MARKET
VALUE ADJUSTMENT PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)
See "Penalty-Free Withdrawals, Transfers and Annuitization Provisions" for
situations in which a withdrawal charge is not imposed.
For the purpose of any qualified plan riders which may be attached to a
certificate, the term "Surrender Charge" wherever referenced therein, shall mean
"withdrawal charge" as set forth above, and the term "Annuity Value" shall mean
"Annuity Account Value."
MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT. Any cash withdrawal or transfer under a certificate
from a Fixed Account Sub-Account, except those specified otherwise under the
"Penalty-Free Withdrawals, Transfers and Annuitization Provisions," will be
subject to a Market Value Adjustment.
The amount payable on such cash withdrawal or transfer may be adjusted up or
down by the application of the Market Value Adjustment, a detailed description
of which has been filed with the Superintendent of Insurance. The Index Rate
Factor applicable to the amount of such cash withdrawal or transfer is:
(1+A) TO THE POWER OF N
-----------------------
(1+B) TO THE POWER OF N
where:
A = an Index Rate which is the Treasury Constant Maturity Series rate (defined
below) for a period with time to maturity equal to the Guaranteed Period and
which is declared for the Friday occurring within the calendar week which is 2
weeks earlier than the calendar week during which the Guaranteed Period
commenced* for that Guaranteed Period Amount.
B = an Index Rate which is the Treasury Constant Maturity Series rate (defined
below) for a period with time to maturity equal to the Guaranteed Period and
which is declared for the Friday occurring within the calendar week which is 2
weeks earlier than the calendar week during which the applicable partial or full
surrender of the Guaranteed Period Amount occurs*, plus the percentage
adjustment to "B" as shown in the Contract Specifications. If Index Rates "A"
and "B" are within .25% of each other when the Index Rate Factor is determined,
no such percentage adjustment to "B" will be made.
* If, however, the Treasury Constant Maturity Series yield
rate, for a period with time to maturity equal to the
Guaranteed Period, as published daily in THE WALL STREET
JOURNAL varies by 1.00% or more during any one week , the
Company may use such daily yield rates in the calculation of
the Index Rate Factor applicable under this contract.
N = The number of years remaining in the applicable Guaranteed Period (e.g. 1
year and 73 days = 1 + (73 divided by 365) = 1.2 years)
As used herein, "Treasury Constant Maturity Series rate" means the applicable
yield rate shown in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release (Report H.15)
published each Monday by the Federal Reserve Board of Governors.
If such yields are no longer published, the Company will substitute an
appropriate index of publicly traded obligations, subject to the approval of the
Superintendent of Insurance.
Straight-line interpolation is used for periods to maturity not quoted.
PENALTY-FREE WITHDRAWALS, TRANSFERS AND ANNUITIZATION PROVISIONS
PENALTY-FREE PARTIAL WITHDRAWALS OR TRANSFERS. Upon request in writing, the
Certificate Owner may, during any Certificate Year prior to the Annuity Date for
that certificate, withdraw up to 15% of the Premium Payment(s) or portion
remaining thereof, without incurring a withdrawal charge. For this purpose
each
18
<PAGE>
PENALTY-FREE WITHDRAWALS,
TRANSFERS AND ANNUITIZATION PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)
withdrawal is deemed to represent a withdrawal of a portion of a Premium Payment
previously accepted. Premium Payments will be deemed to be withdrawn in the
order in which they were received by the Company (i.e., the oldest premium
first). Any such withdrawal from a Fixed Account Sub-Account may be subject to
a Market Value Adjustment unless the withdrawal is made at the end of a
Guaranteed Period as set forth below. The Certificate Owner must specify from
which Fixed and/or Variable Sub-Accounts the withdrawal is to be made, otherwise
the Company may effect such withdrawal on a proportionate basis from all Fixed
and/or Variable Sub-Accounts in which the Annuity Account for that certificate
is invested.
Such partial withdrawals may be either taken as a lump sum or, upon consent of
the Company, paid in equal installments, however, (a) no more than one penalty-
free partial withdrawal may be made during any one Certificate Year, (b) the
first withdrawal in any Certificate Year will be deemed to be the penalty-free
withdrawal up to the amount specified above, and (c) the amount of each such
partial withdrawal must be at least $1,000.
No withdrawal charge will be imposed on any withdrawal with respect to a Premium
Payment made under a certificate after the end of the seventh year following the
Company's acceptance of that Premium Payment.
The Certificate Owner may also transfer amounts within the Annuity Account
during the Accumulation Period without the application of a withdrawal charge,
however; (a) any transfers would be subject to any terms and conditions as may
be imposed under the "Transfer Privilege" provision, (b) transfers from a Fixed
Account Sub-Account may be subject to the "Market Value Adjustment" provision,
and (c) the amount of such transfer(s) must be at least $2,500 per Fixed Account
Sub-Account or $500 per Variable Account Sub-Account.
FULL OR PARTIAL WITHDRAWALS AND TRANSFERS AT THE END OF A GUARANTEED PERIOD. No
Market Value Adjustment will be imposed on a full or partial withdrawal or
transfer made from a Fixed Account Sub-Account which becomes effective at the
end of the applicable initial or subsequent Guaranteed Period. In such event,
the Certificate Owner's proper request for withdrawal or transfer must be
received at the Company's Variable Products Service Center's Mailing Address
within a 60-day period immediately preceding the end of such Guaranteed Period.
WAIVER OF WITHDRAWAL CHARGE AND/OR MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT ON DEATH OR ANNUITY
DATE. No withdrawal charge or Market Value Adjustment will be imposed upon
payments made under the Annuity Benefit provisions of a certificate, and no
negative Market Value Adjustment will be imposed upon payments made under the
"Death Benefit" provisions of a certificate.
PENALTY-FREE ANNUITIZATION. At any time the Certificate Owner may request in
writing payment of the then current Annuity Account Value under the certificate
in accordance with any one of the settlement options set forth in the
certificate. In such event, no withdrawal charge or Market Value Adjustment
will be imposed at the time such settlement is made. Such annuitization will
automatically result in a change in the Annuity Date to the date Income Payments
commence under the settlement option elected.
BENEFIT PROVISIONS
ANNUITY BENEFIT. On the Annuity Date the Company will pay all or a part of the
adjusted value of the Annuity Account under the certificate in cash or apply it
in accordance with the settlement option(s) elected by the Certificate Owner.
However, if the amount to be applied under any settlement option is less than
$5,000, or if the first Income Payment payable in accordance with such option is
less than $50, the Company will pay the adjusted value in a single payment to
the payee designated by the Certificate Owner.
19
<PAGE>
BENEFIT PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)
ANNUITY DATE. The Annuity Date initially selected by each Certificate Owner is
shown in the Certificate Specifications. The Annuity Date may be changed from
time to time by the Certificate Owner by notifying the Company in writing. The
notice must be received at the Company's Variable Products Service Center's
Mailing Address at least 45 days prior to the Annuity Date then in effect. The
new Annuity Date selected must be at least 30 days after the effective date of
the change and not later than the Annuitant's 85th birthday.
After the Annuity Date, no change of a settlement option is permitted, no
payments may be requested under the "Cash Withdrawals" provision of the
certificate, and no Death Benefit is payable under the certificate except as
otherwise specified under the settlement option selected.
ELECTION AND EFFECTIVE DATE OF ELECTION WITH RESPECT TO ANNUITY BENEFIT. During
the lifetime of the Certificate Owner and prior to the Annuity Date, the
Certificate Owner may elect to have the adjusted value of the Annuity Account
applied on the Annuity Date under one or more of the settlement options set
forth in the certificate, or under any other settlement option as agreed to by
the Company. The Certificate Owner may also change any election, but any
election or change of election must be received at the Company's Variable
Products Service Center's Mailing Address at least 45 days prior to the Annuity
Date. The election or change of election may be made by filing with the Company
at its Variable Products Service Center's Mailing Address written notice in such
form as the Company may require. If no such election is in effect on the 30th
day prior to the Annuity Date, the adjusted value of the Annuity Account under a
certificate will be applied under a Life Annuity with 120 months guaranteed.
In such situation, the portion of the adjusted value of the Annuity Account
under a certificate to be applied for a Fixed Life Annuity under the Second
Option and/or a Variable Life Annuity under Option II will be determined on a
pro rata basis from the composition of the Annuity Account on the Annuity Date.
DETERMINATION OF AMOUNT. On the Annuity Date the Annuity Account under a
certificate will be canceled and the adjusted value of the Annuity Account to be
applied under the settlement options provisions shall be equal to the Annuity
Account Value for the Valuation Period which ends immediately preceding the
Annuity Date, minus a proportionate amount of the Annuity Account Fee to reflect
the time elapsed between the last Valuation Date for the most recent calendar
year and the Valuation Date before the Annuity Date, minus any applicable
premium or similar tax. For the purposes of any qualified plan riders which may
be attached to the certificate, the term "Annuity Value," wherever referenced
therein, shall mean the "adjusted value of the Annuity Account" as defined
above.
INCOME PAYMENT BENEFITS. On the Annuity Date, the adjusted value of the Annuity
Account under a certificate as determined under the "Determination of Amount"
provision may be applied, as elected by the Certificate Owner, under one or more
of the settlement options set forth in the certificate to effect: (a) a Fixed
Income Payment Benefit or a Variable Income Payment Benefit; or (b) a
combination of the Fixed Income Payment Benefit and the Variable Income Payment
Benefit. If a combination Fixed and Variable Income Payment Benefit is elected,
the Certificate Owner may specify the amount to be allocated to the Fixed Income
Payment Benefit and the amount to be allocated to the Variable Income Payment
Benefit. Such election and allocation may also be made by a Beneficiary to the
extent provided in the "Election and Effective Date of Election with Respect to
Death Benefit Provision."
DEATH BENEFIT. If the Certificate Owner dies before the Annuity Date specified
in the certificate, the Company will pay the Death Benefit to the Beneficiary
upon receipt of due proof of the death of the Certificate Owner in accordance
with the "Payment of Death Benefit" provision. If there is no Beneficiary
living on the date of death of the Certificate Owner, the Company will pay the
Death Benefit, upon receipt of due proof of the death of both the Certificate
Owner and the Beneficiary, in one sum to the estate of the Certificate Owner.
If the death of the Certificate Owner occurs on or after the Annuity Date, no
death benefit will be payable under the certificate except as may be provided
under the settlement option elected.
20
<PAGE>
BENEFIT PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)
ELECTION AND EFFECTIVE DATE OF ELECTION WITH RESPECT TO DEATH BENEFIT. During
the lifetime of the Annuitant and prior to the Annuity Date specified in the
certificate, the Certificate Owner may elect one or more of the settlement
options set forth in the certificate to effect an annuity for the Beneficiary as
payee after the death of the Certificate Owner. This election may be made or
subsequently revoked by filing with the Company at its Variable Products Service
Center's Mailing Address a written election or revocation of an election in such
form as required by the Company.
Any election or revocation of an election of a method of settlement of the Death
Benefit will become effective on the date it is received by the Company at its
Variable Products Service Center's Mailing Address.
Unless otherwise specified in writing by the Certificate Owner, the Beneficiary
under the certificate may elect (a) to receive the Death Benefit as a cash
payment, in which event the Annuity Account will be canceled, or (b) to have the
Death Benefit applied under one or more of the settlement options set forth
under the certificate. This election may be made by filing with the Company a
written request in a form as required by the Company. Any written request for
an election of a settlement option for the Death Benefit by the Beneficiary will
become effective on the later of (a) the date the request is received by the
Company at its Variable Products Service Center's Mailing Address; or (b) the
date due proof of the death of the Certificate Owner is received by the Company
at its Variable Products Service Center's Mailing Address. If a written request
for a settlement option by the Beneficiary is not received by the Company within
60 days following the date due proof of the death of the Certificate Owner is
received by the Company, the Beneficiary shall be deemed to have elected a cash
payment as of the last day of the 60-day period.
Notwithstanding the above, the Certificate Owner or Beneficiary may only elect a
settlement option which provides for the distribution of the entire Death
Benefit to the Beneficiary within five years of the Certificate Owner's death
unless: (a) the entire interest in the contract is distributed over the life of
the Beneficiary, with distributions beginning within one year of the Certificate
Owner's death; (b) the entire interest in the certificate is distributed over a
period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Beneficiary, with
distributions beginning within one year of the Certificate Owner's death; or (c)
the Beneficiary is the deceased Certificate Owner's spouse and elects to
continue the certificate and become the new Certificate Owner, but in no event
may such an election be made under the certificate more than once.
For purposes of Section 72(s) of the Internal Revenue Code, if any Certificate
Owner is not an individual, the death or change of any Annuitant under the
certificate is treated as the death of a Certificate Owner, and if the
Certificate Owner is a grantor trust within the meaning of the Internal Revenue
Code, the death of the grantor of such trust is also treated as the death of a
Certificate Owner.
PAYMENT OF DEATH BENEFIT. If the Death Benefit is to be paid in cash to the
Beneficiary, payment will be made within 7 days of the date the election becomes
effective or is deemed to become effective, provided due proof of the death of
the Certificate Owner is received by the Company at its Variable Products
Service Center's Mailing Address, except as the Company may be permitted to
defer any such payment of amounts derived from the Variable Account in
accordance with the Investment Company Act of 1940. If the Death Benefit is to
be paid in one sum to the estate of the deceased Certificate Owner, payment will
be made within 7 days of the date due proof of the death of the Certificate
Owner (and/or Beneficiary, if necessary) is received by the Company at its
Variable Products Service Center's Mailing Address, except as the Company may be
permitted to defer any such payment of amounts derived from the Variable Account
in accordance with the Investment Company Act of 1940. If settlement under the
settlement option provisions is elected, the Income Payments will commence 30
days following the effective date or the deemed effective date of the election
and the Annuity Account will be maintained in effect until such Income Payments
commence.
AMOUNT OF DEATH BENEFIT. No negative Market Value Adjustment is assessed
against amounts which are applied toward payment of a death benefit under a
certificate. If the death benefit becomes payable before the Certificate
Owner's 85th birthday, the amount of the death benefit determined as of the
effective date or deemed effective date of the death benefit election (not as of
the date of death) is equal to the greatest of (a) the Annuity Account Value for
the Valuation Period during which the death benefit election is effective or
deemed to become effective, (b) the sum of all the Premium Payment(s) made under
the certificate less
21
<PAGE>
BENEFIT PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)
the sum of all partial withdrawals, or (c) the Annuity Account Value under
the certificate on the seven-year Certificate Anniversary immediately
preceding the date the death benefit election is effective or is deemed to
become effective, adjusted for any subsequent Premium Payments and partial
withdrawals and charges made between the immediate preceding seven-year
Certificate Anniversary and the date the death benefit election is effective
or is deemed to become effective (as referenced herein, seven-year
Certificate Anniversary means the 7th Certificate Anniversary and each
succeeding Certificate Anniversary occurring at any seven-year interval
thereafter, for example, the 14th and 21st Certificate Anniversaries). If the
death benefit becomes payable after the Certificate Owner's 85th birthday,
the amount payable shall be the greatest of (a) or (b) above.
SECTION 72(s). The provisions above will be interpreted so as to comply with
the requirements of Section 72(s) of the Internal Revenue Code.
GENERAL PROVISIONS
THE CONTRACT. The contract (including any amendments, endorsements or rider
attached thereto), the Contract Owner's application (a copy of which is attached
to the contract when issued), and the individual applications of the Certificate
Owners constitute the entire contract with the Company.
Only the President, a Vice President, an Assistant Vice President, a Secretary,
a Director or an Assistant Director of the Company may make or modify this
contract.
The contract is executed at the Company's Home Office, the mailing address of
which for this contract is CIGNA Individual Insurance, Variable Products Service
Center, Routing S224, Hartford, Connecticut 06152.
INDIVIDUAL CERTIFICATES. Individual certificates will be delivered to each
Certificate Owner under this contract. There certificate will include the
essential features of the coverage under this contract. The rights described in
the certificate are controlled by the provisions of this contract and are
subject to any changes in this contract.
MODIFICATION OF CONTRACT OR CERTIFICATE. The Company reserves the right to
modify this contract or any certificate issued under it to meet the requirements
of applicable state and federal laws or regulations. The Company will notify
the Contract Owner and/or the Certificate Owners in writing of any changes that
bear upon their contract or certificate.
NON-PARTICIPATION. The contract and the certificates issued under it are not
entitled to share in surplus distribution.
LOANS. Loans are not permitted under this contract or any certificate issued
under it.
DETERMINATION OF VALUES. The method of determination by the Company of the Net
Investment Factor and the number and value of Accumulation Units and Annuity
Units shall be conclusive upon the Certificate Owner, and any Beneficiary or
payee. Any paid-up annuity, cash surrender or death benefits that may be
available under a certificate will not be less than the minimum benefits
required by the jurisdiction of issue.
ENDORSEMENT OF INCOME PAYMENTS. The Company will make each Income Payment,
payable under a certificate, at the Home Office by check. Each check must be
personally endorsed by the payee/Annuitant, or the Company may require that
proof of the payee/Annuitant's survival be furnished.
MISSTATEMENT OF AGE. If the age of the Annuitant is misstated, the amount
payable under the applicable certificate will be adjusted to be the amount of
income which the actual premium paid would have purchased for the correct age
according to the Company's rates in effect on the Certificate Date. Any
overpayment by the Company, with interest at the rate of 6% per year, compounded
annually, will be charged against the payments to be made next succeeding the
adjustment. Any underpayment by the Company will be paid in a lump sum, with
interest at the rate of 6% per year, compounded annually.
CLAIMS OF CREDITORS. To the extent permitted by law, no amounts payable under a
certificate will be subject to the claims of creditors of any payee.
22
<PAGE>
PERIODIC REPORTS. At least once each calendar year, the Company will furnish
the Certificate Owner a report as required by law showing the Annuity Account
Value at the end of the preceding year, all transactions during the year, the
current Annuity Account Value, the number of Accumulation Units in each Variable
Accumulation Account, the applicable Accumulation Unit Value as of the date of
the report and the interest rate credited to the Fixed Account Sub-Account(s).
The Company will also send such statements reflecting transactions in the
Annuity Account as may be required by applicable laws, rules and regulations and
any other information required by the Superintendent of Insurance.
23
<PAGE>
CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
FLEXIBLE PAYMENT DEFERRED GROUP VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACT
WITH FIXED AND VARIABLE ACCOUNTS - NON-PARTICIPATING
<PAGE>
CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
A Stock Company Home Office Location: 900 Cottage Grove Road
Bloomfield, Connecticut
MAILING ADDRESS: CIGNA INDIVIDUAL INSURANCE
VARIABLE PRODUCTS SERVICE CENTER - ROUTING S249
HARTFORD, CT 06152-2249
The Company has issued a Flexible Payment Deferred Group Variable Annuity
Contract to the Contract Owner named in the Certificate Specifications. This
certificate describes the terms and conditions of the group contract. If there
is a conflict between the group contract and this certificate, the terms and
conditions of the group contract will control.
RIGHT TO EXAMINE CERTIFICATE. This certificate may be returned to the insurance
agent through whom it was purchased or to the Company via the Variable Products
Service Center within 10 days after its receipt (20 days after its receipt where
required by law for a certificate issued in replacement of another contract).
If the certificate is so returned, it will be deemed void from the Certificate
Date, and the Company will refund the Premium Payment(s) as provided plus or
minus any investment gains or losses under the certificate as of the date the
returned certificate is mailed or delivered to the agent through whom it was
purchased or the date it is delivered or mailed to the Company, unless required
otherwise by law.
The certificate is governed by the laws of the jurisdiction of issue of the
group contract and is issued and accepted subject to the terms set forth on this
page and on the following pages which are made a part of the certificate. In
consideration of the application for it and the Premium Payment(s) as provided,
this certificate is executed by Connecticut General Life Insurance Company as of
its Certificate Date.
/s/ Thomas C. Jones
Registrar PRESIDENT
PAYMENTS AND VALUES BASED ON THE FIXED ACCOUNT ARE SUBJECT TO A MARKET VALUE
ADJUSTMENT FORMULA, THE OPERATION OF WHICH MAY RESULT IN UPWARD AND DOWNWARD
ADJUSTMENTS IN AMOUNTS PAYABLE, INCLUDING WITHDRAWALS AND TRANSFERS. PAYMENTS
MADE FROM THE FIXED ACCOUNT PURSUANT TO AN ELECTION WHICH BECOMES EFFECTIVE AT
THE END OF A GUARANTEED PERIOD AND PAYMENTS MADE UNDER THE "ANNUITY BENEFIT"
PROVISIONS AND UNDER THE "PENALTY-FREE ANNUITIZATION" PROVISION ARE NOT SUBJECT
TO THE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT. PAYMENTS MADE UNDER THE "DEATH BENEFIT"
PROVISIONS ARE NOT SUBJECT TO ANY NEGATIVE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT.
ALL PAYMENTS AND VALUES PROVIDED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WHEN BASED ON THE
INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE OF THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT ARE VARIABLE AND ARE NOT
GUARANTEED AS TO DOLLAR AMOUNT.
USE OF CERTIFICATE. This certificate is available for retirement and deferred
compensation plans some of which may qualify for special tax treatment under
various sections of the Internal Revenue Code.
FLEXIBLE PAYMENT DEFERRED GROUP VARIABLE ANNUITY CERTIFICATE
WITH FIXED AND VARIABLE ACCOUNTS - NON-PARTICIPATING
THIS IS A LEGAL CONTRACT BETWEEN THE CERTIFICATE OWNER AND THE COMPANY
READ IT CAREFULLY.
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CERTIFICATE SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
SCHEDULE OF CHARGES, EXPENSES AND FEES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
DEFINITIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
PREMIUM PAYMENT PROVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Premium Payments
Allocation of Premium Payments
Annuity Account Continuation
Minimum Value Requirements
OWNERSHIP, ASSIGNMENT AND BENEFICIARY PROVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Certificate Owner
Rights of Certificate Owner
Transfer of Certificate Ownership
Assignment
Beneficiary
Change of Beneficiary
FIXED AND VARIABLE ACCOUNTS PROVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Fixed Account and Sub-Accounts
Variable Account and Sub-Accounts
Investment Risk
Investments of the Variable Account Sub-Accounts
Substituted Securities
VALUES DURING ACCUMULATION PERIOD PROVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Part A - Fixed Account Value
Guaranteed Periods
Guaranteed Interest Rates
Fixed Accumulation Value
Minimum Surrender Value
Part B - Variable Account Value
Crediting Variable Accumulation Units
Variable Accumulation Unit Value
Variable Accumulation Value
Net Investment Factor
Part C - General
Annuity Account
Transfer Privilege
Annuity Account Fee
CASH WITHDRAWALS, WITHDRAWAL CHARGES AND MARKET VALUE
ADJUSTMENT PROVISIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Cash Withdrawals
Withdrawal Charges
Market Value Adjustment
2
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)
PENALTY-FREE WITHDRAWALS, TRANSFERS AND ANNUITIZATION PROVISIONS . . . . 18
Penalty-Free Partial Withdrawals or Transfers
Full or Partial Withdrawals and Transfers at the End of a Guaranteed Period
Waiver of Withdrawal Charge and/or Market Value Adjustment on
Death or Annuity Date
Penalty-Free Annuitization
BENEFIT PROVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Annuity Benefit
Annuity Date
Election and Effective Date of Election with Respect to Annuity Benefit
Determination of Amount
Income Payment Benefits
Death Benefit
Election and Effective Date of Election with Respect to Death Benefit
Payment of Death Benefit
Amount of Death Benefit
Section 72(s)
GENERAL PROVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
The Contract and The Certificate
Modification of Certificate
Non-Participation
Loans
Determination of Values
Endorsement of Income Payments
Misstatement of Age
Claims of Creditors
Periodic Reports
Followed by Optional Methods of Settlement and any Riders
Note: Pages 4, 6, and 8 are intentionally "blank."
3
<PAGE>
CERTIFICATE SPECIFICATIONS
ANNUITANT JOHN DOE SPECIMEN CERTIFICATE NUMBER
AGE AT ISSUE 35 AUGUST 1, 1995 CERTIFICATE DATE
GROUP CONTRACT NUMBER SPECIMEN AUGUST 1, 2025 ANNUITY DATE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FORM BENEFIT INITIAL PREMIUM
PAYMENT
AN422 FLEXIBLE PAYMENT DEFERRED GROUP VARIABLE ANNUITY $50,000
WITH FIXED AND VARIABLE ACCOUNTS
INITIAL PREMIUM PAYMENT ALLOCATION
PERCENTAGE
FIXED ACCOUNT - SUB-ACCOUNTS
PERCENTAGE ADJUSTMENT TO INDEX RATE "B": .25%
INITIAL GUARANTEED PERIOD/INTEREST RATE 1 YEAR / 4.55% 10%
INITIAL GUARANTEED PERIOD/INTEREST RATE 3 YEARS / 5.80% 0%
INITIAL GUARANTEED PERIOD/INTEREST RATE 5 YEARS / 6.40% 0%
INITIAL GUARANTEED PERIOD/INTEREST RATE 7 YEARS / 6.65% 0%
INITIAL GUARANTEED PERIOD/INTEREST RATE 10 YEARS / 6.90% 0%
VARIABLE ACCOUNT - SUB-ACCOUNTS (FUNDS)
FIDELITY INVESTMENTS
VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUND
EQUITY-INCOME PORTFOLIO 10%
MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO 10%
VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUND II
ASSET MANAGER PORTFOLIO 0%
INVESTMENT GRADE BOND PORTFOLIO 0%
FRED ALGER MANAGEMENT, INC.
ALGER AMERICAN FUND 0%
ALGER AMERICAN GROWTH PORTFOLIO 0%
ALGER AMERICAN LEVERAGED ALLCAP PORTFOLIO 10%
ALGER AMERICAN MIDCAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO 0%
ALGER AMERICAN SMALL CAPITALIZATION PORTFOLIO 10%
MASSACHUSETTS FINANCIAL SERVICES
VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST
MFS TOTAL RETURN SERIES 10%
MFS UTILITIES SERIES 0%
MFS WORLD GOVERNMENTS SERIES 0%
(Continued on Page 5.1)
5
<PAGE>
CERTIFICATE SPECIFICATIONS (CONTINUED)
ANNUITANT JOHN DOE SPECIMEN CERTIFICATE NUMBER
AGE AT ISSUE 35 AUGUST 1, 1995 CERTIFICATE DATE
GROUP CONTRACT NUMBER SPECIMEN AUGUST 1, 2025 ANNUITY DATE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NEUBERGER & BERMAN
NEUBERGER & BERMAN ADVISERS MANAGEMENT TRUST 0%
AMT BALANCED PORTFOLIO 0%
AMT LIMITED MATURITY BOND PORTFOLIO 10%
AMT PARTNERS PORTFOLIO 10%
QUEST FOR VALUE
QUEST FOR VALUE ACCUMULATION TRUST
QUEST GLOBAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO 10%
QUEST MANAGED PORTFOLIO 10%
QUEST SMALL CAP PORTFOLIO 0%
TOTAL 100%
SUBSEQUENT PREMIUM PAYMENTS ARE SUBJECT TO A 10% MINIMUM ALLOCATION REQUIREMENT
WITH RESPECT TO ANY ONE FIXED ACCOUNT SUB-ACCOUNT OR VARIABLE ACCOUNT SUB-
ACCOUNT AND THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM PAYMENT AMOUNTS:
$2,500 PER FIXED ACCOUNT GUARANTEED PERIOD
$ 100 PER VARIABLE ACCOUNT SUB-ACCOUNT
LIMITATIONS ON TRANSFERS FROM FIXED ACCOUNT: ONLY ONE SUCH TRANSFER ALLOWED PER
CERTIFICATE YEAR FROM EACH SUB-ACCOUNT, AND THE AMOUNT(S) TRANSFERRED MAY NOT
EXCEED 15% OF THE PREMIUM PAYMENT(S) MADE TO THE APPLICABLE SUB-ACCOUNT(S) OR
THE PORTION REMAINING THEREOF IN THE APPLICABLE SUB-ACCOUNT(S), IF LESS.
THIS CERTIFICATE IS FOR USE WITH "CG VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT II": A
CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY SEPARATE INVESTMENT ACCOUNT WHICH WAS
ESTABLISHED ON JANUARY 25, 1994.
CONTRACT OWNER: CIGNA VARIABLE PRODUCTS TRUST (DATED 06/07/95)
CERTIFICATE OWNER: THE ANNUITANT
BENEFICIARY: THE PERSON(S) DESIGNATED BY THE CERTIFICATE OWNER AND RECORDED BY
THE COMPANY
JURISDICTION OF ISSUE OF GROUP CONTRACT: RHODE ISLAND
5.1
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE OF CHARGES, EXPENSES AND FEES
Annuity Account Fee: The Annuity Account Fee is $30 per Certificate Year and
will be deducted on the last Valuation Date of each Certificate Year. The
Annuity Account Fee, however, will be waived for any year for which the Annuity
Account Value equals or exceeds $100,000 as of the last Valuation Date of such
Certificate Year.
Withdrawal Charges: The Withdrawal charges applicable under this certificate
are as follows.
Withdrawal Charge
Against Premium Pay- Year
ment Withdrawn Applicable
-------------- ----------
7% During 1st year since Premium Payment Accepted
6% During 2nd year since Premium Payment Accepted
5% During 3rd year since Premium Payment Accepted
4% During 4th year since Premium Payment Accepted
3% During 5th year since Premium Payment Accepted
2% During 6th year since Premium Payment Accepted
1% During 7th year since Premium Payment Accepted
0% Thereafter
Each Subsequent Premium Payment will be subject to its own 7-year period.
Any Withdrawal from the Fixed Account prior to the end of a Guaranteed Period
may also be subject to a Market Value Adjustment which may increase, decrease,
or have no affect on the applicable account value(s). A Market Value Adjustment
would not apply to a withdrawal effective at the end of a Guaranteed Period.
Withdrawal charges are not applicable to certain partial withdrawals of 15% or
less of Premium Payments annually. Withdrawal charges and a Market Value
Adjustment are not applicable to annuitization of the certificate at any time,
and no negative Market Value Adjustment is applicable to payment of the Death
Benefit. (See "Penalty-Free Withdrawals, Transfers and Annuitization
Provisions.")
Asset Charges: Mortality and Expense Risk Charge is a charge equal to an
effective annual rate of 1.25% of the daily net assets of the Variable Account.
Administrative Expense Charge is a charge equal to an effective annual rate of
.15% of the daily net assets of the Variable Account. These charges are
deducted from the Variable Account Value at the end of each Valuation Period.
In addition, Daily Fund Operating Expenses will be applied by each Fund as set
forth in the prospectus for the applicable Fund(s).
(Continued on Page 7.1)
7
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE OF CHARGES, EXPENSES AND FEES (CONTINUED)
Taxes: Premium tax equivalents (including any related retaliatory taxes), if
any, and any other taxes due under this certificate will be deducted if
applicable. It is currently the Company's practice to deduct such taxes, if
any, at the time the Annuity Account Value, or any portion thereof, becomes
payable.
7.1
<PAGE>
DEFINITIONS
ACCUMULATION PERIOD. The period from the Certificate Date to (a) the Annuity
Date, (b) the date on which the Death Benefit becomes payable, or (c) the date
on which the certificate is surrendered or annuitized, whichever is earliest.
ANNUITANT. The person on whose life the first Income Payment is to be made upon
the annuitization of the certificate. The Annuitant is the person designated in
the Certificate Specifications and will remain the Annuitant under the
certificate unless the Certificate Owner exercises the right to change the
Annuitant as set forth in the "Rights of Certificate Owner" provision. If prior
to the Annuity Date, the Annuitant predeceases the Certificate Owner, the
Certificate Owner will then become the Annuitant until such time as the
Certificate Owner exercises the right to designate a new Annuitant as set forth
in the "Rights of Certificate Owner" provision. A request for change of
Annuitant must be in writing to the Company at its Variable Products Service
Center's Mailing Address and will not take effect until recorded by the Company.
ANNUITY ACCOUNT. The account which is comprised of the Fixed and Variable
Accounts with respect to this certificate.
ANNUITY ACCOUNT VALUE. The account value which at any time equals the sum of
all the then current values of the Fixed and Variable Accounts with respect to
this certificate. Applicable premium taxes, if any, will be deducted when the
Annuity Account Value amount to be applied under the Annuity Benefit, Death
Benefit, Cash Withdrawals or Penalty-Free Withdrawal and Annuitization
provisions is determined.
ANNUITY DATE. The date on which Income Payments begin upon the annuitization of
the certificate.
CERTIFICATE DATE. The date this certificate takes effect.
CERTIFICATE OWNER (OR "OWNER"). The Certificate Owner is defined under
"Ownership, Assignment and Beneficiary Provisions." The term "Owner," by
itself, shall mean Certificate Owner.
CERTIFICATE YEARS AND CERTIFICATE ANNIVERSARIES. All Certificate Years and
Certificate Anniversaries are 12 month periods measured from the Certificate
Date.
CONTRACT OWNER. The person or entity designated in the Certificate
Specifications.
DUE PROOF OF DEATH. An original certified copy of an official death
certificate, an original certified copy of a decree of a court of competent
jurisdiction as to the finding of death, or any other proof of death
satisfactory to the Company.
EXPIRATION DATE(S). The date(s) on which Guaranteed Period(s), if any, end.
FIXED ACCOUNT. The term "Fixed Account" under this certificate means all Sub-
Account(s) associated with Guaranteed Period(s) and Guaranteed Interest Rate(s).
Fixed Account assets are general assets of the Company and are distinguishable
from those allocated to a separate account of the Company.
FUND(S). The Portfolio(s) of Fund Group(s) whose shares are acquired for the
Variable Account Sub-Accounts in which Premium Payments or Transfers may be
invested.
FUND GROUP(S). The open-end management investment companies (mutual funds)
registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (hereinafter
referred as the "1940 Act"), one or more of whose Portfolio(s)' shares are made
available as investment vehicles for this certificate through Variable Accounts
Sub-Accounts.
GUARANTEED PERIOD. The Guaranteed Period is the period for which interest, at
either an initial or subsequent Guaranteed Interest Rate will be credited to an
amount under a Fixed Account Sub-Account.
9
<PAGE>
DEFINITIONS (CONTINUED)
HOME OFFICE. The term "Home Office" means Connecticut General Life Insurance
Company, the mailing address of which for this contract is CIGNA Individual
Insurance, Variable Products Service Center, Routing S249, Hartford, Connecticut
06152-2249.
IN WRITING. The term "In writing" means in a written form satisfactory to the
Company and received by the Company at its Variable Products Service Center's
Mailing Address.
INCOME PAYMENTS. Income Payments are the amounts payable under this certificate
as determined by the settlement options provisions.
PAYOUT PERIOD. The period during which Income Payments are made under this
certificate.
SUB-ACCOUNT. That portion of the Fixed Account associated with specific
Guaranteed Period(s) and Guaranteed Interest Rate(s) and that portion of the
Variable Account which invests in shares of a specific Fund.
VALUATION DATE. Every day on which the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") is open
for business, except any day on which trading on the NYSE is restricted, or on
which an emergency exists, as determined by the Securities and Exchange
Commission ("SEC") so that valuation or disposal of securities is not
practicable.
VALUATION PERIOD. The period of time beginning on the day following the
Valuation Date and ending on the next Valuation Date. A Valuation Period may be
more than one day in length.
VARIABLE ACCOUNT. The term "Variable Account" under this certificate means all
Sub-Account(s) associated with investments in the Fund(s). Variable Account
assets are separate account assets of the Company, the investment performance of
which is kept separate from that of the general assets of the Company, and are
not chargeable with the general liabilities of the Company.
VARIABLE ACCUMULATION UNIT. A unit of measure used in the calculation of the
value of each Variable Account Sub-Account.
VARIABLE ANNUITY UNIT. A unit of measure used in the calculation of the value
of the variable portion of the Annuity Account during the Payout Period.
PREMIUM PAYMENT PROVISIONS
PREMIUM PAYMENTS. Premium Payments made under this certificate are payable to
the Company at its Variable Products Service Center's Mailing Address or to an
authorized agent of the Company. A receipt signed by the President or Secretary
and duly countersigned will be furnished upon request. The Initial Premium
Payment is the amount paid to the Company as consideration for the benefits
provided under this certificate on its Certificate Date. Subsequent Premium
Payments made under this certificate may be paid to the Company at its Variable
Products Service Center's Mailing Address from time to time after its
Certificate Date and prior to the Annuity Date. The Company will not accept any
Premium Payment which is less than the minimum amount requirement then in effect
as determined by the Company. In addition, the prior approval of the Company is
required before it will accept a Premium Payment in excess of the maximum amount
limit then in effect as determined by the Company. All Premium Payments made
under this certificate must meet the allocation requirements specified under the
"Allocation of Premium Payments" provision. The payment of any amount under
this certificate which is derived, all or in part, from any Premium Payments
made by check or draft may be postponed until such check or draft has been
honored by the financial institution upon which it is drawn.
The Initial Premium Payment attributable to this certificate is shown on the
Certificate Specifications page.
ALLOCATION OF PREMIUM PAYMENTS. Upon receipt by the Company at its Variable
Products Service Center's Mailing Address, each Premium Payment made under this
certificate will be added to the Annuity Account established under the
certificate. The Annuity Account is described under the "Annuity Account"
provision and is comprised of Fixed Account Sub-Account(s) and Variable Account
Sub-Account(s). The Initial
10
<PAGE>
PREMIUM PAYMENT PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)
Premium Payment made under this certificate will be allocated to one or more
such Sub-Accounts in accordance with the allocation percentages specified by the
Certificate Owner and shown in the Certificate Specifications, provided such
allocations to Fixed and/or Variable Accounts conform to the Company's minimum
deposit requirements in effect as of the Certificate Date. Subsequent Premium
Payments made under this certificate will be allocated on the same basis as the
most recent previous Premium Payment unless the Company is otherwise instructed
by the Certificate Owner to change the allocation percentages. If a portion of
the most recent previous Premium Payment was allocated to the Fixed Account and
the allocation percentages when applied to a Subsequent Premium Payment does not
produce an amount which meets the Fixed Account minimum requirements, the
Company will promptly seek further instructions from the Certificate Owner
regarding allocation of the premium or otherwise return the applicable portion
of such Premium Payment as provided by law.
ANNUITY ACCOUNT CONTINUATION. The Annuity Account under this certificate shall
be continued automatically in full force from the Certificate Date until the
Annuity Date or until the certificate is surrendered or annuitized, the Death
Benefit is paid, or the Annuity Account Value no longer meets the requirements
specified in the "Minimum Value Requirements" provision, whichever occurs first.
MINIMUM VALUE REQUIREMENTS. If no Premium Payments have been made under this
certificate for three consecutive years and its Annuity Account Value decreases
to less than $500 during that period, or if any partial withdrawal decreases its
Annuity Account Value to less than $500, the Company reserves the right to
cancel the certificate and pay to the Certificate Owner an adjusted value of the
Annuity Account as would be calculated under the "Determination of Amount"
provision. The Company will, however, provide at least 30 days advance notice
to the Certificate Owner of its intended action. During the notification period
an additional Premium Payment may be made to meet the minimum value
requirements.
OWNERSHIP, ASSIGNMENT AND BENEFICIARY PROVISIONS
CERTIFICATE OWNER. The Certificate Owner on the Certificate Date will be the
person designated in the Certificate Specifications. If no Certificate Owner is
designated, the Annuitant will be the Certificate Owner.
RIGHTS OF CERTIFICATE OWNER. The Certificate Owner may exercise all rights and
privileges under the certificate including the right to: (a) agree with the
Company to any change in or amendment to the certificate, (b) transfer all
rights and privileges to another person, (c) change the Beneficiary, (d) change
the Annuitant any time prior to the Annuity Date or name a new Annuitant if the
Annuitant predeceases the Certificate Owner, (e) name the payee to whom Income
Payments are to be directed, and (f) assign the certificate.
All rights and privileges of the Certificate Owner may be exercised without the
consent of any designated transferee, or any Beneficiary if the Certificate
Owner has reserved the right to change the Beneficiary. All such rights and
privileges, however, may be exercised only with the consent of any assignee on
record with the Company.
TRANSFER OF CERTIFICATE OWNERSHIP. The Certificate Owner may transfer all
rights and privileges of the Certificate Owner. On the effective date of
transfer, the transferee will become the Certificate Owner and will have all the
rights and privileges of the Certificate Owner. The Certificate Owner may revoke
any transfer prior to its effective date.
Unless provided otherwise, a transfer will not affect the interest of any
Beneficiary designated prior to the effective date of the transfer.
A transfer of Certificate Ownership, or a revocation of transfer, must be in
writing to the Company at its Variable Products Service Center's Mailing
Address. A transfer or a revocation will not take effect until recorded in
writing by the Company at its Variable Product Service Center's Mailing Address.
When a transfer or revocation has been so recorded, it will take effect as of
the effective date specified by the Certificate Owner. Any payment made or any
action taken or allowed by the Company before the transfer or there vocation is
recorded will be without prejudice to the Company.
11
<PAGE>
OWNERSHIP, ASSIGNMENT AND BENEFICIARY PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)
ASSIGNMENT. This certificate may not be assigned and the Company will not be
affected by any assignment of the certificate until the original assignment or a
certified copy of the assignment is filed at the Home Office.
The Company does not assume responsibility for the validity or sufficiency of
any assignment. An assignment of the certificate will operate so long as the
assignment remains in force.
To the extent provided under the terms of the assignment, an assignment will
transfer the interest of any designated transferee or of any Beneficiary if the
Certificate Owner has reserved the right to change the Beneficiary.
BENEFICIARY. The Beneficiary is the person who has the right to receive the
Death Benefit set forth in the certificate and, for Non-Qualified Certificates,
who is the "designated beneficiary" for purposes of Section 72(s) of the
Internal Revenue Code in the event of the Certificate Owner's death. The
Beneficiary on the Certificate Date will be the person designated in the
Certificate Specifications.
Unless provided otherwise, the interest of any Beneficiary who dies before the
Certificate Owner will vest in the Certificate Owner or the Certificate Owner's
administrators or assigns.
CHANGE OF BENEFICIARY. A new Beneficiary may be designated from time to time. A
request for change of Beneficiary must be in writing to the Company at its
Variable Products Service Center's Mailing Address. The request must be signed
by the Certificate Owner. The request must also be signed by the Beneficiary if
the right to change the Beneficiary has not been reserved to the Certificate
Owner.
A change of Beneficiary will not take effect until recorded by the Company.
When a change of Beneficiary has been so recorded, whether or not the
Certificate Owner is then alive, it will take effect as of the date the
request was signed. Any payment made or any action taken or allowed by the
Company before the change of Beneficiary is recorded will be without prejudice
to the Company.
Unless provided otherwise, the right to change any Beneficiary is reserved to
the Certificate Owner.
FIXED AND VARIABLE ACCOUNTS PROVISIONS
FIXED ACCOUNT AND SUB-ACCOUNTS. Fixed Account assets are general assets of the
Company and are distinguishable from those allocated to a separate account of
the Company. Any portion of Premium Payments allocated by the Certificate Owner
to a Fixed Account Sub-Account will become part of the Fixed Account.
VARIABLE ACCOUNT AND SUB-ACCOUNTS. The Variable Account to which the variable
accumulation values, if any, under this certificate relate is shown in the
Certificate Specifications. It was established pursuant to a resolution of its
Board of Directors as a "separate account" under governing law of Connecticut,
the Company's state of domicile, and registered as a unit investment trust under
the 1940 Act. Under Connecticut law, the Variable Account assets (except assets
in excess of its reserves and other contract liabilities) cannot be charged with
the general liabilities from any other business of the Company. The Variable
Account assets are owned and controlled exclusively by the Company, and the
Company is not a trustee with respect to those assets.
The Variable Account is divided into Sub-Accounts. Each Variable Account Sub-
Account's assets are invested in shares of a particular Fund of one of the Fund
Groups made available as funding vehicles under this certificate. For each
Variable Account Sub-Account, the Company maintains Variable Accumulation Units
whose values reflect the investment performance of the Fund whose shares are
held in that Sub-Account.
Subject to any vote by persons having the right under the 1940 Act to vote
thereon, the Company may elect to operate the Variable Account as a management
company rather than a unit investment trust under the
12
<PAGE>
FIXED AND VARIABLE ACCOUNTS PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)
1940 Act, or, if registration is no longer required, to deregister the Variable
Account. In such event, the Company may endorse this certificate to reflect
such change and any necessary or appropriate action taken to effect the change.
Any changes in Variable Account investment policy shall have been approved by
the Connecticut Insurance Commissioner and be subject to the approval of the
Superintendent of Insurance.
INVESTMENT RISK. Each Variable Account Sub-Account's assets are always fully
invested in the shares of the particular Fund purchased for that Sub-Account.
Each Variable Account Sub-Account's investment performance reflects the
investment performance of the Fund. Fund share values fluctuate, reflecting the
risks of changing economic conditions and the ability of a Fund Group's
investment advisor or sub-adviser to manage that Fund and anticipate changes in
economic conditions. As to the Variable Account assets, the Certificate Owner
bears the entire investment risk of gain or loss.
INVESTMENTS OF THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT SUB-ACCOUNTS. All amounts allocated under
this certificate to a Variable Account Sub-Account will be used to purchase
shares of the specific Fund of a Fund Group used by that Sub-Account. Each Fund
Group is registered under the 1940 Act as an open-end management investment
company, and each Fund of that Fund Group is regulated as an open-end management
investment company.
All Funds available as funding vehicles under this certificate as of its
Certificate Date are listed on page 5. The Company may add additional Fund
Groups and additional Funds at any time or may change Funds or Fund Groups in
accordance with the "Substituted Securities" provision.
Any and all distributions made by a Fund will be reinvested in additional shares
of that Fund at net asset value. Deductions by the Company from a Variable
Account Sub-Account will be made by redeeming a number of Fund shares at net
asset value equal in total value to the amount to be deducted.
SUBSTITUTED SECURITIES. Shares corresponding to a particular Fund may not always
be available for purchase or the Company may decide that further investment in
such Fund is no longer appropriate in view of the purposes of the Variable
Account, or in view of legal, regulatory or federal income tax restrictions. In
such event, shares of another registered open-end investment company or unit
investment trust may be substituted both for Fund shares already purchased
and/or as the securities to be purchased in the future, provided that these
substitutions meet applicable Internal Revenue Service diversification
guidelines and any necessary regulatory or other approvals of such substitutions
have been obtained. In the event of any substitution pursuant to this
provision, the Company may make appropriate endorsement(s) to this certificate
to reflect the substitution and any such substitution shall be subject to the
approval of the Superintendent of Insurance.
VALUES DURING ACCUMULATION PERIOD PROVISIONS
PART A - FIXED ACCOUNT VALUE
GUARANTEED PERIODS. The Initial Guaranteed Period(s), if any, are selected by
the Certificate Owner and are shown in the Certificate Specifications. The
duration of the Initial Guaranteed Period(s) will affect the Initial Guaranteed
Interest Rate(s). Any Premium Payment or the portion thereof (or amount
transferred in accordance with the "Transfer Privilege" provision described
below) allocated to a particular Guaranteed Period will earn interest at the
specified Guaranteed Interest Rate during the Guaranteed Period. Initial
Guaranteed Periods begin on the date a Premium Payment is accepted (or, in the
case of a transfer, on the effective date of the transfer) and end on the
Expiration Date for each duration selected.
Any portion of the Annuity Account Value comprising a particular Fixed Account
Sub-Account (including interest earned thereon) will be referred to in this
certificate as the "Guaranteed Period Amount." As a result of renewals,
Subsequent Payments, deductions for applicable Annuity Account Fee(s) and
transfers of portions of the Annuity Account Value, Guaranteed Period Amounts
for Guaranteed Periods of the same duration under this certificate may have
different Expiration Dates, and each Guaranteed Period Amount will be treated
separately for purposes of determining any Market Value Adjustment.
13
<PAGE>
VALUES DURING ACCUMULATION PERIOD PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)
The Company will automatically notify the Certificate Owner in writing at least
15 but not more than 45 days prior to the Expiration Date of a Guaranteed Period
with respect to a Fixed Account Sub-Account of the guaranteed period durations
available and the then currently quoted interest rates. A subsequent Guaranteed
Period of the same duration will begin automatically at the end of the previous
Guaranteed Period unless the Company receives, in writing at its Variable
Products Service Center's Mailing Address within the 60-day period immediately
preceding the end of such Guaranteed Period, an election by the Certificate
Owner of a different Guaranteed Period from among those being offered by the
Company at such time, or instructions to transfer all or a portion of the
applicable Guaranteed Period Amount to one or more Fixed Account or Variable
Account Sub-Accounts in accordance with the "Transfer Privilege" provision.
GUARANTEED INTEREST RATES. The Company will establish the applicable Guaranteed
Interest Rate that will be used to determine the interest with respect to a
Fixed Account Sub-Account for each Guaranteed Period at the beginning of the
Guaranteed Period. This rate will be guaranteed for the duration of the
applicable Guaranteed Period. The Initial or Subsequent Guaranteed Interest
Rate will never be less than 3% per year, compounded annually. Subsequent
Guaranteed Interest Rate(s) will also be determined at the beginning of
Guaranteed Period(s) and may be higher or lower than the previous rate, but will
never be less than 3% per year, compounded annually. (See "Minimum Surrender
Value" provision.) The Company will automatically notify the Certificate Owner
of the new Guaranteed Interest Rate as soon as possible after the beginning of
each subsequent Guaranteed Period.
FIXED ACCUMULATION VALUE. Upon receipt of a Premium Payment by the Company at
its Variable Products Service Center's Mailing Address, all or that portion, if
any, of the Premium Payment which is allocated to the Fixed Account will be
credited to the Fixed Account and allocated to the Fixed Account Sub-Accounts
selected by the Certificate Owner. The Fixed Accumulation Value, if any, at any
time, under this certificate is equal to the sum of the then current values of
all Guaranteed Period Amounts with respect to this certificate.
MINIMUM SURRENDER VALUE. The Minimum Surrender Value for the Fixed Account for
a given Certificate Year is the Premium Payment(s), or portion thereof, and
transfers allocated to the Fixed Account accumulated at 3% per year, compounded
annually, less the deduction of the applicable withdrawal charge(s), any prior
withdrawals or transfers out of the Fixed Account, premium taxes, if any, and
applicable Annuity Account Fee(s).
PART B - VARIABLE ACCOUNT VALUE
CREDITING VARIABLE ACCUMULATION UNITS. Upon receipt of a Premium Payment (or a
request for transfer in accordance with the "Transfer Privilege" provision) by
the Company at its Variable Products Service Center's Mailing Address, all or
that portion, if any, of the Premium Payment (or the net amount transferred) to
be allocated to the Variable Account Sub-Accounts will be credited to the
Variable Account under this certificate in the form of Variable Accumulation
Units. The number of particular Variable Accumulation Units to be credited is
determined by dividing the dollar amount allocated to the particular Variable
Account Sub-Account by the Variable Accumulation Unit Value for the particular
Variable Account Sub-Account for the Valuation Period during which the Premium
Payment is received at the Company's Variable Products Service Center's Mailing
Address.
VARIABLE ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUE. The Variable Accumulation Unit Value for each
Variable Account Sub-Account was established at $10.00 for the first Valuation
Period of the particular Variable Account Sub-Account. The Variable
Accumulation Unit Value for the particular Variable Account Sub-Account for any
subsequent Valuation Period is determined by methodology which is the
mathematical equivalent of multiplying the Variable Accumulation Unit Value for
the particular Variable Account Sub-Account for the immediately preceding
Valuation Period by the Net Investment Factor for the particular Variable
Account Sub-Account for such subsequent Valuation Period. The Variable
Accumulation Unit Value for each Variable Account Sub-Account for any Valuation
Period is the value determined as of the end of the particular Valuation Period
and may increase, decrease or remain constant from Valuation Period to Valuation
Period.
14
<PAGE>
VALUES DURING ACCUMULATION PERIOD PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)
VARIABLE ACCUMULATION VALUE. The Variable Accumulation Value of the Annuity
Account, if any, for any Valuation Period is equal to the sum of the value of
all Variable Accumulation Units of each Variable Account Sub-Account credited to
the Variable Account with respect to this certificate for such Valuation Period.
The Variable Accumulation Value of each Variable Account Sub-Account is
determined by multiplying the number of Variable Accumulation Units, if any,
credited to each Variable Account Sub-Account with respect to this certificate
by the Variable Accumulation Unit Value of the particular Variable Account Sub-
Account for such Valuation Period, less deductions for applicable expense
charges and fees.
NET INVESTMENT FACTOR. The Net Investment Factor is an index applied to measure
the investment performance of a Variable Account Sub-Account from one Valuation
Period to the next. The Net Investment Factor may be greater or less than or
equal to 1.0; therefore, the value of a Variable Accumulation Unit may increase,
decrease or remain the same.
The Net Investment Factor for any Variable Account Sub-Account for any Valuation
Period is determined by dividing (a) by (b) and then subtracting (c) from the
result where:
(a) is the net result of:
(1) the net asset value (as described in the prospectus for the Fund) of a
Fund share held in the Variable Account Sub-Account determined as of the
end of the Valuation Period, plus
(2) the per share amount of any dividend or other distribution declared by
the Fund on the shares held in the Variable Account Sub-Account if the "ex-
dividend" date occurs during the Valuation Period, plus or minus
(3) a per share credit or charge with respect to any taxes paid or reserved
for by the Company during the Valuation Period which are determined by the
Company to be attributable to the operation of the Variable Account Sub-
Account;
(b) is the net asset value of a Fund share held in the Variable Account Sub-
Account determined as of the end of the preceding Valuation Period; and
(c) is the asset charge factor determined by the Company for the Valuation
Period to reflect the charges for assuming the mortality and expense risks
and for administrative expenses.
The asset charge factor for any Valuation Period is equal to the daily asset
charge factor multiplied by the number of 24-hour periods in the Valuation
Period. The daily asset charge factor will be determined annually by the
Company, but in no event may it exceed that specified in the Schedule of
Charges, Expenses and Fees.
PART C - GENERAL
ANNUITY ACCOUNT. The Company will establish an Annuity Account under this
certificate and will maintain the Annuity Account during the Accumulation
Period. The Annuity Account Value at any time equals the sum of all the then
current values of the Fixed and Variable Accounts with respect to this
certificate.
TRANSFER PRIVILEGE. At any time during the Accumulation Period, other than
during the "Right to Examine Certificate" period, the Certificate Owner may
transfer all or part of the Annuity Account Value to one or more of the Fixed or
Variable Account Sub-Accounts then available, subject to the provisions set
forth below. Transfers must be made in writing. Transfer requests must be
received at the Company's Variable Products Service Center prior to the time of
day set forth in the prospectus, and provided the NYSE is open for business, in
order to be processed as of the close of business on the date the request is
received; otherwise, the transfer will be processed on the next business day the
NYSE is open for business.
15
<PAGE>
VALUES DURING ACCUMULATION PERIOD PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)
Transfers involving Variable Account Sub-Accounts will reflect the purchase or
cancellation of Variable Accumulation Units having an aggregate value equal to
the dollar amount being transferred to or from a particular Variable Account
Sub-Account. The purchase or cancellation of such units shall be made using
Variable Accumulation Unit Values of the applicable Variable Account Sub-Account
for the Valuation Period during which the transfer is effective. Transfers to a
Fixed Account Sub-Account will result in a new Guaranteed Period for the amount
being transferred. Any such Guaranteed Period under this certificate will begin
on the effective date of the transfer and end on its Expiration Date. The
amount transferred into such Fixed Account Sub-Account will earn interest at the
Guaranteed Interest Rate declared by the Company for that Guaranteed Period as
of the effective date of the transfer.
Transfers made under this certificate shall be subject to the following
conditions: (a) No transfer fee will be imposed on the 1st through 3rd transfer
made during a Certificate Year, and no transfer fee will be imposed on the 4th
through 12th transfer made during a Certificate Year if the Annuity Account
Value under the certificate at the time of the transfer is equal to or greater
than $5,000; otherwise, a transfer fee, based on the Company's then current fee
schedule will be imposed on each transfer made in excess of these limits (in
counting the number of transfers, the frequency limitation shown in the
Certificate Specifications with respect to transfers from the Fixed Account will
be included); (b) No withdrawal charge will be imposed on transferred amounts,
however, transfers of all or a portion out of a Fixed Account Sub-Account may be
subject to the Market Value Adjustment set forth below unless such transfer is
made in accordance with the "Full or Partial Withdrawals and Transfers at the
End of a Guaranteed Period" provision; (c) The amount being transferred may not
be less than $2,500 per Fixed Account Sub-Account or $500 per Variable Account
Sub-Account, unless the entire value of the Fixed or Variable Account Sub-
Account is being transferred; (d) The amount being transferred may not exceed
the Company's maximum amount limit then in effect; (e) The amount transferred to
any Fixed Account Sub-Account may not be less than $2,500; (f) Unless a transfer
out of a Fixed Account Sub-Account is made in accordance with the "Full or
Partial Withdrawals and Transfers at the End of a Guaranteed Period" provision,
the amount transferred from each Fixed Account Sub-Account during any
Certificate Year may not exceed the limits shown in the Certificate
Specifications; (g) Any value remaining in a Fixed Account Sub-Account,
following a transfer, may not be less than $1,000 and any value remaining in a
Variable Account Sub-Account, following a transfer, may not be less than $500;
(h) The Company reserves the right to defer transfers of amounts from the Fixed
Account for a period not to exceed six months from the date the request for such
transfer is received by the Company at its Variable Products Service Center; and
(i) Transfers involving Variable Account Sub-Account(s) shall be subject to such
terms and conditions as may be imposed by the Funds.
ANNUITY ACCOUNT FEE. Prior to the Annuity Date, on the last Valuation Date of
each Certificate Year the Company will deduct from the value of the Annuity
Account the annual Annuity Account Fee, if any, shown in the Schedule of
Charges, Expenses and Fees to reimburse it for administrative expenses relating
to the Annuity Account. Such Annuity Account Fee will be deducted on a pro rata
basis from amounts allocated to each Fixed and Variable Account Sub-Account in
which the Annuity Account values are invested at the time of such deduction. If
the Annuity Account under this certificate is surrendered for its full value,
the Annuity Account Fee will be deducted in full at the time of such surrender.
On the Annuity Date the value of the Annuity Account will be reduced by a
proportionate amount of the Annuity Account Fee to reflect the time elapsed
between the last Valuation Date of the most recent Certificate Year and the day
before the Annuity Date.
CASH WITHDRAWALS, WITHDRAWAL CHARGES AND MARKET
VALUE ADJUSTMENT PROVISIONS
CASH WITHDRAWALS. At any time before the Annuity Date, the Certificate Owner
may elect to receive a cash withdrawal payment from the Company by filing with
the Company at its Variable Products Service Center's Mailing Address a written
election in such form as the Company may require. Any such election shall
specify the amount of the withdrawal and will be effective on the date that it
is received at the Company's Variable Products Service Center's Mailing Address.
Any cash withdrawal payment will be paid within seven days of the Company's
receipt of such request, except as the Company may be permitted to defer the
16
<PAGE>
CASH WITHDRAWALS, WITHDRAWAL CHARGES AND MARKET
VALUE ADJUSTMENT PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)
payment of amounts withdrawn from the Variable Account in accordance with the
Investment Company Act of 1940. The Company reserves the right to defer the
payment of amounts withdrawn from the Fixed Account for a period not to exceed
six months from the date written request for such withdrawal is received by the
Company at its Variable Products Service Center's Mailing Address. If payment
from the Fixed Account is deferred for more than 10 working days from the date
the request is received, the Company will pay annual interest on the amount
deferred in accordance with the interest rate than required by law from the date
the Company receives the request.
The amount of the cash withdrawal payment may be for any amount not to exceed
the Annuity Account Value at the end of the Valuation Period during which the
election becomes effective, less any applicable Annuity Account Fee, plus or
minus any applicable Market Value Adjustment, and less any applicable withdrawal
charge and premium taxes. In the case of a full surrender, the Annuity Account
will be canceled and the certificate will terminate. A partial withdrawal will
result in a decrease in the Annuity Account Value under this certificate by an
amount with an aggregate dollar value equal to the dollar amount of the cash
withdrawal payment, plus or minus any applicable Market Value Adjustment, any
applicable withdrawal charge and premium taxes.
In the case of a partial withdrawal, the Certificate Owner must instruct the
Company as to the amounts to be withdrawn from each Fixed and/or Variable
Account Sub-Account. If not so instructed, the Company will effect such
withdrawal from each Fixed and/or Variable Sub-Account in proportion to the then
current Sub-Account values. Partial withdrawals cannot reduce any Fixed Account
Sub-Account below $1,000 or any Variable Account Sub-Account below $500. Such
partial withdrawals will be treated as a full surrender of that Sub-Account
under the certificate and the balance will be transferred to the largest
Variable Account Sub-Account, if any. Partial withdrawals cannot reduce the
total Annuity Account Value below $500. (See "Minimum Value Requirements"
provision.) Such partial withdrawals will be treated as a full surrender.
Cash withdrawals from a Variable Account Sub-Account under this certificate will
result in the cancellation of Variable Accumulation Units attributable to the
Annuity Account with an aggregate value on the effective date of the withdrawal
equal to the total amount by which the Variable Account Sub-Account is reduced.
The cancellation of such units will be based on the Variable Accumulation Unit
values of the Variable Account Sub-Account for the Valuation Period during which
the cash withdrawal is effective.
All cash withdrawals or transfers of any portion of Fixed Account Sub-Accounts,
except those specified otherwise under "Penalty-Free Withdrawals, Transfers and
Annuitization Provisions," will be subject to the Market Value Adjustment
described below.
WITHDRAWAL CHARGES. If a cash withdrawal is made, a withdrawal charge may be
assessed by the Company. The length of time between the Company acceptance of
the Premium Payment(s) under this certificate and the receipt of a withdrawal
request determines the withdrawal charge. For this purpose each withdrawal is
deemed to represent a withdrawal of a Premium Payment previously accepted (or a
portion thereof). Premium Payments will be deemed to have been withdrawn in the
order in which the Premium Payments were received by the Company (i.e., oldest
premium first). After all Premium Payments have been deemed withdrawn, the
Company will deem further withdrawals to be from net investment results
attributable to such Premium Payments, if any. The schedule of withdrawal
charges is set forth in the "Schedule of Charges, Expenses and Fees." On
withdrawal, any applicable Annuity Account Fee and Market Value Adjustment will
be deducted before application of any withdrawal charge.
Withdrawal charges are deducted proportionately from the Fixed and/or Variable
Account Sub-Account(s) from which the withdrawal is to be made, provided such
Sub-Account(s) under the certificate have sufficient account value(s) for making
such deduction(s). If any of the account value(s) of such Sub-Account(s),
however, are insufficient, the amount payable upon withdrawals will be net of
any remaining withdrawal charges, unless the Certificate Owner and the Company
agree otherwise.
17
<PAGE>
CASH WITHDRAWALS, WITHDRAWAL CHARGES AND MARKET
VALUE ADJUSTMENT PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)
See "Penalty-Free Withdrawals, Transfers and Annuitization Provisions" for
situations in which a withdrawal charge is not imposed.
For the purpose of any qualified plan riders which may be attached to this
certificate, the term "Surrender Charge" wherever referenced therein, shall mean
"withdrawal charge" as set forth above, and the term "Annuity Value" shall mean
"Annuity Account Value."
MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT. Any cash withdrawal or transfer under this certificate
from a Fixed Account Sub-Account, except those specified otherwise under the
"Penalty-Free Withdrawals, Transfers and Annuitization Provisions," will be
subject to a Market Value Adjustment.
The amount payable on such cash withdrawal or transfer under this certificate
may be adjusted up or down by the application of the Market Value Adjustment, a
detailed description of which has been filed with the Superintendent of
Insurance. The Index Rate Factor applicable to the amount of such cash
withdrawal or transfer is:
(1+A) TO THE POWER OF N
-----------------------
(1+B) TO THE POWER OF N
where:
A = an Index Rate which is the Treasury Constant Maturity Series rate (defined
below) for a period with time to maturity equal to the Guaranteed Period and
which is declared for the Friday occurring within the calendar week which is 2
weeks earlier than the calendar week during which the Guaranteed Period
commenced* for that Guaranteed Period Amount.
B = an Index Rate which is the Treasury Constant Maturity Series rate (defined
below) for a period with time to maturity equal to the Guaranteed Period and
which is declared for the Friday occurring within the calendar week which is 2
weeks earlier than the calendar week during which the applicable partial or full
surrender of the Guaranteed Period Amount occurs*, plus the percentage
adjustment to "B" as shown in the Certificate Specifications. If Index Rates
"A" and "B" are within .25% of each other when the Index Rate Factor is
determined, no such percentage adjustment to "B" will be made.
* If, however, the Treasury Constant Maturity Series yield
rate, for a period with time to maturity equal to the
Guaranteed Period, as published daily in THE WALL STREET
JOURNAL varies by 1.00% or more during any one week, the
Company may use such daily yield rates in the calculation of
the Index Rate Factor applicable under this contract.
N = The number of years remaining in the applicable Guaranteed Period (e.g. 1
year and 73 days = 1 + (73 divided by 365) = 1.2 years)
As used herein, "Treasury Constant Maturity Series rate" means the applicable
yield rate shown in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release (Report H.15)
published each Monday by the Federal Reserve Board of Governors.
If such yields are no longer published, the Company will substitute an
appropriate index of publicly traded obligations, subject to the approval of the
Superintendent of Insurance.
Straight-line interpolation is used for periods to maturity not quoted.
PENALTY-FREE WITHDRAWALS, TRANSFERS AND ANNUITIZATION PROVISIONS
PENALTY-FREE PARTIAL WITHDRAWALS OR TRANSFERS. Upon request in writing, the
Certificate Owner may, during any Certificate Year prior to the Annuity Date,
withdraw up to 15% of the Premium Payment(s) or portion remaining thereof,
without incurring a withdrawal charge. For this purpose each withdrawal is
deemed to
18
<PAGE>
PENALTY-FREE WITHDRAWALS,
TRANSFERS AND ANNUITIZATION PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)
represent a withdrawal of a portion of a Premium Payment previously accepted.
Premium Payments will be deemed to be withdrawn in the order in which they were
received by the Company (i.e., the oldest premium first). Any such withdrawal
from a Fixed Account Sub-Account may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment
unless the withdrawal is made at the end of a Guaranteed Period as set forth
below. The Certificate Owner must specify from which Fixed and/or Variable Sub-
Accounts the withdrawal is to be made, otherwise the Company may effect such
withdrawal on a proportionate basis from all Fixed and/or Variable Sub-Accounts
in which the Annuity Account for this certificate is invested.
Such partial withdrawals may be either taken as a lump sum or, upon consent of
the Company, paid in equal installments, however, (a) no more than one penalty-
free partial withdrawal may be made during any one Certificate Year, (b) the
first withdrawal in any Certificate Year will be deemed to be the penalty-free
withdrawal up to the amount specified above, and (c) the amount of each such
partial withdrawal must be at least $1,000.
No withdrawal charge will be imposed on any withdrawal with respect to a Premium
Payment made under this certificate after the end of the seventh year following
the Company's acceptance of that Premium Payment.
The Certificate Owner may also transfer amounts within the Annuity Account
during the Accumulation Period without the application of a withdrawal charge,
however; (a) any transfers would be subject to any terms and conditions as may
be imposed under the "Transfer Privilege" provision, (b) transfers from a Fixed
Account Sub-Account may be subject to the "Market Value Adjustment" provision,
and (c) the amount of such transfer(s) must be at least $2,500 per Fixed Account
Sub-Account or $500 per Variable Account Sub-Account.
FULL OR PARTIAL WITHDRAWALS AND TRANSFERS AT THE END OF A GUARANTEED PERIOD. No
Market Value Adjustment will be imposed on a full or partial withdrawal or
transfer made from a Fixed Account Sub-Account which becomes effective at the
end of the applicable initial or subsequent Guaranteed Period. In such event,
the Certificate Owner's proper request for withdrawal or transfer must be
received at the Company's Variable Products Service Center's Mailing Address
within a 60-day period immediately preceding the end of such Guaranteed Period.
WAIVER OF WITHDRAWAL CHARGE AND/OR MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT ON DEATH OR ANNUITY
DATE. No withdrawal charge or Market Value Adjustment will be imposed upon
payments made under the Annuity Benefit provisions of this certificate, and no
negative Market Value Adjustment will be imposed upon payments made under the
"Death Benefit" provisions of this certificate.
PENALTY-FREE ANNUITIZATION. At any time the Certificate Owner may request in
writing payment of the then current Annuity Account Value under this certificate
in accordance with any one of the settlement options set forth in this
certificate. In such event, no withdrawal charge or Market Value Adjustment
will be imposed at the time such settlement is made. Such annuitization will
automatically result in a change in the Annuity Date to the date Income Payments
commence under the settlement option elected.
BENEFIT PROVISIONS
ANNUITY BENEFIT. On the Annuity Date the Company will pay all or a part of the
adjusted value of the Annuity Account (as set forth below) in cash or apply it
in accordance with the settlement option(s) elected by the Certificate Owner.
However, if the amount to be applied under any settlement option is less than
$5,000, or if the first Income Payment payable in accordance with such option is
less than $50, the Company will pay the adjusted value in a single payment to
the payee designated by the Certificate Owner.
19
<PAGE>
BENEFIT PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)
ANNUITY DATE. The Annuity Date initially selected by the Certificate Owner is
shown in the Certificate Specifications. The Annuity Date may be changed from
time to time by the Certificate Owner by notifying the Company in writing. The
notice must be received at the Company's Variable Products Service Center's
Mailing Address at least 45 days prior to the Annuity Date then in effect. The
new Annuity Date selected must be at least 30 days after the effective date of
the change and not later than the Annuitant's 85th birthday.
After the Annuity Date, no change of a settlement option is permitted, no
payments may be requested under the "Cash Withdrawals" provision of the
certificate, and no Death Benefit is payable under the certificate except as
otherwise specified under the settlement option selected.
ELECTION AND EFFECTIVE DATE OF ELECTION WITH RESPECT TO ANNUITY BENEFIT. During
the lifetime of the Certificate Owner and prior to the Annuity Date, the
Certificate Owner may elect to have the adjusted value of the Annuity Account
applied on the Annuity Date under one or more of the settlement options set
forth in this certificate, or under any other settlement option as agreed to by
the Company. The Certificate Owner may also change any election, but any
election or change of election must be received at the Company's Variable
Products Service Center's Mailing Address at least 45 days prior to the Annuity
Date. The election or change of election may be made by filing with the Company
at its Variable Products Service Center's Mailing Address written notice in such
form as the Company may require. If no such election is in effect on the 30th
day prior to the Annuity Date, the adjusted value of the Annuity Account under
this certificate will be applied under a Life Annuity with 120 months
guaranteed.
In such situation, the portion of the adjusted value of the Annuity Account
under this certificate to be applied for a Fixed Life Annuity under the Second
Option and/or a Variable Life Annuity under Option II will be determined on a
pro rata basis from the composition of the Annuity Account on the Annuity Date.
DETERMINATION OF AMOUNT. On the Annuity Date the Annuity Account under this
certificate will be canceled and the adjusted value of the Annuity Account to be
applied under the settlement options provisions shall be equal to the Annuity
Account Value for the Valuation Period which ends immediately preceding the
Annuity Date, minus a proportionate amount of the Annuity Account Fee to reflect
the time elapsed between the last Valuation Date for the most recent calendar
year and the Valuation Date before the Annuity Date, minus any applicable
premium or similar tax. For the purposes of any qualified plan riders which may
be attached to this certificate, the term "Annuity Value," wherever referenced
therein, shall mean the "adjusted value of the Annuity Account" as defined
above.
INCOME PAYMENT BENEFITS. On the Annuity Date, the adjusted value of the Annuity
Account under this certificate as determined under the "Determination of Amount"
provision may be applied, as elected by the Certificate Owner, under one or more
of the settlement options set forth in the certificate to effect: (a) a Fixed
Income Payment Benefit or a Variable Income Payment Benefit; or (b) a
combination of the Fixed Income Payment Benefit and the Variable Income Payment
Benefit. If a combination Fixed and Variable Income Payment Benefit is elected,
the Certificate Owner may specify the amount to be allocated to the Fixed Income
Payment Benefit and the amount to be allocated to the Variable Income Payment
Benefit. Such election and allocation may also be made by a Beneficiary to the
extent provided in the "Election and Effective Date of Election with Respect to
Death Benefit Provision."
DEATH BENEFIT. If the Certificate Owner dies before the Annuity Date, the
Company will pay the Death Benefit to the Beneficiary upon receipt of due proof
of the death of the Certificate Owner in accordance with the "Payment of Death
Benefit" provision. If there is no Beneficiary living on the date of death of
the Certificate Owner, the Company will pay the Death Benefit, upon receipt of
due proof of the death of both the Certificate Owner and the Beneficiary, in one
sum to the estate of the Certificate Owner. If the death of the Certificate
Owner occurs on or after the Annuity Date, no death benefit will be payable
under the certificate except as may be provided under the settlement option
elected.
20
<PAGE>
BENEFIT PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)
ELECTION AND EFFECTIVE DATE OF ELECTION WITH RESPECT TO DEATH BENEFIT. During
the lifetime of the Annuitant and prior to the Annuity Date, the Certificate
Owner may elect one or more of the settlement options set forth in this
certificate to effect an annuity for the Beneficiary as payee after the death of
the Certificate Owner. This election may be made or subsequently revoked by
filing with the Company at its Variable Products Service Center's Mailing
Address a written election or revocation of an election in such form as required
by the Company.
Any election or revocation of an election of a method of settlement of the Death
Benefit will become effective on the date it is received by the Company at its
Variable Products Service Center's Mailing Address.
Unless otherwise specified in writing by the Certificate Owner, the Beneficiary
may elect (a) to receive the Death Benefit as a cash payment, in which event the
Annuity Account will be canceled, or (b) to have the Death Benefit applied under
one or more of the settlement options set forth under the certificate. This
election may be made by filing with the Company a written request in a form as
required by the Company. Any written request for an election of a settlement
option for the Death Benefit by the Beneficiary will become effective on the
later of (a) the date the request is received by the Company at its Variable
Products Service Center's Mailing Address; or (b) the date due proof of the
death of the Certificate Owner is received by the Company at its Variable
Products Service Center's Mailing Address. If a written request for a
settlement option by the Beneficiary is not received by the Company within 60
days following the date due proof of the death of the Certificate Owner is
received by the Company, the Beneficiary shall be deemed to have elected a cash
payment as of the last day of the 60-day period.
Notwithstanding the above, the Certificate Owner or Beneficiary may only elect a
settlement option which provides for the distribution of the entire Death
Benefit to the Beneficiary within five years of the Certificate Owner's death
unless: (a) the entire interest in the contract is distributed over the life of
the Beneficiary, with distributions beginning within one year of the Certificate
Owner's death; (b) the entire interest in the certificate is distributed over a
period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Beneficiary, with
distributions beginning within one year of the Certificate Owner's death; or (c)
the Beneficiary is the deceased Certificate Owner's spouse and elects to
continue the certificate and become the new Certificate Owner, but in no event
may such an election be made under this certificate more than once.
For purposes of Section 72(s) of the Internal Revenue Code, if any Certificate
Owner is not an individual, the death or change of any Annuitant under this
certificate is treated as the death of a Certificate Owner, and if the
Certificate Owner is a grantor trust within the meaning of the Internal Revenue
Code, the death of the grantor of such trust is also treated as the death of a
Certificate Owner.
PAYMENT OF DEATH BENEFIT. If the Death Benefit is to be paid in cash to the
Beneficiary, payment will be made within 7 days of the date the election becomes
effective or is deemed to become effective, provided due proof of the death of
the Certificate Owner is received by the Company at its Variable Products
Service Center's Mailing Address, except as the Company may be permitted to
defer any such payment of amounts derived from the Variable Account in
accordance with the Investment Company Act of 1940. If the Death Benefit is to
be paid in one sum to the estate of the deceased Certificate Owner, payment will
be made within 7 days of the date due proof of the death of the Certificate
Owner (and/or Beneficiary, if necessary) is received by the Company at its
Variable Products Service Center's Mailing Address, except as the Company may be
permitted to defer any such payment of amounts derived from the Variable Account
in accordance with the Investment Company Act of 1940. If settlement under the
settlement option provisions is elected, the Income Payments will commence 30
days following the effective date or the deemed effective date of the election
and the Annuity Account will be maintained in effect until such Income Payments
commence.
AMOUNT OF DEATH BENEFIT. No negative Market Value Adjustment is assessed
against amounts which are applied toward payment of a death benefit under this
certificate. If the death benefit becomes payable before the Certificate
Owner's 85th birthday, the amount of the death benefit determined as of the
effective date or deemed effective date of the death benefit election (not as of
the date of death) is equal to the greatest of (a) the Annuity Account Value for
the Valuation Period during which the death benefit election is effective or
deemed to become effective, (b) the sum of all the Premium Payment(s) made under
the certificate less
21
<PAGE>
BENEFIT PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)
the sum of all partial withdrawals, or (c) the Annuity Account Value under
the certificate on the seven-year Certificate Anniversary immediately
preceding the date the death benefit election is effective or is deemed to
become effective, adjusted for any subsequent Premium Payments and partial
withdrawals and charges made between the immediate preceding seven-year
Certificate Anniversary and the date the death benefit election is effective
or is deemed to become effective (as referenced herein, seven-year
Certificate Anniversary means the 7th Certificate Anniversary and each
succeeding Certificate Anniversary occurring at any seven-year interval
thereafter, for example, the 14th and 21st Certificate Anniversaries). If the
death benefit becomes payable after the Certificate Owner's 85th birthday,
the amount payable shall be the greatest of (a) or (b) above.
SECTION 72(s). The provisions above will be interpreted so as to comply with
the requirements of Section 72(s) of the Internal Revenue Code.
GENERAL PROVISIONS
THE CONTRACT AND THE CERTIFICATE. The contract is an agreement between the
Contract Owner and the Company and this certificate is based on the group
contract. The certificate (including any amendments, endorsements or rider
attached thereto), and the application for the certificate (a copy of which is
attached to the certificate when issued), constitute the entire certificate.
Only the President, a Vice President, an Assistant Vice President, a Secretary,
a Director or an Assistant Director of the Company may make or modify this
contract or any certificate issued under it.
Both the contract and this certificate are executed at the Company's Home
Office, the mailing address of which for this certificate is CIGNA Individual
Insurance, Variable Products Service Center, Routing S224, Hartford, Connecticut
06152.
MODIFICATION OF CERTIFICATE. The Company reserves the right to modify this
certificate to meet the requirements of applicable state and federal laws or
regulations. The Company will notify the Certificate Owner in writing of any
changes that bear upon the certificate.
NON-PARTICIPATION. This certificate is not entitled to share in surplus
distribution.
LOANS. Loans are not permitted under this certificate.
DETERMINATION OF VALUES. The method of determination by the Company of the Net
Investment Factor and the number and value of Accumulation Units and Annuity
Units shall be conclusive upon the Certificate Owner, and any Beneficiary or
payee. Any paid-up annuity, cash surrender or death benefits that may be
available under this certificate will not be less than the minimum benefits
required by the jurisdiction of issue.
ENDORSEMENT OF INCOME PAYMENTS. The Company will make each Income Payment,
payable under this certificate, at the Home Office by check. Each check must be
personally endorsed by the payee/Annuitant, or the Company may require that
proof of the payee/Annuitant's survival be furnished.
MISSTATEMENT OF AGE. If the age of the Annuitant is misstated, the amount
payable under the certificate will be adjusted to be the amount of income which
the actual premium paid would have purchased for the correct age according to
the Company's rates in effect on the Certificate Date. Any overpayment by the
Company, with interest at the rate of 6% per year, compounded annually, will be
charged against the payments to be made next succeeding the adjustment. Any
underpayment by the Company will be paid in a lump sum, with interest at the
rate of 6% per year, compounded annually.
CLAIMS OF CREDITORS. To the extent permitted by law, no amounts payable under
this certificate will be subject to the claims of creditors of any payee.
22
<PAGE>
PERIODIC REPORTS. At least once each calendar year, the Company will furnish
the Certificate Owner a report as required by law showing the Annuity Account
Value at the end of the preceding year, all transactions during the year, the
current Annuity Account Value, the number of Accumulation Units in each Variable
Accumulation Account, the applicable Accumulation Unit Value as of the date of
the report and the interest rate credited to the Fixed Account Sub-Account(s).
The Company will also send such statements reflecting transactions in the
Annuity Account as may be required by applicable laws, rules and regulations and
any other information required by the Superintendent of Insurance.
23
<PAGE>
CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
FLEXIBLE PAYMENT DEFERRED GROUP VARIABLE ANNUITY CERTIFICATE
WITH FIXED AND VARIABLE ACCOUNTS - NON-PARTICIPATING
<PAGE>
OPTIONAL METHODS OF SETTLEMENT
This rider is made part of the contract to which it is attached as of the Date
of Issue. Upon written request, the Company will agree to pay in accordance
with any one of the options shown below all or part of the net proceeds that may
be payable under the certificates issued under this contract.
While the Certificate Owner is alive, the request, including the designation of
the payee, may be made by the Certificate Owner. At the time a Death Benefit
becomes payable under a certificate, the request, including the designation of
the payee, may then be made by the Beneficiary. Once Income Payments have
begun, no surrender of the Annuity Value can be made (unless Variable Income
Payments are made under Option III) and the Annuitant cannot be changed, nor can
the settlement option be changed.
PAYMENT DATES. Under each certificate the first Income Payment under the
settlement option selected will be made on the first day of the month following
the Annuity Date. Subsequent payments will be made on the first day of each
month in accordance with the manner of payment selected.
MINIMUM PAYMENT AMOUNT. Under a certificate the settlement option elected must
result in an Income Payment at least equal to the minimum payment amount in
accordance with the Company's rules then in effect. If at any time payments are
less than the minimum payment amount, the Company has the right to change the
frequency to an interval that will provide the minimum payment amount. If any
amount due is less than the minimum per year, the Company may make other
arrangements that are equitable.
FIXED BENEFIT OPTIONS
FIXED INCOME PAYMENTS. Fixed Income Payments will remain constant pursuant to
the terms of the fixed settlement option(s) selected. The amount of each Fixed
Income Payment shall be determined in accordance with the terms of the
settlement option and the table(s) set forth in this rider, as applicable. The
mortality table used is the 1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality (IAM) Table "a"
and 3% interest. In determining the settlement amount, the settlement age of
the Annuitant will be reduced by one year when the first instalment is payable
during the 1990's, reduced by two years when the first instalment is payable
during the decade 2000-2009, and so on.
FIRST OPTION: LIFE ANNUITY. An annuity payable monthly to the payee during the
lifetime of the Annuitant, ceasing with the last payment due prior to the death
of the Annuitant.
SECOND OPTION: LIFE ANNUITY WITH CERTAIN PERIOD. An annuity providing monthly
income to the payee for a fixed period of 60, 120, 180, or 240 months (as
selected), and for as long thereafter as the Annuitant shall live.
THIRD OPTION: CASH REFUND LIFE ANNUITY. An annuity payable monthly to the payee
during the lifetime of the Annuitant ceasing with the last payment due prior to
the death of the Annuitant provided that, at the death of the Annuitant, the
payee will receive an additional payment equal to the excess, if any, of (a)
over (b) where: (a) is the initial value of the proceeds applied under this
option; and (b) is the dollar amount of payments already paid.
FOURTH OPTION: ANNUITY CERTAIN. An amount payable monthly for the number of
years selected which may be from 5 to 30 years.
EXCESS INTEREST. At the sole discretion of the Company, excess interest may be
paid or credited from time to time in addition to the payments guaranteed under
any fixed benefit Optional Method of Settlement.
AR421 X (Page 1)
<PAGE>
OPTIONAL METHODS OF SETTLEMENT (CONTINUED)
VARIABLE BENEFIT OPTIONS
VARIABLE INCOME PAYMENTS. The amount of the first Variable Income Payment shall
be determined in accordance with the terms of the settlement option and the
table(s) set forth in this rider, as applicable. The mortality table used is
the 1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality (IAM) Table "a" and 3%. In determining
the settlement amount, the settlement age of the Annuitant will be reduced by
one year when the first instalment is payable during the 1990's, reduced by two
years when the first instalment is payable during the decade 2000-2009 and so
on.
All Variable Income Payments other than the first are determined by means of
Annuity Units credited to a certificate with respect to the particular payee.
The number of Annuity Units to be credited in respect of a particular Sub-
Account under a certificate is determined by dividing that portion of the first
Variable Income Payment attributable to that Sub-Account by the Annuity Unit
Value of that Sub-Account for the Valuation Period which ends immediately
preceding the Annuity Date. The number of Annuity Units of each Sub-Account
credited with respect to the particular payee then remains fixed unless an
exchange of Annuity Units is made pursuant to the "Exchange of Variable Annuity
Units" section. The dollar amount of each Variable Income Payment after the
first may increase, decrease or remain constant, and is equal to the sum of the
amounts determined by multiplying the number of Annuity Units of a particular
Sub-Account for the Valuation Period which ends immediately preceding the due
date of each subsequent payment by the Annuity Unit Value for the particular
Sub-Account for the first Valuation Period occurring on or immediately prior to
the first day of each month.
ANNUITY UNIT VALUE. The Annuity Unit Value for each Sub-Account was established
at $10.00 for the first Valuation Period of the particular Sub-Account. The
Annuity Unit Value for the particular Sub-Account for any subsequent Valuation
Period is determined by multiplying the Annuity Unit Value for the particular
Sub-Account for the immediately preceding Valuation Period by the Net Investment
Factor for the current Valuation Period and then multiplying that product by a
factor to neutralize the assumed interest rate of 3% per year to establish the
Annuity Payment Rates set forth in this rider. The factor is 0.99991902 for a
one day valuation period.
EXCHANGE OF VARIABLE ANNUITY UNITS. After the Annuity Date the payee may, by
filing a written request with the Company at its Variable Products Service
Center's Mailing Address, exchange the value of a designated number of Annuity
Units of particular Variable Sub-Accounts then credited with respect to such
payee into other Annuity Units, the value of which would be such that the dollar
amount of an Income Payment made on the date of the exchange would be unaffected
by the exchange. Unless otherwise authorized by the Company in writing, no more
than 3 exchanges may be made in any Certificate Year.
Exchanges may be made among the Variable Sub-Accounts only. Exchanges shall be
made using the Annuity Unit Values for the Valuation Period during which the
request for exchange is received by the Company at its Variable Products Service
Center's Mailing Address.
ANNUITY ACCOUNT FEE. After the Annuity Date an Annuity Account Fee amounting to
$30 per year will be deducted in equal amounts from each variable Income Payment
made during the year. For example, this would amount to a $2.50 deduction from
each monthly Variable Income Payment. No deduction will be made from Fixed
Income Payments.
OPTION I: VARIABLE LIFE ANNUITY. A variable annuity payable monthly to the
payee during the lifetime of the Annuitant, ceasing with the last payment due
prior to the death of the Annuitant.
AR421 X (Page 2)
<PAGE>
OPTIONAL METHODS OF SETTLEMENT (CONTINUED)
OPTION II: VARIABLE LIFE ANNUITY WITH CERTAIN PERIOD. A variable annuity which
provides monthly payments during the lifetime of the Annuitant and further
provides that if, at the death of the Annuitant, payments have been made for
less than the elected period certain, which may be 60, 120, 180 or 240 months,
the annuity payments will be continued during the remainder of such period.
OPTION III: VARIABLE ANNUITY CERTAIN. A variable amount payable monthly for
the number of years selected which may be from 5 to 30 years. At any time
during the period certain the Annuitant may elect that (1) all or a portion of
any future payments to which the Annuitant is entitled be commuted and paid in
one sum, or (2) such commuted amount, provided that the value thereof meets the
minimum payment amount in accordance with the Company's rules then in effect, be
applied to effect a variable annuity under one of the other options described
herein. At the expiration of the period certain, no further payments of any
kind are payable. If the Annuitant dies before the specified number of certain
payments have been received, the remainder of the payments will be continued
during the remainder of such period.
ADDITIONAL FIXED AND VARIABLE OPTIONS. Any proceeds payable under a certificate
may also be settled under any other method of settlement offered by the Company
at the time of the request.
CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
/s/ Thomas C. Jones
PRESIDENT
AR421 X (Page 3)
<PAGE>
OPTIONAL METHODS OF SETTLEMENT (CONTINUED)
LIFE ANNUITY AND LIFE ANNUITY WITH CERTAIN PERIOD TABLE FOR
EACH $1,000 APPLIED - MALE
Settlement age of Number of instalments certain
Annuitant nearest
birthday 60 120 180 240
Age Life Annuity
10 $2.87 $2.87 $2.87 $2.87 $2.87
11 2.89 2.89 2.89 2.88 2.88
12 2.90 2.90 2.90 2.90 2.90
13 2.92 2.92 2.91 2.91 2.91
14 2.93 2.93 2.93 2.93 2.92
15 2.95 2.95 2.95 2.94 2.94
16 2.96 2.96 2.96 2.96 2.96
17 2.98 2.98 2.98 2.98 2.97
18 3.00 3.00 3.00 2.99 2.99
19 3.02 3.02 3.01 3.01 3.01
20 3.04 3.04 3.03 3.03 3.03
21 3.06 3.05 3.05 3.05 3.05
22 3.08 3.08 3.07 3.07 3.07
23 3.10 3.10 3.09 3.09 3.09
24 3.12 3.12 3.12 3.11 3.11
25 3.14 3.14 3.14 3.14 3.13
26 3.17 3.17 3.16 3.16 3.15
27 3.19 3.19 3.19 3.19 3.18
28 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.21 3.20
29 3.25 3.25 3.24 3.24 3.23
30 3.28 3.28 3.27 3.27 3.26
31 3.31 3.31 3.30 3.30 3.29
32 3.34 3.34 3.33 3.33 3.32
33 3.37 3.37 3.37 3.36 3.35
34 3.41 3.41 3.40 3.39 3.38
35 3.44 3.44 3.44 3.43 3.41
36 3.48 3.48 3.48 3.46 3.45
37 3.52 3.52 3.52 3.50 3.48
38 3.57 3.56 3.56 3.54 3.52
39 3.61 3.61 3.60 3.58 3.56
40 3.66 3.65 3.65 3.63 3.60
41 3.71 3.70 3.69 3.67 3.64
42 3.76 3.75 3.74 3.72 3.68
43 3.81 3.81 3.79 3.77 3.73
44 3.87 3.86 3.85 3.82 3.77
45 3.93 3.92 3.90 3.87 3.82
46 3.99 3.98 3.96 3.92 3.87
47 4.05 4.05 4.02 3.98 3.92
48 4.12 4.11 4.09 4.04 3.97
49 4.19 4.18 4.15 4.10 4.03
50 4.27 4.26 4.22 4.17 4.08
51 4.34 4.33 4.30 4.23 4.14
52 4.43 4.41 4.37 4.30 4.20
53 4.51 4.50 4.45 4.37 4.26
54 4.60 4.59 4.54 4.45 4.32
55 4.70 4.68 4.62 4.53 4.39
56 4.80 4.78 4.72 4.61 4.45
57 4.91 4.89 4.82 4.69 4.51
58 5.03 5.00 4.92 4.78 4.58
59 5.15 5.12 5.03 4.87 4.65
60 5.28 5.25 5.14 4.96 4.71
61 5.43 5.39 5.27 5.06 4.78
62 5.58 5.53 5.39 5.16 4.84
63 5.74 5.69 5.53 5.26 4.90
64 5.91 5.85 5.66 5.36 4.96
65 6.10 6.03 5.81 5.46 5.02
66 6.30 6.21 5.96 5.56 5.08
67 6.51 6.41 6.12 5.66 5.13
68 6.73 6.62 6.28 5.77 5.18
69 6.97 6.84 6.44 5.86 5.23
70 7.23 7.07 6.61 5.96 5.27
71 7.51 7.32 6.79 6.05 5.31
72 7.80 7.58 6.96 6.14 5.34
73 8.12 7.85 7.14 6.23 5.37
74 8.46 8.14 7.32 6.31 5.40
75 8.82 8.45 7.50 6.38 5.42
76 9.21 8.76 7.67 6.45 5.44
77 9.63 9.10 7.84 6.51 5.45
78 10.08 9.44 8.01 6.57 5.47
79 10.56 9.80 8.17 6.62 5.48
80 11.07 10.17 8.33 6.66 5.49
81 11.62 10.55 8.48 6.70 5.49
82 12.20 10.94 8.61 6.73 5.50
83 12.82 11.33 8.74 6.76 5.50
84 13.47 11.73 8.86 6.79 5.51
85 14.17 12.12 8.97 6.81 5.51
AR421 X (Page 4)
<PAGE>
OPTIONAL METHODS OF SETTLEMENT (CONTINUED)
LIFE ANNUITY AND LIFE ANNUITY WITH CERTAIN PERIOD TABLE FOR
EACH $1,000 APPLIED - FEMALE
Settlement age of Number of instalments certain
Annuitant nearest
birthday 60 120 180 240
Age Life Annuity
10 $2.80 $2.80 $2.80 $2.80 $2.80
11 2.81 2.81 2.81 2.81 2.81
12 2.82 2.82 2.82 2.82 2.82
13 2.83 2.83 2.83 2.83 2.83
14 2.85 2.85 2.85 2.84 2.84
15 2.86 2.86 2.86 2.86 2.86
16 2.87 2.87 2.87 2.87 2.87
17 2.89 2.89 2.89 2.88 2.88
18 2.90 2.90 2.90 2.90 2.90
19 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.91 2.91
20 2.93 2.93 2.93 2.93 2.93
21 2.95 2.95 2.95 2.95 2.94
22 2.96 2.96 2.96 2.96 2.96
23 2.98 2.98 2.98 2.98 2.98
24 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 2.99
25 3.02 3.02 3.02 3.02 3.01
26 3.04 3.04 3.04 3.03 3.03
27 3.06 3.06 3.06 3.06 3.05
28 3.08 3.08 3.08 3.08 3.07
29 3.10 3.10 3.10 3.10 3.09
30 3.13 3.13 3.12 3.12 3.12
31 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.14 3.14
32 3.18 3.18 3.17 3.17 3.16
33 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.19
34 3.23 3.23 3.23 3.22 3.22
35 3.26 3.26 3.26 3.25 3.24
36 3.29 3.29 3.29 3.28 3.27
37 3.32 3.32 3.32 3.31 3.30
38 3.35 3.35 3.35 3.34 3.33
39 3.39 3.39 3.38 3.38 3.37
40 3.42 3.42 3.42 3.41 3.40
41 3.46 3.46 3.46 3.45 3.43
42 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.49 3.47
43 3.54 3.54 3.54 3.53 3.51
44 3.59 3.59 3.58 3.57 3.55
45 3.64 3.63 3.63 3.61 3.59
46 3.68 3.68 3.67 3.66 3.63
47 3.73 3.73 3.72 3.71 3.68
48 3.79 3.79 3.77 3.76 3.72
49 3.84 3.84 3.83 3.81 3.77
50 3.90 3.90 3.89 3.86 3.82
51 3.97 3.96 3.95 3.92 3.88
52 4.03 4.03 4.01 3.98 3.93
53 4.10 4.10 4.08 4.04 3.99
54 4.18 4.17 4.15 4.11 4.04
55 4.25 4.25 4.22 4.18 4.11
56 4.34 4.33 4.30 4.25 4.17
57 4.42 4.41 4.38 4.32 4.23
58 4.52 4.51 4.47 4.40 4.30
59 4.61 4.60 4.56 4.48 4.37
60 4.72 4.70 4.66 4.57 4.44
61 4.83 4.81 4.76 4.66 4.51
62 4.95 4.93 4.87 4.75 4.58
63 5.08 5.05 4.98 4.85 4.65
64 5.21 5.18 5.10 4.95 4.72
65 5.36 5.32 5.22 5.05 4.79
66 5.51 5.47 5.36 5.16 4.86
67 5.67 5.63 5.50 5.26 4.93
68 5.85 5.80 5.65 5.37 5.00
69 6.04 5.98 5.80 5.49 5.06
70 6.25 6.18 5.97 5.60 5.12
71 6.47 6.39 6.14 5.71 5.18
72 6.71 6.62 6.32 5.83 5.23
73 6.98 6.86 6.50 5.94 5.28
74 7.26 7.12 6.69 6.04 5.32
75 7.57 7.40 6.89 6.14 5.35
76 7.90 7.69 7.09 6.24 5.39
77 8.26 8.01 7.29 6.33 5.41
78 8.65 8.34 7.49 6.41 5.43
79 9.08 8.70 7.69 6.49 5.45
80 9.54 9.07 7.89 6.55 5.47
81 10.03 9.47 8.08 6.61 5.48
82 10.58 9.88 8.26 6.66 5.49
83 11.16 10.31 8.43 6.70 5.49
84 11.80 10.75 8.59 6.74 5.50
85 12.48 11.20 8.74 6.77 5.50
ANNUITY CERTAIN TABLE FOR EACH $1,000 APPLIED
Numbers of years Amount of each instalment
during which
instalments will be
paid Annual Monthly
5 $ 211.99 $ 17.91
6 179.22 15.14
7 155.83 13.16
8 138.31 11.68
9 124.69 10.53
10 113.82 9.61
11 104.93 8.86
12 97.54 8.24
13 91.29 7.71
14 85.95 7.26
15 81.33 6.87
16 77.29 6.53
17 73.74 6.23
18 70.59 5.96
19 67.78 5.73
20 65.26 5.51
25 55.76 4.71
AR421 X (Page 5)
<PAGE>
OPTIONAL METHODS OF SETTLEMENT
This rider is made part of the contract to which it is attached as of the
Date of Issue. Upon written request, the Company will agree to pay in
accordance with any one of the options shown below all or part of the net
proceeds that may be payable under this contract.
While the Certificate Owner is alive, the request, including the designation of
the payee, may be made by the Certificate Owner. At the time a Death Benefit
becomes payable under the certificate, the request, including the designation of
the payee, may then be made by the Beneficiary. Once Income Payments have
begun, no surrender of the Annuity Value can be made (unless Variable Income
Payments are made under Option III) and the Annuitant cannot be changed, nor can
the settlement option be changed.
PAYMENT DATES. Under each certificate the first Income Payment under the
settlement option selected will be made on the first day of the month following
the Annuity Date. Subsequent payments will be made on the first day of each
month in accordance with the manner of payment selected.
MINIMUM PAYMENT AMOUNT. Under each certificate the settlement option elected
must result in an Income Payment at least equal to the minimum payment amount
in accordance with the Company's rules then in effect. If at any time payments
are less than the minimum payment amount, the Company has the right to change
the frequency to an interval that will provide the minimum payment amount. If
any amount due is less than the minimum per year, the Company may make other
arrangements that are equitable.
FIXED BENEFIT OPTIONS
FIXED INCOME PAYMENTS. Fixed Income Payments will remain constant pursuant to
the terms of the fixed settlement option(s) selected. The amount of each Fixed
Income Payment shall be determined in accordance with the terms of the
settlement option and the table(s) set forth in this rider, as applicable. The
mortality table used is the 1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality (IAM) Table "a"
and 3% interest. In determining the settlement amount, the settlement age of
the Annuitant will be reduced by one year when the first instalment is payable
during the 1990's, reduced by two years when the first instalment is payable
during the decade 2000-2009, and so on.
FIRST OPTION: LIFE ANNUITY. An annuity payable monthly to the payee during the
lifetime of the Annuitant, ceasing with the last payment due prior to the death
of the Annuitant.
SECOND OPTION: LIFE ANNUITY WITH CERTAIN PERIOD. An annuity providing monthly
income to the payee for a fixed period of 60, 120, 180, or 240 months (as
selected), and for as long thereafter as the Annuitant shall live.
THIRD OPTION: CASH REFUND LIFE ANNUITY. An annuity payable monthly to the payee
during the lifetime of the Annuitant ceasing with the last payment due prior to
the death of the Annuitant provided that, at the death of the Annuitant, the
payee will receive an additional payment equal to the excess, if any, of (a)
over (b) where: (a) is the initial value of the proceeds applied under this
option; and (b) is the dollar amount of payments already paid.
FOURTH OPTION: ANNUITY CERTAIN. An amount payable monthly for the number of
years selected which may be from 5 to 30 years.
EXCESS INTEREST. At the sole discretion of the Company, excess interest may be
paid or credited from time to time in addition to the payments guaranteed under
any fixed benefit Optional Method of Settlement.
AR421 X-U (Page 1)
<PAGE>
OPTIONAL METHODS OF SETTLEMENT (CONTINUED)
VARIABLE BENEFIT OPTIONS
VARIABLE INCOME PAYMENTS. The amount of the first Variable Income Payment shall
be determined in accordance with the terms of the settlement option and the
table(s) set forth in this rider, as applicable. The mortality table used is
the 1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality (IAM) Table "a" and 3%. In determining
the settlement amount, the settlement age of the Annuitant will be reduced by
one year when the first instalment is payable during the 1990's, reduced by two
years when the first instalment is payable during the decade 2000-2009 and so
on.
All Variable Income Payments other than the first are determined by means of
Annuity Units credited to the certificate with respect to the particular payee.
The number of Annuity Units to be credited in respect of a particular Sub-
Account under the certificate is determined by dividing that portion of the
first Variable Income Payment attributable to that Sub-Account by the Annuity
Unit Value of that Sub-Account for the Valuation Period which ends immediately
preceding the Annuity Date. The number of Annuity Units of each Sub-Account
credited with respect to the particular payee then remains fixed unless an
exchange of Annuity Units is made pursuant to the "Exchange of Variable Annuity
Units" section. The dollar amount of each Variable Income Payment after the
first may increase, decrease or remain constant, and is equal to the sum of the
amounts determined by multiplying the number of Annuity Units of a particular
Sub-Account for the Valuation Period which ends immediately preceding the due
date of each subsequent payment by the Annuity Unit Value for the particular
Sub-Account for the first Valuation Period occurring on or immediately prior to
the first day of each month.
ANNUITY UNIT VALUE. The Annuity Unit Value for each Sub-Account was established
at $10.00 for the first Valuation Period of the particular Sub-Account. The
Annuity Unit Value for the particular Sub-Account for any subsequent Valuation
Period is determined by multiplying the Annuity Unit Value for the particular
Sub-Account for the immediately preceding Valuation Period by the Net Investment
Factor for the current Valuation Period and then multiplying that product by a
factor to neutralize the assumed interest rate of 3% per year to establish the
Annuity Payment Rates set forth in this rider. The factor is 0.99991902 for a
one day valuation period.
EXCHANGE OF VARIABLE ANNUITY UNITS. After the Annuity Date the payee may, by
filing a written request with the Company at its Variable Products Service
Center's Mailing Address, exchange the value of a designated number of Annuity
Units of particular Variable Sub-Accounts then credited with respect to such
payee into other Annuity Units, the value of which would be such that the dollar
amount of an Income Payment made on the date of the exchange would be unaffected
by the exchange. Unless otherwise authorized by the Company in writing, no more
than 3 exchanges may be made in any Certificate Year.
Exchanges may be made among the Variable Sub-Accounts only. Exchanges shall be
made using the Annuity Unit Values for the Valuation Period during which the
request for exchange is received by the Company at its Variable Products Service
Center's Mailing Address.
ANNUITY ACCOUNT FEE. After the Annuity Date an Annuity Account Fee amounting to
$30 per year will be deducted in equal amounts from each variable Income Payment
made during the year. For example, this would amount to a $2.50 deduction from
each monthly Variable Income Payment. No deduction will be made from Fixed
Income Payments.
OPTION I: VARIABLE LIFE ANNUITY. A variable annuity payable monthly to the
payee during the lifetime of the Annuitant, ceasing with the last payment due
prior to the death of the Annuitant.
AR421 X-U (Page 2)
<PAGE>
OPTIONAL METHODS OF SETTLEMENT (CONTINUED)
OPTION II: VARIABLE LIFE ANNUITY WITH CERTAIN PERIOD. A variable annuity which
provides monthly payments during the lifetime of the Annuitant and further
provides that if, at the death of the Annuitant, payments have been made for
less than the elected period certain, which may be 60, 120, 180 or 240 months,
the annuity payments will be continued during the remainder of such period.
OPTION III: VARIABLE ANNUITY CERTAIN. A variable amount payable monthly for
the number of years selected which may be from 5 to 30 years. At any time
during the period certain the Annuitant may elect that (1) all or a portion of
any future payments to which the Annuitant is entitled be commuted and paid in
one sum, or (2) such commuted amount, provided that the value thereof meets the
minimum payment amount in accordance with the Company's rules then in effect, be
applied to effect a variable annuity under one of the other options described
herein. At the expiration of the period certain, no further payments of any
kind are payable. If the Annuitant dies before the specified number of certain
payments have been received, the remainder of the payments will be continued
during the remainder of such period.
ADDITIONAL FIXED AND VARIABLE BENEFIT OPTIONS. Any proceeds payable under a
certificate may also be settled under any other method of settlement offered by
the Company at the time of the request.
CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
/s/ Thomas C. Jones
PRESIDENT
AR421 X-U (Page 3)
<PAGE>
OPTIONAL METHODS OF SETTLEMENT (CONTINUED)
LIFE ANNUITY AND LIFE ANNUITY WITH CERTAIN PERIOD TABLE
FOR EACH $1,000 APPLIED - UNISEX
Settlement age of Number of instalments certain
Annuitant nearest
birthday 60 120 180 240
Age Life Annuity
10 $2.84 $2.84 $2.84 $2.84 $2.83
11 2.85 2.85 2.85 2.85 2.85
12 2.86 2.86 2.86 2.86 2.86
13 2.88 2.88 2.88 2.87 2.87
14 2.89 2.89 2.89 2.89 2.89
15 2.91 2.90 2.90 2.90 2.90
16 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.91
17 2.94 2.94 2.93 2.93 2.93
18 2.95 2.95 2.95 2.95 2.95
19 2.97 2.97 2.97 2.96 2.96
20 2.99 2.99 2.98 2.98 2.98
21 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00
22 3.02 3.02 3.02 3.02 3.01
23 3.04 3.04 3.04 3.04 3.03
24 3.06 3.06 3.06 3.06 3.05
25 3.08 3.08 3.08 3.08 3.07
26 3.11 3.11 3.10 3.10 3.10
27 3.13 3.13 3.13 3.12 3.12
28 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.14
29 3.18 3.18 3.17 3.17 3.16
30 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.19
31 3.23 3.23 3.23 3.22 3.22
32 3.26 3.26 3.26 3.25 3.24
33 3.29 3.29 3.29 3.28 3.27
34 3.32 3.32 3.32 3.31 3.30
35 3.35 3.35 3.35 3.34 3.33
36 3.39 3.39 3.38 3.38 3.36
37 3.42 3.42 3.42 3.41 3.40
38 3.46 3.46 3.46 3.45 3.43
39 3.50 3.50 3.49 3.48 3.47
40 3.54 3.54 3.54 3.52 3.50
41 3.59 3.59 3.58 3.56 3.54
42 3.63 3.63 3.62 3.61 3.58
43 3.68 3.68 3.67 3.65 3.62
44 3.73 3.73 3.72 3.70 3.67
45 3.78 3.78 3.77 3.74 3.71
46 3.84 3.84 3.82 3.79 3.76
47 3.90 3.89 3.88 3.85 3.80
48 3.96 3.95 3.93 3.90 3.85
49 4.02 4.02 3.99 3.96 3.91
50 4.09 4.08 4.06 4.02 3.96
51 4.16 4.15 4.13 4.08 4.01
52 4.23 4.22 4.20 4.15 4.07
53 4.31 4.30 4.27 4.21 4.13
54 4.39 4.38 4.35 4.28 4.19
55 4.48 4.47 4.43 4.36 4.25
56 4.57 4.56 4.51 4.43 4.32
57 4.67 4.65 4.60 4.51 4.38
58 4.78 4.76 4.70 4.60 4.45
59 4.89 4.87 4.80 4.68 4.51
60 5.00 4.98 4.91 4.77 4.58
61 5.13 5.10 5.02 4.87 4.65
62 5.27 5.23 5.13 4.96 4.72
63 5.41 5.37 5.26 5.06 4.79
64 5.56 5.52 5.39 5.16 4.85
65 5.73 5.68 5.52 5.27 4.92
66 5.90 5.84 5.67 5.37 4.98
67 6.09 6.02 5.82 5.48 5.04
68 6.29 6.21 5.97 5.58 5.10
69 6.51 6.41 6.13 5.69 5.15
70 6.74 6.63 6.30 5.79 5.20
71 6.99 6.86 6.47 5.90 5.25
72 7.25 7.10 6.65 6.00 5.29
73 7.54 7.36 6.83 6.09 5.33
74 7.85 7.63 7.02 6.19 5.36
75 8.19 7.92 7.21 6.27 5.39
76 8.55 8.23 7.39 6.36 5.42
77 8.93 8.56 7.58 6.43 5.44
78 9.35 8.90 7.77 6.50 5.45
79 9.80 9.26 7.95 6.56 5.47
80 10.29 9.63 8.12 6.61 5.48
81 10.81 10.02 8.29 6.66 5.49
82 11.37 10.42 8.45 6.70 5.49
83 11.98 10.83 8.60 6.74 5.50
84 12.62 11.25 8.74 6.76 5.50
85 13.31 11.67 8.86 6.79 5.51
ANNUITY CERTAIN TABLE FOR EACH $1,000 APPLIED
Numbers of years Amount of each instalment
during which
instalments will be
paid Annual Monthly
5 $ 211.99 $ 17.91
6 179.22 15.14
7 155.83 13.16
8 138.31 11.68
9 124.69 10.53
10 113.82 9.61
11 104.93 8.86
12 97.54 8.24
13 91.29 7.71
14 85.95 7.26
15 81.33 6.87
16 77.29 6.53
17 73.74 6.23
18 70.59 5.96
19 67.78 5.73
20 65.26 5.51
25 55.76 4.71
30 49.53 4.18
AR421 X-U (Page 4)
<PAGE>
OPTIONAL METHODS OF SETTLEMENT
This rider is made part of the certificate to which it is attached as of the
Certificate Date. Upon written request, the Company will agree to pay in
accordance with any one of the options shown below all or part of the net
proceeds that may be payable under the certificate.
While the Certificate Owner is alive, the request, including the designation of
the payee, may be made by the Certificate Owner. At the time a Death Benefit
becomes payable under the certificate, the request, including the designation of
the payee, may then be made by the Beneficiary. Once Income Payments have
begun, no surrender of the Annuity Value can be made (unless Variable Income
Payments are made under Option III) and the Annuitant cannot be changed, nor can
the settlement option be changed.
PAYMENT DATES. The first Income Payment under the settlement option selected
will be made on the first day of the month following the Annuity Date.
Subsequent payments will be made on the first day of each month in accordance
with the manner of payment selected.
MINIMUM PAYMENT AMOUNT. The settlement option elected must result in an Income
Payment at least equal to the minimum payment amount in accordance with the
Company's rules then in effect. If at any time payments are less than the
minimum payment amount, the Company has the right to change the frequency to an
interval that will provide the minimum payment amount. If any amount due is
less than the minimum per year, the Company may make other arrangements that are
equitable.
FIXED BENEFIT OPTIONS
FIXED INCOME PAYMENTS. Fixed Income Payments will remain constant pursuant to
the terms of the fixed settlement option(s) selected. The amount of each Fixed
Income Payment shall be determined in accordance with the terms of the
settlement option and the table(s) set forth in this rider, as applicable. The
mortality table used is the 1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality (IAM) Table "a"
and 3% interest. In determining the settlement amount, the settlement age of
the Annuitant will be reduced by one year when the first instalment is payable
during the 1990's, reduced by two years when the first instalment is payable
during the decade 2000-2009, and so on.
FIRST OPTION: LIFE ANNUITY. An annuity payable monthly to the payee during the
lifetime of the Annuitant, ceasing with the last payment due prior to the death
of the Annuitant.
SECOND OPTION: LIFE ANNUITY WITH CERTAIN PERIOD. An annuity providing monthly
income to the payee for a fixed period of 60, 120, 180, or 240 months (as
selected), and for as long thereafter as the Annuitant shall live.
THIRD OPTION: CASH REFUND LIFE ANNUITY. An annuity payable monthly to the payee
during the lifetime of the Annuitant ceasing with the last payment due prior to
the death of the Annuitant provided that, at the death of the Annuitant, the
payee will receive an additional payment equal to the excess, if any, of (a)
over (b) where: (a) is the initial value of the proceeds applied under this
option; and (b) is the dollar amount of payments already paid.
FOURTH OPTION: ANNUITY CERTAIN. An amount payable monthly for the number of
years selected which may be from 5 to 30 years.
EXCESS INTEREST. At the sole discretion of the Company, excess interest may be
paid or credited from time to time in addition to the payments guaranteed under
any fixed benefit Optional Method of Settlement.
AR422 (Page 1)
<PAGE>
OPTIONAL METHODS OF SETTLEMENT (CONTINUED)
VARIABLE BENEFIT OPTIONS
VARIABLE INCOME PAYMENTS. The amount of the first Variable Income Payment shall
be determined in accordance with the terms of the settlement option and the
table(s) set forth in this rider, as applicable. The mortality table used is
the 1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality (IAM) Table "a" and 3%. In determining
the settlement amount, the settlement age of the Annuitant will be reduced by
one year when the first instalment is payable during the 1990's, reduced by two
years when the first instalment is payable during the decade 2000-2009 and so
on.
All Variable Income Payments other than the first are determined by means of
Annuity Units credited to the certificate with respect to the particular payee.
The number of Annuity Units to be credited in respect of a particular Sub-
Account under the certificate is determined by dividing that portion of the
first Variable Income Payment attributable to that Sub-Account by the Annuity
Unit Value of that Sub-Account for the Valuation Period which ends immediately
preceding the Annuity Date. The number of Annuity Units of each Sub-Account
credited with respect to the particular payee then remains fixed unless an
exchange of Annuity Units is made pursuant to the "Exchange of Variable Annuity
Units" section. The dollar amount of each Variable Income Payment after the
first may increase, decrease or remain constant, and is equal to the sum of the
amounts determined by multiplying the number of Annuity Units of a particular
Sub-Account for the Valuation Period which ends immediately preceding the due
date of each subsequent payment by the Annuity Unit Value for the particular
Sub-Account for the first Valuation Period occurring on or immediately prior to
the first day of each month.
ANNUITY UNIT VALUE. The Annuity Unit Value for each Sub-Account was established
at $10.00 for the first Valuation Period of the particular Sub-Account. The
Annuity Unit Value for the particular Sub-Account for any subsequent Valuation
Period is determined by multiplying the Annuity Unit Value for the particular
Sub-Account for the immediately preceding Valuation Period by the Net Investment
Factor for the current Valuation Period and then multiplying that product by a
factor to neutralize the assumed interest rate of 3% per year to establish the
Annuity Payment Rates set forth in this rider. The factor is 0.99991902 for a
one day valuation period.
EXCHANGE OF VARIABLE ANNUITY UNITS. After the Annuity Date the payee may, by
filing a written request with the Company at its Variable Products Service
Center's Mailing Address, exchange the value of a designated number of Annuity
Units of particular Variable Sub-Accounts then credited with respect to such
payee into other Annuity Units, the value of which would be such that the dollar
amount of an Income Payment made on the date of the exchange would be unaffected
by the exchange. Unless otherwise authorized by the Company in writing, no more
than 3 exchanges may be made in any Certificate Year.
Exchanges may be made among the Variable Sub-Accounts only. Exchanges shall be
made using the Annuity Unit Values for the Valuation Period during which the
request for exchange is received by the Company at its Variable Products Service
Center's Mailing Address.
ANNUITY ACCOUNT FEE. After the Annuity Date an Annuity Account Fee amounting to
$30 per year will be deducted in equal amounts from each variable Income Payment
made during the year. For example, this would amount to a $2.50 deduction from
each monthly Variable Income Payment. No deduction will be made from Fixed
Income Payments.
OPTION I: VARIABLE LIFE ANNUITY. A variable annuity payable monthly to the
payee during the lifetime of the Annuitant, ceasing with the last payment due
prior to the death of the Annuitant.
AR422 (Page 2)
<PAGE>
OPTIONAL METHODS OF SETTLEMENT (CONTINUED)
OPTION II: VARIABLE LIFE ANNUITY WITH CERTAIN PERIOD. A variable annuity which
provides monthly payments during the lifetime of the Annuitant and further
provides that if, at the death of the Annuitant, payments have been made for
less than the elected period certain, which may be 60, 120, 180 or 240 months,
the annuity payments will be continued during the remainder of such period.
OPTION III: VARIABLE ANNUITY CERTAIN. A variable amount payable monthly for
the number of years selected which may be from 5 to 30 years. At any time
during the period certain the Annuitant may elect that (1) all or a portion of
any future payments to which the Annuitant is entitled be commuted and paid in
one sum, or (2) such commuted amount, provided that the value thereof meets the
minimum payment amount in accordance with the Company's rules then in effect, be
applied to effect a variable annuity under one of the other options described
herein. At the expiration of the period certain, no further payments of any
kind are payable. If the Annuitant dies before the specified number of certain
payments have been received, the remainder of the payments will be continued
during the remainder of such period.
ADDITIONAL FIXED AND VARIABLE OPTIONS. Any proceeds payable under the
certificate may also be settled under any other method of settlement offered by
the Company at the time of the request.
CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
/s/ Thomas C. Jones
PRESIDENT
AR422 (Page 3)
<PAGE>
OPTIONAL METHODS OF SETTLEMENT (CONTINUED)
LIFE ANNUITY AND LIFE ANNUITY WITH CERTAIN PERIOD TABLE
FOR EACH $1,000 APPLIED - MALE
Settlement age of Number of instalments certain
Annuitant nearest
birthday 60 120 180 240
Age Life Annuity
10 $2.87 $2.87 $2.87 $2.87 $2.87
11 2.89 2.89 2.89 2.88 2.88
12 2.90 2.90 2.90 2.90 2.90
13 2.92 2.92 2.91 2.91 2.91
14 2.93 2.93 2.93 2.93 2.92
15 2.95 2.95 2.95 2.94 2.94
16 2.96 2.96 2.96 2.96 2.96
17 2.98 2.98 2.98 2.98 2.97
18 3.00 3.00 3.00 2.99 2.99
19 3.02 3.02 3.01 3.01 3.01
20 3.04 3.04 3.03 3.03 3.03
21 3.06 3.05 3.05 3.05 3.05
22 3.08 3.08 3.07 3.07 3.07
23 3.10 3.10 3.09 3.09 3.09
24 3.12 3.12 3.12 3.11 3.11
25 3.14 3.14 3.14 3.14 3.13
26 3.17 3.17 3.16 3.16 3.15
27 3.19 3.19 3.19 3.19 3.18
28 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.21 3.20
29 3.25 3.25 3.24 3.24 3.23
30 3.28 3.28 3.27 3.27 3.26
31 3.31 3.31 3.30 3.30 3.29
32 3.34 3.34 3.33 3.33 3.32
33 3.37 3.37 3.37 3.36 3.35
34 3.41 3.41 3.40 3.39 3.38
35 3.44 3.44 3.44 3.43 3.41
36 3.48 3.48 3.48 3.46 3.45
37 3.52 3.52 3.52 3.50 3.48
38 3.57 3.56 3.56 3.54 3.52
39 3.61 3.61 3.60 3.58 3.56
40 3.66 3.65 3.65 3.63 3.60
41 3.71 3.70 3.69 3.67 3.64
42 3.76 3.75 3.74 3.72 3.68
43 3.81 3.81 3.79 3.77 3.73
44 3.87 3.86 3.85 3.82 3.77
45 3.93 3.92 3.90 3.87 3.82
46 3.99 3.98 3.96 3.92 3.87
47 4.05 4.05 4.02 3.98 3.92
48 4.12 4.11 4.09 4.04 3.97
49 4.19 4.18 4.15 4.10 4.03
50 4.27 4.26 4.22 4.17 4.08
51 4.34 4.33 4.30 4.23 4.14
52 4.43 4.41 4.37 4.30 4.20
53 4.51 4.50 4.45 4.37 4.26
54 4.60 4.59 4.54 4.45 4.32
55 4.70 4.68 4.62 4.53 4.39
56 4.80 4.78 4.72 4.61 4.45
57 4.91 4.89 4.82 4.69 4.51
58 5.03 5.00 4.92 4.78 4.58
59 5.15 5.12 5.03 4.87 4.65
60 5.28 5.25 5.14 4.96 4.71
61 5.43 5.39 5.27 5.06 4.78
62 5.58 5.53 5.39 5.16 4.84
63 5.74 5.69 5.53 5.26 4.90
64 5.91 5.85 5.66 5.36 4.96
65 6.10 6.03 5.81 5.46 5.02
66 6.30 6.21 5.96 5.56 5.08
67 6.51 6.41 6.12 5.66 5.13
68 6.73 6.62 6.28 5.77 5.18
69 6.97 6.84 6.44 5.86 5.23
70 7.23 7.07 6.61 5.96 5.27
71 7.51 7.32 6.79 6.05 5.31
72 7.80 7.58 6.96 6.14 5.34
73 8.12 7.85 7.14 6.23 5.37
74 8.46 8.14 7.32 6.31 5.40
75 8.82 8.45 7.50 6.38 5.42
76 9.21 8.76 7.67 6.45 5.44
77 9.63 9.10 7.84 6.51 5.45
78 10.08 9.44 8.01 6.57 5.47
79 10.56 9.80 8.17 6.62 5.48
80 11.07 10.17 8.33 6.66 5.49
81 11.62 10.55 8.48 6.70 5.49
82 12.20 10.94 8.61 6.73 5.50
83 12.82 11.33 8.74 6.76 5.50
84 13.47 11.73 8.86 6.79 5.51
85 14.17 12.12 8.97 6.81 5.51
AR422 (Page 4)
<PAGE>
OPTIONAL METHODS OF SETTLEMENT (CONTINUED)
LIFE ANNUITY AND LIFE ANNUITY WITH CERTAIN PERIOD TABLE
FOR EACH $1,000 APPLIED - FEMALE
Settlement age of Number of instalments certain
Annuitant nearest
birthday 60 120 180 240
Age Life Annuity
10 $2.80 $2.80 $2.80 $2.80 $2.80
11 2.81 2.81 2.81 2.81 2.81
12 2.82 2.82 2.82 2.82 2.82
13 2.83 2.83 2.83 2.83 2.83
14 2.85 2.85 2.85 2.84 2.84
15 2.86 2.86 2.86 2.86 2.86
16 2.87 2.87 2.87 2.87 2.87
17 2.89 2.89 2.89 2.88 2.88
18 2.90 2.90 2.90 2.90 2.90
19 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.91 2.91
20 2.93 2.93 2.93 2.93 2.93
21 2.95 2.95 2.95 2.95 2.94
22 2.96 2.96 2.96 2.96 2.96
23 2.98 2.98 2.98 2.98 2.98
24 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 2.99
25 3.02 3.02 3.02 3.02 3.01
26 3.04 3.04 3.04 3.03 3.03
27 3.06 3.06 3.06 3.06 3.05
28 3.08 3.08 3.08 3.08 3.07
29 3.10 3.10 3.10 3.10 3.09
30 3.13 3.13 3.12 3.12 3.12
31 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.14 3.14
32 3.18 3.18 3.17 3.17 3.16
33 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.19
34 3.23 3.23 3.23 3.22 3.22
35 3.26 3.26 3.26 3.25 3.24
36 3.29 3.29 3.29 3.28 3.27
37 3.32 3.32 3.32 3.31 3.30
38 3.35 3.35 3.35 3.34 3.33
39 3.39 3.39 3.38 3.38 3.37
40 3.42 3.42 3.42 3.41 3.40
41 3.46 3.46 3.46 3.45 3.43
42 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.49 3.47
43 3.54 3.54 3.54 3.53 3.51
44 3.59 3.59 3.58 3.57 3.55
45 3.64 3.63 3.63 3.61 3.59
46 3.68 3.68 3.67 3.66 3.63
47 3.73 3.73 3.72 3.71 3.68
48 3.79 3.79 3.77 3.76 3.72
49 3.84 3.84 3.83 3.81 3.77
50 3.90 3.90 3.89 3.86 3.82
51 3.97 3.96 3.95 3.92 3.88
52 4.03 4.03 4.01 3.98 3.93
53 4.10 4.10 4.08 4.04 3.99
54 4.18 4.17 4.15 4.11 4.04
55 4.25 4.25 4.22 4.18 4.11
56 4.34 4.33 4.30 4.25 4.17
57 4.42 4.41 4.38 4.32 4.23
58 4.52 4.51 4.47 4.40 4.30
59 4.61 4.60 4.56 4.48 4.37
60 4.72 4.70 4.66 4.57 4.44
61 4.83 4.81 4.76 4.66 4.51
62 4.95 4.93 4.87 4.75 4.58
63 5.08 5.05 4.98 4.85 4.65
64 5.21 5.18 5.10 4.95 4.72
65 5.36 5.32 5.22 5.05 4.79
66 5.51 5.47 5.36 5.16 4.86
67 5.67 5.63 5.50 5.26 4.93
68 5.85 5.80 5.65 5.37 5.00
69 6.04 5.98 5.80 5.49 5.06
70 6.25 6.18 5.97 5.60 5.12
71 6.47 6.39 6.14 5.71 5.18
72 6.71 6.62 6.32 5.83 5.23
73 6.98 6.86 6.50 5.94 5.28
74 7.26 7.12 6.69 6.04 5.32
75 7.57 7.40 6.89 6.14 5.35
76 7.90 7.69 7.09 6.24 5.39
77 8.26 8.01 7.29 6.33 5.41
78 8.65 8.34 7.49 6.41 5.43
79 9.08 8.70 7.69 6.49 5.45
80 9.54 9.07 7.89 6.55 5.47
81 10.03 9.47 8.08 6.61 5.48
82 10.58 9.88 8.26 6.66 5.49
83 11.16 10.31 8.43 6.70 5.49
84 11.80 10.75 8.59 6.74 5.50
85 12.48 11.20 8.74 6.77 5.50
ANNUITY CERTAIN TABLE FOR EACH $1,000 APPLIED
Numbers of years Amount of each instalment
during which
instalments will be
paid Annual Monthly
5 $ 211.99 $ 17.91
6 179.22 15.14
7 155.83 13.16
8 138.31 11.68
9 124.69 10.53
10 113.82 9.61
11 104.93 8.86
12 97.54 8.24
13 91.29 7.71
14 85.95 7.26
15 81.33 6.87
16 77.29 6.53
17 73.74 6.23
18 70.59 5.96
19 67.78 5.73
20 65.26 5.51
25 55.76 4.71
AR422 (Page 5)
<PAGE>
OPTIONAL METHODS OF SETTLEMENT
This rider is made part of the certificate to which it is attached as of the
Certificate Date. Upon written request, the Company will agree to pay in
accordance with any one of the options shown below all or part of the net
proceeds that may be payable under the certificate.
While the Certificate Owner is alive, the request, including the designation of
the payee, may be made by the Certificate Owner. At the time a Death Benefit
becomes payable under the certificate, the request, including the designation of
the payee, may then be made by the Beneficiary. Once Income Payments have
begun, no surrender of the Annuity Value can be made (unless Variable Income
Payments are made under Option III) and the Annuitant cannot be changed, nor can
the settlement option be changed.
PAYMENT DATES. The first Income Payment under the settlement option selected
will be made on the first day of the month following the Annuity Date.
Subsequent payments will be made on the first day of each month in accordance
with the manner of payment selected.
MINIMUM PAYMENT AMOUNT. The settlement option elected must result in an Income
Payment at least equal to the minimum payment amount in accordance with the
Company's rules then in effect. If at any time payments are less than the
minimum payment amount, the Company has the right to change the frequency to an
interval that will provide the minimum payment amount. If any amount due is
less than the minimum per year, the Company may make other arrangements that are
equitable.
FIXED BENEFIT OPTIONS
FIXED INCOME PAYMENTS. Fixed Income Payments will remain constant pursuant to
the terms of the fixed settlement option(s) selected. The amount of each Fixed
Income Payment shall be determined in accordance with the terms of the
settlement option and the table(s) set forth in this rider, as applicable. The
mortality table used is the 1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality (IAM) Table "a"
and 3% interest. In determining the settlement amount, the settlement age of
the Annuitant will be reduced by one year when the first instalment is payable
during the 1990's, reduced by two years when the first instalment is payable
during the decade 2000-2009, and so on.
FIRST OPTION: LIFE ANNUITY. An annuity payable monthly to the payee during the
lifetime of the Annuitant, ceasing with the last payment due prior to the death
of the Annuitant.
SECOND OPTION: LIFE ANNUITY WITH CERTAIN PERIOD. An annuity providing monthly
income to the payee for a fixed period of 60, 120, 180, or 240 months (as
selected), and for as long thereafter as the Annuitant shall live.
THIRD OPTION: CASH REFUND LIFE ANNUITY. An annuity payable monthly to the payee
during the lifetime of the Annuitant ceasing with the last payment due prior to
the death of the Annuitant provided that, at the death of the Annuitant, the
payee will receive an additional payment equal to the excess, if any, of (a)
over (b) where: (a) is the initial value of the proceeds applied under this
option; and (b) is the dollar amount of payments already paid.
FOURTH OPTION: ANNUITY CERTAIN. An amount payable monthly for the number of
years selected which may be from 5 to 30 years.
EXCESS INTEREST. At the sole discretion of the Company, excess interest may be
paid or credited from time to time in addition to the payments guaranteed under
any fixed benefit Optional Method of Settlement.
AR422-U (Page 1)
<PAGE>
OPTIONAL METHODS OF SETTLEMENT (CONTINUED)
VARIABLE BENEFIT OPTIONS
VARIABLE INCOME PAYMENTS. The amount of the first Variable Income Payment shall
be determined in accordance with the terms of the settlement option and the
table(s) set forth in this rider, as applicable. The mortality table used is
the 1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality (IAM) Table "a" and 3%. In determining
the settlement amount, the settlement age of the Annuitant will be reduced by
one year when the first instalment is payable during the 1990's, reduced by two
years when the first instalment is payable during the decade 2000-2009 and so
on.
All Variable Income Payments other than the first are determined by means of
Annuity Units credited to the certificate with respect to the particular payee.
The number of Annuity Units to be credited in respect of a particular Sub-
Account under the certificate is determined by dividing that portion of the
first Variable Income Payment attributable to that Sub-Account by the Annuity
Unit Value of that Sub-Account for the Valuation Period which ends immediately
preceding the Annuity Date. The number of Annuity Units of each Sub-Account
credited with respect to the particular payee then remains fixed unless an
exchange of Annuity Units is made pursuant to the "Exchange of Variable Annuity
Units" section. The dollar amount of each Variable Income Payment after the
first may increase, decrease or remain constant, and is equal to the sum of the
amounts determined by multiplying the number of Annuity Units of a particular
Sub-Account for the Valuation Period which ends immediately preceding the due
date of each subsequent payment by the Annuity Unit Value for the particular
Sub-Account for the first Valuation Period occurring on or immediately prior to
the first day of each month.
ANNUITY UNIT VALUE. The Annuity Unit Value for each Sub-Account was established
at $10.00 for the first Valuation Period of the particular Sub-Account. The
Annuity Unit Value for the particular Sub-Account for any subsequent Valuation
Period is determined by multiplying the Annuity Unit Value for the particular
Sub-Account for the immediately preceding Valuation Period by the Net Investment
Factor for the current Valuation Period and then multiplying that product by a
factor to neutralize the assumed interest rate of 3% per year to establish the
Annuity Payment Rates set forth in this rider. The factor is 0.99991902 for a
one day valuation period.
EXCHANGE OF VARIABLE ANNUITY UNITS. After the Annuity Date the payee may, by
filing a written request with the Company at its Variable Products Service
Center's Mailing Address, exchange the value of a designated number of Annuity
Units of particular Variable Sub-Accounts then credited with respect to such
payee into other Annuity Units, the value of which would be such that the dollar
amount of an Income Payment made on the date of the exchange would be unaffected
by the exchange. Unless otherwise authorized by the Company in writing, no more
than 3 exchanges may be made in any Certificate Year.
Exchanges may be made among the Variable Sub-Accounts only. Exchanges shall be
made using the Annuity Unit Values for the Valuation Period during which the
request for exchange is received by the Company at its Variable Products Service
Center's Mailing Address.
ANNUITY ACCOUNT FEE. After the Annuity Date an Annuity Account Fee amounting to
$30 per year will be deducted in equal amounts from each variable Income Payment
made during the year. For example, this would amount to a $2.50 deduction from
each monthly Variable Income Payment. No deduction will be made from Fixed
Income Payments.
OPTION I: VARIABLE LIFE ANNUITY. A variable annuity payable monthly to the
payee during the lifetime of the Annuitant, ceasing with the last payment due
prior to the death of the Annuitant.
AR422-U (Page 2)
<PAGE>
OPTIONAL METHODS OF SETTLEMENT (CONTINUED)
OPTION II: VARIABLE LIFE ANNUITY WITH CERTAIN PERIOD. A variable annuity which
provides monthly payments during the lifetime of the Annuitant and further
provides that if, at the death of the Annuitant, payments have been made for
less than the elected period certain, which may be 60, 120, 180 or 240 months,
the annuity payments will be continued during the remainder of such period.
OPTION III: VARIABLE ANNUITY CERTAIN. A variable amount payable monthly for
the number of years selected which may be from 5 to 30 years. At any time
during the period certain the Annuitant may elect that (1) all or a portion of
any future payments to which the Annuitant is entitled be commuted and paid in
one sum, or (2) such commuted amount, provided that the value thereof meets the
minimum payment amount in accordance with the Company's rules then in effect, be
applied to effect a variable annuity under one of the other options described
herein. At the expiration of the period certain, no further payments of any
kind are payable. If the Annuitant dies before the specified number of certain
payments have been received, the remainder of the payments will be continued
during the remainder of such period.
ADDITIONAL FIXED AND VARIABLE BENEFIT OPTIONS. Any proceeds payable under the
certificate may also be settled under any other method of settlement offered by
the Company at the time of the request.
CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
/s/ Thomas C. Jones
PRESIDENT
AR422-U (Page 3)
<PAGE>
OPTIONAL METHODS OF SETTLEMENT (CONTINUED)
LIFE ANNUITY AND LIFE ANNUITY WITH CERTAIN PERIOD TABLE
FOR EACH $1,000 APPLIED - UNISEX
Settlement age of Number of instalments certain
Annuitant nearest
birthday 60 120 180 240
Age Life Annuity
10 $2.84 $2.84 $2.84 $2.84 $2.83
11 2.85 2.85 2.85 2.85 2.85
12 2.86 2.86 2.86 2.86 2.86
13 2.88 2.88 2.88 2.87 2.87
14 2.89 2.89 2.89 2.89 2.89
15 2.91 2.90 2.90 2.90 2.90
16 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.91
17 2.94 2.94 2.93 2.93 2.93
18 2.95 2.95 2.95 2.95 2.95
19 2.97 2.97 2.97 2.96 2.96
20 2.99 2.99 2.98 2.98 2.98
21 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00
22 3.02 3.02 3.02 3.02 3.01
23 3.04 3.04 3.04 3.04 3.03
24 3.06 3.06 3.06 3.06 3.05
25 3.08 3.08 3.08 3.08 3.07
26 3.11 3.11 3.10 3.10 3.10
27 3.13 3.13 3.13 3.12 3.12
28 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.14
29 3.18 3.18 3.17 3.17 3.16
30 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.19
31 3.23 3.23 3.23 3.22 3.22
32 3.26 3.26 3.26 3.25 3.24
33 3.29 3.29 3.29 3.28 3.27
34 3.32 3.32 3.32 3.31 3.30
35 3.35 3.35 3.35 3.34 3.33
36 3.39 3.39 3.38 3.38 3.36
37 3.42 3.42 3.42 3.41 3.40
38 3.46 3.46 3.46 3.45 3.43
39 3.50 3.50 3.49 3.48 3.47
40 3.54 3.54 3.54 3.52 3.50
41 3.59 3.59 3.58 3.56 3.54
42 3.63 3.63 3.62 3.61 3.50
43 3.68 3.68 3.67 3.65 3.62
44 3.73 3.73 3.72 3.70 3.67
45 3.78 3.78 3.77 3.74 3.71
46 3.84 3.84 3.82 3.79 3.76
47 3.90 3.89 3.88 3.85 3.80
48 3.96 3.95 3.93 3.90 3.85
49 4.02 4.02 3.99 3.96 3.91
50 4.09 4.08 4.06 4.02 3.96
51 4.16 4.15 4.13 4.08 4.01
52 4.23 4.22 4.20 4.15 4.07
53 4.31 4.30 4.27 4.21 4.13
54 4.39 4.38 4.35 4.28 4.19
55 4.48 4.47 4.43 4.36 4.25
56 4.57 4.56 4.51 4.43 4.32
57 4.67 4.65 4.60 4.51 4.38
58 4.78 4.76 4.70 4.60 4.45
59 4.89 4.87 4.80 4.68 4.51
60 5.00 4.98 4.91 4.77 4.58
61 5.13 5.10 5.02 4.87 4.65
62 5.27 5.23 5.13 4.96 4.72
63 5.41 5.37 5.26 5.06 4.79
64 5.56 5.52 5.39 5.16 4.85
65 5.73 5.68 5.52 5.27 4.92
66 5.90 5.84 5.67 5.37 4.98
67 6.09 6.02 5.82 5.48 5.04
68 6.29 6.21 5.97 5.58 5.10
69 6.51 6.41 6.13 5.69 5.15
70 6.74 6.63 6.30 5.79 5.20
71 6.99 6.86 6.47 5.90 5.25
72 7.25 7.10 6.65 6.00 5.29
73 7.54 7.36 6.83 6.09 5.33
74 7.85 7.63 7.02 6.19 5.36
75 8.19 7.92 7.21 6.27 5.39
76 8.55 8.23 7.39 6.36 5.42
77 8.93 8.56 7.58 6.43 5.44
78 9.35 8.90 7.77 6.50 5.45
79 9.80 9.26 7.95 6.56 5.47
80 10.29 9.63 8.12 6.61 5.48
81 10.81 10.02 8.29 6.66 5.49
82 11.37 10.42 8.45 6.70 5.49
83 11.98 10.83 8.60 6.74 5.50
84 12.62 11.25 8.74 6.76 5.50
85 13.31 11.67 8.86 6.79 5.51
ANNUITY CERTAIN TABLE FOR EACH $1,000 APPLIED
Numbers of years Amount of each instalment
during which
instalments will be
paid Annual Monthly
5 $ 211.99 $ 17.91
6 179.22 15.14
7 155.83 13.16
8 138.31 11.68
9 124.69 10.53
10 113.82 9.61
11 104.93 8.86
12 97.54 8.24
13 91.29 7.71
14 85.95 7.26
15 81.33 6.87
16 77.29 6.53
17 73.74 6.23
18 70.59 5.96
19 67.78 5.73
20 65.26 5.51
25 55.76 4.71
30 49.53 4.18
AR422-U (Page 4)